BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
0-1.01 GENERAL
Bid item descriptions are included below.
It is the intent of the Proposal and this Contract Document that the bid for each lump sum or unit price item, as submitted, and as required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the work, including labor, materials, testing and equipment to fully complete the work, shall be included in the lump sum or unit price named in the Proposal. No item of work required by contract documents for proper and successful completion of the contract will be paid for in addition to the prices submitted in the Proposal. All work not specifically set forth in the Proposal as a pay item shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in prices shown in the Proposal.
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements in the Special Provisions (unless otherwise noted) shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various items of work involved and no separate payment will be made therefor.
0-1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Lump sum bid items will be measured as a complete job, and are intended to cover payment for all work in connection with the item as indicated on the approved project plans (“Plans”) and as described throughout in these project specifications (“Specifications”).
Unit price bid items will be measured as described in the bid schedule or specifications.
BID items for this project are as follows:
MOBILIZATION
The contract lump sum price for “Mobilization” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in mobilization including remobilization, demobilization costs and efforts, obtaining all bonds, all Contractor -acquired permits, bonds, licenses, agreements, certifications, and public and agency notifications; submittal and approval of initial and progress schedules and submittals; moving onto the site of all equipment , staff including obtaining and setting up of Contractor’s staging area/yard; furnishing and erecting all needed construction facilities, fencing, project signage; project security ; preconstruction photographs and video recording of surface features; progress schedules and reports; contract meetings; and record drawings as specified herein , as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
TRAFFIC CONTROL
The contract lump sum price for “ Traffic Control ” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved including preparing typical and/or detailed traffic control plans, placing, adjusting and removing temporary traffic control measures, such as, but not limited to, flags, cones,
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 183
Bid Item Descriptions Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements
barricades, crash barriers, signs, and flaggers (personnel dedicated to con trolling and managing traffic); furnishing, installing and removing CIP project signs, traffic control signs both as required by the Contract Drawings and as part of the approved traffic control plan; incidentals necessary for worker, pedestrian and traffic protection, including furnishing all equipment, materials and personnel associated therewith ; providing traffic control for project work areas and duration of the project as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
The contract lump sum price for “ Storm Water Pollution Control ” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved including but not limited to furnishing, installing, and maintaining all plant, labor, materials, tools, permits, permit fees, and equipment required for preparation, placement, implementation and maintenance of stormwater pollution prevention measures as outlined the National Pollut ant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (Order No. 2009 -0009-DWQ, NPDES No. CAS000002) ("General Permit"), and the NPDES Municipal Regional Stormwater Permit (MRP) (Order No. R2 -2015-0049, NPDES No. CAS612008) ; implementing all applicable San Mateo Countywide Water Pollution Prevention Program (SMCWPPP) measures and Best Management Practices (BMPs); preparing The Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP) in accordance with the latest version of the California Department of Transportation “Water Pollution Control Programs (WPCP) Preparation Manual” as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and th e Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
REMOVE AC (FOR CONCRETE IMPROVEMENTS)
The contract price paid per square foot for “Remove AC (for Concrete Improvements)”, shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in removal and disposal of asphalt concrete, base, subgrade, including furnishing, constructing, maintaining, removing, and disposing of temporary asphalt concrete tapers (e.g., at driveways and utility structures), as specified herein, complete in place as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
REMOVE AC (FOR ROAD IMPROVEMENTS, 4” TO 12” DEPTH)
The contract price paid per square foot for “Remove AC (for Road Improvements, 10” to 15” Depth)” to install 10” deep lift AC where shown on plans, shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in removal and disposal of asphalt concrete, base, subgrade, including furnishing, constructing, maintaining, removing, and disposing of temporary asphalt concrete tapers (e.g., at driveways and utility structures), as specified herein, complete in place as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
REMOVE SEEDED CONCRETE
The contract price paid per square foot for “Remove Seeded Concrete” shall include full
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 184
Bid Item Descriptions Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements
compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in saw cutting, demolishing, removal and disposal of the existing concrete sidewalk, base and/or other material, as specified herein, complete in place as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
REMOVE PCC CURB AND GUTTER
The contract price paid per linear foot for “Remove PCC Curb and Gutter” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in saw cutting, demolishing, removal and disposal of existing concrete curb and gutter and base and/or other material, as specified herein, complete in place as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
REMOVE PCC CURB
The contract price paid per linear foot for “Remove PCC Curb” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in saw cutting, demolishing, removal and disposal of existing concrete curb and gutter and base and/or other material, as specified herein, complete in place as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
REMOVE PCC SIDEWALK AND CURB RAMP
The contract price paid per square foot for “Remove PCC Sidewalk and Curb Ramp” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in saw cutting, demolishing, removal and disposal of the existing concrete sidewalk (including existing concrete curb ramp), base and/or other material, as specified herein, complete in place as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
REMOVE LANDSCAPE
The contract price paid per square foot for “Remove Landscape” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in the removal and disposal of existing landscape and/or other material, as specified herein, complete in place as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
REMOVE 17” TREE
The contract price paid per each for “Remove 17” Tree” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 185
Bid Item Descriptions Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements
REMOVE 24” TREE
The contract price paid per each for “Remove 24” Tree” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
2” AC GRIND
The contract price paid per square foot for “2” AC Grind”, shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in grinding asphalt concrete surfacing and disposing of grinded material, including furnishing, c onstructing, maintaining, removing, and disposing of temporary asphalt concrete tapers (e.g., at driveways and utility structures), complete in place as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
INSTALL PCC CURB & GUTTER
The contract price paid per linear foot for “Install PCC Curb & Gutter” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in protecting and incorporating existing pipe drains into the new work, preparing the subgrade, trimming tree roots (2-inches or smaller in diameter), furnishing and compacting the aggregate base, doweling into the existing concrete, furnishing, placing and finishing concrete, and placing curing compound as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
INSTALL PCC CURB
The contract price paid per linear foot for “Install PCC Curb” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in protecting and incorporating existing pipe drains into the new work, preparing the subgrade, trimming tree roots (2-inches or smaller in diameter), furnishing and compacting the aggregate base, doweling into the existing concrete, furnishing, placing and finishing concrete, and placing curing compound as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
INSTALL PCC CURB RAMP
The contract price paid per square foot for “Install PCC Curb Ramp” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in preparing the subgrade, trimming tree roots (2-inches or small in diameter), furnishing and compacting the aggregate base, doweling into the existing concrete, furnishing, placing and finishing concrete, installing the truncated domes, installing the retaining curb (as applicable), fence/wall/header/bricks/decorative rock/stones of varying material replacement in-kind and relocation, replacing and extending irrigation, and placing curing compound as specified herein, as shown on the
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 186
Bid Item Descriptions Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements
Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
INSTALL PCC SIDEWALK
The contract price paid per square foot for “Install PCC Sidewalk” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in preparing the subgrade, trimming tree roots (2-inches or small in diameter), furnishing and compacting the aggregate base, doweling into the existing concrete, furnishing, placing and finishing concrete, and placing curing compound as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
INSTALL PCC VALLEY GUTTER
The contract unit price per square foot for “Install PCC Valley Gutter” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved, including sawcutting, demolishing, removing the existing asphalt concrete, preparing the subgrade, furnishing and compacting the aggregate base, protecting and incorporating new aggregate concrete berm into the new works, removing existing pipe drain indicated in plans, furnishing, placing and finishing concrete, and placing curing compound as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
INSTALL LANDSCAPE MATCH ADJACENT LANDSCAPE IN-KIND
The contract unit price per square foot for “Install Landscape Match Adjacent Landscape In-Kind” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved, complete in place, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
ASPHALT CONCRETE
The contract price paid per ton for “Asphalt Concrete” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and placing asphalt concrete, tack coat, and leveling courses, patch paving, complete in place as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE MANHOLE FRAME & COVER
The contract price paid per each for “Lower & Restore to Grade Manhole Frame & Cover” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials (including temporary installation and removal of false bottom at sewer manhole), lowering and restoring of storm drain manhole, utility coordination, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in lowering and restoring these facilities to finish grade, complete in place, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 187
Bid Item Descriptions Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements
LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE WATER VALVE
The contract price paid per each for “Lower & Restore to Grade Water Valve” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, utility coordination, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in lowering and restoring these facilities to finish grade, complete in place, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
LOWER & RESTORE TO GRADE WATER METER
The contract price paid per each for “Lower & Restore to Grade Water Meter” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, utility coordination, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in lowering and restoring these facilities to finish grade, complete in place, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON RRFB & PPB
The contract lump sum price for “Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon & PPB” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved including potholing to determine the pole foundation, attach signs, complete in place, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
RELOCATE R1-1 SIGN ON NEW POST
The contract unit price per each for “Relocate R1-1 Sign on New Post” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, installation of the sign, complete in place, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
PAVEMENT STRIPING (BY DETAIL NUMBER OR TYPE) - THERMOPLASTIC The lineal foot price paid for pavement striping (by Detail Number or Type) shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and installation of the thermoplastic pavement striping complete in place, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
PAVEMENT WORDS AND LEGENDS - THERMOPLASTIC
The contract unit price per each for pavement words and legends shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and installation of the thermoplastic pavement markings complete in place, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 188
Bid Item Descriptions Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements
BLUE HYDRANT MARKER
The contract unit price per each for “Blue Hydrant Marker” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, installation of the reflective marker complete in place, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
RED CURB WITH "SC★PD" STENCILED IN WHITE
The contract price paid per linear foot for this bid item shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved including furnishing and installation of the red paint, stenciling “SC★PD” in white on the newly painted curbs, complete in place, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 189
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 190
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 191
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 011100 - SUMMARY OF WORK .............................................................. 1 SECTION 013000 – SPECIAL PROJECT CONSTRAINTS .......................................... 6 SECTION 013100 – COORDINATION ..................................................................... 7 SECTION 013300 – CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS ................................................. 10 SECTION 014516 – QUALITY CONTROL ............................................................. 18 SECTION 015050 – MOBILIZATION .................................................................... 24 SECTION 015100 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES ................................ 27 SECTION 015550 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS ........................... 29 SECTION 015600 – PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES .................................. 35 SECTION 020010 – SITE CONDITIONS ................................................................ 41 SECTION 020030 – EXISTING UTILITIES AND UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES ........ 44 SECTION 021100 – SITE PREPARATION ............................................................. 46 SECTION 024100 – DEMOLITION ....................................................................... 48 SECTION 310513 – CLEARING & GRUBBING, EXCAVATION, AND EARTHWORK ..... 55 SECTION 320120 – ASPHALT CONCRETE GRINDING ........................................... 64 SECTION 321123 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSES .............................................. 68 SECTION 321216 – ASPHALT PAVING AND MISCELLANEOUS PAVING ITEMS ........ 72 SECTION 321313 – CONCRETE IMPROVEMENTS ................................................ 85 SECTION 321723 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, PAVEMENT MARKERS, PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE ............................................................................... 90 SECTION 332250 – SHORING AND TRENCH SAFETY ......................................... 100 SECTION 332315 – EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL ............................................. 104 SECTION 333600 – GROUT ............................................................................. 114 SECTION 344133 – PEDESTRIAN WARNING LIGHTS .......................................... 120
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 192
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 193
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-1 Project No. C2201
SECTION 011100 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The Contract Documents describe the Work to be performed under this Contract which includes, but is not limited to, providing all plant, tools, equipment, materials, testing, supplies, and manufactured articles for the Project. It shall also include the providing of all transportation and services, including fuel, power, water, and essential communications, necessary and for the performance of all labor, work, or other operations required for the performance of the Contract in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor shall sufficiently obligate themselves and take the necessary precautions so as to perform and complete the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents and specifications and/or as shown on the plans and within the time limit specified herein.
C. Related Sections
1. Section 013000 – Special Project Constraints
2. Section 013300 – Contractor Submittals
3. Section 015100 – Temporary Utilities and Facilities
4. Section 015550 – Temporary Traffic Control Systems
1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The work is described generally as the following work items:
1. RRFB system installation
2. AC grind & installation
3. PC Concrete, including ADA curb ramps, sidewalk, curb & gutter construction
4. Pavement striping and markings
5. Sign installation and removal of existing signs and street light pole
6. Adjusting utilities to grade
7. Miscellaneous including incidental items of work
B. All risk of loss, damage or diminution to the Work shall rest with Contractor until final acceptance of the Work by the City Council.
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS
A. The Project corridor includes gas mains, high voltage underground power lines, and other potentially hazardous facilities. Contractor shall make themselves fully aware of all potential hazards and utilize experienced and qualified personnel when working adjacent to such facilities. Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate with the utility owners as required for compliance when working adjacent to such facilities.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for making themselves familiar with the existing site conditions.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 194
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-2 Project No. C2201
1.4 BEGINNING AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK
A. In accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall begin the Work on the date specified in the written Notice to Proceed from the City, and shall complete all of the Work included in the Contract within the time specified in the said Notice. Time stated for completion shall include final cleanup of the premises.
1.5 CONTRACT METHOD
A. The Work of this Contract is a combination unit price and lump sum contract. The basis for measurement and payment shall be as indicated in the General Provisions, Bid Item Description and these Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall include the requirements of the approved Project Plans and Specifications and Engineer’s Supplementary Conditions, as a part of all of its subcontract agreements.
1.6 ORDER OF THE WORK
A. Contractor’s order and time to complete shall conform to the requirements of the approved Contractor's schedule as submitted under the provisions for "Contractor's Schedules" in Section 013300, “Contractor Submittals.”
B. Order of work shall include, but not be limited to, consideration of constraints as described in Section 013000, “Special Project Constraints.”
1.7 WORK BY OTHERS
A. Multiple projects (City, other agency, and private) are planned in or adjacent to the City right of way during the time of the contract in the immediate vicinity. The Contractor is responsible for full cooperation with adjacent project operations, coordination of work and work area, and provision of requisite temporary traffic control measures as required within these special provisions.
B. Interference With Work on Utilities: The Contractor shall cooperate fully with all utility forces of the City or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, installation or otherwise rearranging of any facilities which interfere with the progress of the Work, and shall schedule the Work so as to minimize interference with said relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities.
C. Contractor shall cooperate fully with all other City contractors or forces of other public or private entities engaged in the installation, relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities which interfere with the progress of the Work, and shall schedule the Work so as to minimize interference with said installation, relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 195
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-3 Project No. C2201
1.8 WORK SEQUENCE/NOTIFICATIONS
A. No sustained interruption in access to any adjacent businesses, institutions, or residences along the alignment can be accommodated. Interruption of access to any adjacent businesses or residences shall not exceed 30 minutes without approval from the City and shall not continue beyond project work hours as specified in Section 013000, “Special Project Constraints.” Prior to beginning work in the vicinity of any businesses, institutions, or residences, the Contractor shall contact the businesses, institution, or residences, provide the business, institution, or home owner a written preliminary notification of the intended schedule, and if necessary, determine and prepare an alternate schedule for the Engineer’s approval that provides minimal disruption. Additional notification requirements are specified in Section 015550, “Temporary Traffic Control Systems.”
1.9 CONTRACTOR USE OF PROJECT SITE
A. The Contractor's use of the project site shall be limited to its construction operations, including on-site storage of materials, and on-site fabrication facilities during working hours.
B. The Contractor shall remove all equipment and materials from the City of San Carlos rights-of-way outside of normal work hours.
1. The Contractor shall identify potential staging site(s) for the Contractor’s use for construction staging and storage of equipment/materials directly related to this Project. The Contractor shall make all arrangements with property owner, City, and/or any other party(ies) of interest for staging areas. The Contractor shall provide a signed letter from the property owner authorizing the use of the property as a staging area.
1.10 CITY USE OF THE PROJECT SITE
A. The City and the Engineer and their authorized representatives shall be allowed access to the project site at all times during the period of construction.
B. Private utility companies and other entities performing construction on the site shall have access to the project site.
C. Any land-locked parcels adjacent to the project site shall be provided access/egress by the Contractor.
1.11 PARTIAL UTILIZATION OF THE WORK BY CITY
A. The City may allow partial utilization of the Work upon completion of the various stages. Utilization of the work does not indicate acceptance of any portion of the work.
1.12 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. Preconstruction Meeting: Prior to the commencement of Work at the site, a
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 196
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-4 Project No. C2201
Preconstruction meeting will be held virtually or at a mutually agreed time and place which shall be attended by the Contractor, its Superintendent, and its subcontractors as appropriate. Other attendees may include:
1. Engineer and the Construction Inspector.
2. Representatives of City.
3. Representatives of Permittees as appropriate.
4. Others as requested by Contractor, or Engineer.
B. Unless previously submitted to the Engineer, the Contractor shall bring to the meeting six copies of each of the following:
1. Draft Construction Schedule.
2. Traffic Control Plan stamped by Licensed Engineer
3. Procurement schedule of major equipment and materials and items requiring long lead time.
4. Preliminary Schedule of Shop Drawings, Samples, and Product Data Submittals.
5. Schedule of Values (unit price and lump sum price breakdown) for progress payment purposes.
6. Substitution Requests per Section 013300.
7. Letter of Responsibility designating emergency contacts for the Contractor after business hours (3 copies).
C. The purpose of the meeting is to designate responsible personnel and establish a working relationship. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters established. The agenda may include the following:
1. Contractor's tentative schedules.
2. Update on public outreach.
3. Transmittal, review, and distribution of Contractor's submittals.
4. Processing applications for payment.
5. Maintaining of record documents.
6. Critical work sequencing.
7. Field decisions and Change Orders.
8. Use of project site, office and storage areas, security, housekeeping, and City's needs.
9. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
10. Contractor's assignments for safety and first aid.
11. Contact information for Contractor, Superintendent.
D. The Engineer will preside at the Preconstruction meeting and will arrange for keeping the minutes and distributing the minutes to all persons in attendance.
1.13 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Prior to commencement of any construction activity, the City Inspector will take photographs and/or video of all work areas.
B. The Contractor shall conduct a photographic and/or video survey prior to commencement of any construction activity. The purpose for preconstruction documentation is to establish baseline conditions for evaluation of any change in existing conditions in the vicinity of the work zone during construction (i.e.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 197
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-5 Project No. C2201
damage to existing hardscape, structures, etc.).
1.14 WEEKLY PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Weekly progress meetings will be scheduled and held at the City office, or another mutually agreed location near the site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 198
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-6 Project No. C2201
SECTION 013000 – SPECIAL PROJECT CONSTRAINTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCHEDULING
A. Pedestrian access shall be maintained throughout the project site for the duration of the construction. Vehicle access to the adjacent businesses, institutions, and residences shall also be maintained for the duration of the closure.
B. The Contractor shall locate and make themselves familiar with existing underground utilities. The proposed roadway and improvements may be within close proximity to existing facilities. The Contractor shall maintain a minimum cover of 18 -inches from subgrade to all existing utilities. Any locations that do not meet this requirement shall immediately be brought to the attention of the Engineer. Adherence with this clause and protection of existing facilities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
C. The Contractor shall submit a construction staging area plan for City approval for all staging areas proposed for use with the project.
D. The construction constraints described herein shall be incorporated into the Contractor's schedule.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the allocation of space for temporary field offices and structures (if necessary) furnished by itself or its subcontractors; monitoring the use of temporary utilities; verification that adequate services are available to comply with requirements for Work and climatic conditions; and the administration of traffic and parking controls. All such work shall be in strict conformance with the applicable requirements specified in Sections 015100, “Temporary Utilities”, and elsewhere in this Division 1.
F. Night or weekend work will not be permitted, with the exception of temporary traffic control measures necessary to perform the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 199
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-7 Project No. C2201
SECTION 013100 – COORDINATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all work and the coordination of the work of all subcontractors. The Contractor shall not delegate coordination to any subcontractor. Coordination, as referred to herein, shall include the establi shment of on-site lines of authority and communication and assistance in scheduling of and attendance of progress meetings between the Engineer or the City and the Contractor and its subcontractors. The Contractor's onsite supervisory person shall be present and represent the General Contractor whenever a meeting is held that involves any interface between the City or Engineer and any subcontractors or suppliers.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 011000 – Summary of Work
2. Section 013000 – Special Project Constraints
3. Section 013300 – Contractor Submittals
4. Section 015100 – Temporary Utilities and Facilities
5. Section 015550 – Temporary Traffic Control Systems
6. Section 015600 – Protection of Existing Facilities
1.2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES
A. Submit initial progress schedule for review by Engineer in duplicate within ten (10) working days after date of Contract. After review, submit detailed schedules within ten (10) working days, modified to accommodate revisions recommended by the Engineer and/or the City.
B. Submit revised schedules with each application for payment, identifying changes since previous version. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of work at each submission.
C. Submit a comprehensive 3 -week look ahead schedule for discussion with City at each weekly construction progress meeting.
D. Distribute copies of reviewed schedules to project site file, subcontractors, suppliers and other concerned parties.
E. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in schedules.
F. Submit computer generated horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major portion of work or operation, identifying first workday of each week.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 200
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-8 Project No. C2201
G. Submit revised Schedule of Values within ten (10) working days after preconstruction meeting, modified to accommodate revisions recommended by the Engineer and/or the City.
1.3 GENERAL COORDINATION
A. All Work covered in the Contract Documents shall be coordinated as a part of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract. The Contractor shall coordinate his/her operations with the City and others working in the immediate area.
B. The Contractor shall assure timely fabrication of work, erection of work, and completion of closeout items and the timely preparation of shop drawings and other submittals in conformance with the approved construction schedule.
C. The Contractor shall coordinate the efforts of all individuals and subcontractors in the execution of the Work, including work by others as specified in Section 01110, "Summary of Work."
D. The Contractor shall resolve differences or disputes between subcontractors concerning coordination, interferences, or extent of work between Sections. The Contractor's decisions, if consistent with the Contract Document requirements, shall be final.
E. The Contractor shall conduct their operations so that existing utilities are kept in continuous operation throughout the execution of this contract. The Contractor, therefore, shall schedule and conduct their work so as to minimize interference with the operation and maintenance of these facilities. Methods, schedules and sequences of construction which prevent or jeopardize the City’s compliance with Clean Water Standards or the NPDES Permit are not acceptable.
F. When modification, addition or connection to existing pipelines, structures, systems, circuits or equipment is required, the Contractor shall schedule such activities with the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, one (1) week in advance of the time when construction operations will require connection to, or modification of, in -service portions of the existing facility. No pipeline system, structure, circuit or individual unit shall be cut, modified, dewatered or removed from the facility unless authorized by the Engineer.
G. In the event that the Contractor accidentally damages operating pipes or utilities, they shall immediately affect the necessary repairs. The Contractor shall maintain an inventory of repair clamps and materials for small pipelines, including temporary pump s, bypass pipelines, electrical conductors or other facilities necessary to maintain operation of sewerage facilities while the repairs are being made. The Contractor shall provide telephone numbers of standby personnel who will respond during non -working hours to repair facilities which interrupt normal operations.
H. If the Contractor fails to respond to a request by the Engineer, the City reserves
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 201
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-9 Project No. C2201
the right to affect the repair with its own forces or by another contractor. The cost for repairs performed by others will be deducted from the payment due the Contractor.
I. In addition to notifying the Engineer (Section 1.03 F), Contractor shall notify affected property owners and residents in writing minimum of 48 -hours in advance prior to any planned temporary shutdown of utility services.
J. In City and Contractor shall utilize a web-based document management system for submission of all data and documents, including public outreach documents where applicable throughout the duration of the Contract.
1.4 SPECIAL COORDINATION
A. The Contractor shall provide advance notification to the Engineer of specific tasks, tests and inspections specified. Failure to provide such advance notification may be cause for rejection of the Work.
1.5 COORDINATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of the work of each of its subcontractors and suppliers. Special attention is directed to the following obligations of the Contractor:
1. Verify that subcontractors have obtained permits for inspections.
2. Review all subcontractor shop drawings, product data, and sample submittals for compliance with Contract Documents prior to submittal to Engineer for general review for compliance with design intent.
3. Maintain onsite documentation and keep current record drawing set at Project site.
4. Verify that specified cleaning is done during progress of Work and at completion of each subcontract.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 202
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-10 Project No. C2201
SECTION 013300 – CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section describes general requirements for submittals for the Work.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 011100 – Summary of Work
2. Section 013100 – Coordination
3. Section 015550 – Temporary Traffic Control Systems
4. Section 321216 – Paving Systems
5. Section 321723 – Traffic Striping, Pavement Markers, Pavement Markings & Signage
1.2 PROCEDURES
A. Submit at Contractor’s expense, Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals, Safety Plans, Progress Schedules, Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples, Substitution Requests, Traffic Control Plans, Construction Staging Area Plan, Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), and Project Record Documents, and all other submittals required by the Contract Documents. Submit these submittals to Engineer for review and approval.
B. Use a submittal transmittal form, in duplicate, containing:
1. Date, and revision date and submittal log number.
2. Project title.
3. Contractor’s name and address and job number.
4. Specification Section clearly identified.
5. The quantity of each Shop Drawing, Product Data, and Samples submitted.
6. Notification of deviations from Contract Documents.
7. Materials safety data sheet (MSDS) for each item complying with OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard 29 CFR 1910.1200.
8. Other pertinent data.
C. Where manufacturer’s standard drawings or data sheets are used, they shall be marked clearly to show those portions of the data that are applicable to this project. Submittals shall be submitted based on each technical specification section. Submittals containing information about more than one specification section will be returned for resubmittal. Submittals shall include all information requested by each specification section. (No partial submittals.) Incomplete submittals will be returned not reviewed by Engineer. Provide a log number and reference to Specifications Section and/or Plan sheets and details, for each submittal for ease of identification of submittal. Submittal shall include:
1. Date and revision dates.
2. Revisions, if any, identified.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 203
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-11 Project No. C2201
3. Project Title and number.
4. The names of: Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, Manufacturer, and separate detailer, when pertinent.
5. Identification of product material by location within the Project.
6. Relation to adjacent structure or materials.
7. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
8. Specification Section number and applicable detail reference numbers on the drawings.
9. Applicable standards, such as ASTM, ANSI, FS, NEMA, SMACNA or ACI.
10. A blank space, on each Drawing or data sheet, 5” x 4” for the Engineer’s stamp.
11. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents.
12. Contractor’s stamp, initialed or signed, with language certifying the review of submittals, verification of field measurements, construction criteria and technical standards in compliance with Contract Documents.
D. The data shown on the Shop Drawings shall be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes specified below. Samples shall be identified clearly as to material, supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which it is intended and otherwise as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal. The number of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications.
E. Substitutions:
1. Substitution for those equipment, procedures, materials and/or products specified shall only be permitted when the proposed unnamed “equal” product or material to be furnished is both equal in quality and utility and after the Contractor has complied with the following provisions:
a. All substitutions shall be reviewed by the City;
b. The City must approve such substitution in writing prior to its incorporation into the work;
c. Unless otherwise authorized in writing by the City, the Contractor shall, prior to award and placing any purchase orders, and at least thirty (30) calendar days before it requires approval of any such alternative item, submit to the City sufficient data, drawings, samples, literature or other detailed information as will demonstrate to the City that the proposed substitute is equal in quality and utility to the equipment, materials, procedures and/or products specified.
2. Within thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of all requested information from the Contractor, the City will determine whether the proposed alternative is equal in quality and utility and meets the requirements of the Contract and will inform the Contractor in writing of such determination. The burden of substantiating the quality and utility of alternatives shall be upon the Contractor, and the Contractor shall furnish
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 204
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-12 Project No. C2201
all necessary information requested and required by the City. The City will be the sole judge as to the quality and utility of alternative equipment, materials and/or products, and the City’s decision shall be final. An acceptance by the City of a substitution shall not relieve the Contractor from complying with the requirements of the Project Drawings and Specifications. Acceptance by the City shall not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for the efficiency, sufficiency and quality and performance of the substitute equipment, materials, procedures and/or products, in the same manner and degree as the equipment, materials, procedures and/or products specified by name.
3. Failure of the Contractor to submit proposed substitutions for review in the manner described above and within the time prescribed shall be sufficient cause for rejection by the City of any other proposed substitutions.
4. In determining whether a proposed product is equal in quality and utility, the City is not restricted to such basic issues as performance and durability, but may consider any other issues that the City, in the discretion of the City, deems appropriate. Said issues may, but are not required to include, nor are they limited to, such additional factors as comparable performance, reliability, efficiency or operation, ease of operation, adaptability, ease of maintenance, capital costs, life -cycle costs, operational characteristics, costs of training personnel, maintenance history, warranties, problems created by the resulting overall warranty system, availability of qualified service, availability of parts, the history of any supplier, and compatibility with existing facilities.
5. No one factor or group of factors, including such issues as savings on capital costs, shall be determinative of whether the proposed product or material is equal in quality and utility. The decision of the City shall be based on those factors deemed by the City to be relevant and any data, drawings, samples, literature or other detailed information furnished by the Contractor with respect to the proposed substitution.
6. Each decision as to whether a product or material is equal in quality and utility shall be made by the City on a case-by-case basis.
7. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all costs, including consultant costs, incurred by the City with respect to the proposed substitution that exceed the costs inherent in the normal and reasonable review of drawings and other standard data, information and documents concerning any proposed substitution. The Contractor shall be responsible for this cost, regardless of whether or not the substitution is approved by the City.
F. Submittal coordination and verification is the responsibility of Contractor; this responsibility shall not be delegated in whole or in part to subcontractors or suppliers. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents, and shall have determined and verified:
1. All field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 205
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-13 Project No. C2201
information with respect thereto;
2. All materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and
3. All information relative to Contractor’s sole responsibilities and of means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.
G. Contractor’s submission to City or to Engineer of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal will constitute Contractor’s representation that it has satisfied its obligations under the Contract Documents, and as set forth immediately above, with respect to Contractor’s review and approval of that submittal.
H. Designation of work “by others”, if shown in submittals, shall mean that work will be responsibility of Contractor rather than subcontractor or supplier who has prepared submittals.
I. The Contractor shall sign a statement with each submittal, certifying that the submittal has been checked by the Contractor and is in conformance with the Specifications. Any submittal received without this certification shall be returned AMEND AND RESUBMIT and count as one submittal under R.5.a of this specification section.
J. After review by City or Engineer of each of Contractor’s submittals, two (2) sets of material will be returned to Contractor with actions defined as follows:
1. NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN – A formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required. Accepted subject to its compatibility with future submittals and additional partial submittals for portions of the work not covered in this submittal does not constitute approval or deletion of specified or required items not shown on the submittal.
2. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED (NO RESUBMISSIONS REQUIRED)
Same as 1 above, except that minor corrections as noted shall be made by Contractor.
3. AMEND AND RESUBMIT - Rejected because of major inconsistencies or errors that shall be resolved or corrected by Contractor prior to subsequent review by Engineer.
4. REJECTED - The submittal is illegible or the submittal is so far out of compliance with the contract documents that the Contractor needs to try again, from scratch.
K. Contractor shall make a complete and acceptable submittal at least by second submission. City reserves the right to deduct monies from payments due Contractor to cover additional costs of review beyond the second submission.
Illegible submittals will be rejected and returned to Contractor for resubmission.
Contractor shall be in breach of the Contract if it, following a submittal which City determines falls within category 3 above, Contractor’s first resubmittal does not fall within categories 1 or 2 above.
L. Favorable review will not constitute acceptance by City or Engineer of any
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 206
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-14 Project No. C2201
responsibility for the accuracy, coordination and completeness of the submittals.
Accuracy, coordination, and completeness of Submittals shall be the sole responsibility of Contractor, including responsibility to back -check comments, corrections, and modifications from City or Engineer’s review before fabrication.
Contractor, subcontractors, or suppliers may prepare submittals, but Contractor shall ascertain that submittals meet requirements of Contract Documents, while conforming to structural space and access conditions at point of installation.
Engineer’s review will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as indicated by the Contract Documents. Favorable review of submittal, method of work, or information regarding materials and equipment Contractor proposes to furnish shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as assumption of risks or liability by City or Engineer, or any officer or employee thereof, and Contractor shall have no claim under Contract on account of failure or partial failure or inefficiency or insufficiency of any plan or method of work or material and equipment so accepted.
Favorable review shall be considered to mean merely that City and/or Engineer has no objection to Contractor using, upon his own full responsibility, plan or method of work proposed, or furnishing materials and equipment proposed.
M. City and/or Engineer’s review will not extend the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions.
N. Submit complete initial submittal for those items where required by individual specification Sections. Complete submittal shall contain sufficient data to demonstrate that items comply with Specifications, shall meet minimum requirements for submissions cited in technical specifications, shall include certifications, where required, and shall include necessary revisions required for equipment other than first named. If Contractor submits incomplete initial submittal, when complete submittal is required, submittal may be returned to Contractor without review.
O. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to copy, conform and distribute reviewed submittals in sufficient numbers for Contractor’s files, subcontractors and vendors.
P. After City and/or Engineer’s review of submittal, revise as noted and resubmit as required.
Identify changes made since previous submittal.
1. Begin no fabrication or work that requires submittals until return of submittals not requiring resubmittal.
2. Normally, submittals will be processed and returned to Contractor within ten (10) working days of receipt.
Q. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned persons. Instruct recipients to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 207
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-15 Project No. C2201
R. All shop drawings and submittals shall be number identified by Contractor, prior to submission to Engineer, in accordance with the following:
1. Contractor shall sequentially number each submittal (i.e., “1”, “2”, “3”, etc.) as the basis for number identification of all shop drawings and submittals.
2. Affix the submittal number under which each submittal is made on every copy of each shop drawing, product data, sample, certification, O & M manual, etc.
3. If the submittal is a resubmittal (including without limitation after an initial submittal is rejected, returned not reviewed or marked revise as noted and resubmit), add the suffix designation “A” (i.e., a resubmittal of submittal 1 would be numbered 1A). Subsequent resubmittals would be identified by the submittal number and sequential letters (i.e., “B”, “C”, “D”, etc.).
4. All submittals shall include all information requested by each specification section. No partial submittals will be accepted unless previously authorized by Engineer. In the event a partial submittal is authorized, each subsequent different submittal (as opposed to resubmittal) is given a new number.
5. Number of resubmissions:
a. One reexamination of Contractor’s submittals that have been returned for correction or replacement will be included in Engineer’s scope. Any additional reexamination of Contractor’s submittals will be considered additional scope services to be paid by Contractor through City. Engineer shall be paid hourly at 3.0 times direct payroll expenses and charge consultant’s time at
1.25 times the amount billed Engineer.
1.3 SCHEDULE OF SHOP DRAWING AND SAMPLE SUBMITTALS
A. Submit preliminary Schedule of Shop Drawing, Samples, and Product Data Submittals as required, no later than five (5) working days following receipt of Notice to Proceed from City.
B. Schedule of Shop Drawing, Samples, and Product Data Submittals will be used by City and Engineer to schedule their activities relating to review of submittals.
Schedule of submittals shall indicate a spreading out of submittals and early submittals of long lead-time items and of items that require extensive review.
C. Schedule of Shop Drawing, Samples, and Product Data Submittals shall be reviewed by City and shall be revised and resubmitted until accepted by City.
D. Unless otherwise specified, make submittals in groups containing all associated items to assure that information is available for checking each item when it is received. Identify on the submittal which submittals should be reviewed together.
E. The Contractor agrees that shop drawing submittals processed by the City are not Change Orders; that the purpose of shop drawing submittals by the Contractor
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 208
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-16 Project No. C2201
is to demonstrate to the City that they understand the design concept, that the Contractor demonstrates their understanding by indicating which equipment, procedure and material they intend to furnish and install and by detailing the proposed fabrication and installation methods. The Contractor further agrees that if deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between shop drawing submittals and the Contract Documents in the form of design drawings and specifications are discovered either prior to or after shop drawing submittals are processed by the City, the design drawings and specifications shall control and shall be followed.
1.4 DELAY OF SUBMITTALS
A. Delay of submittals by Contractor is considered avoidable delay. Liquidated damages incurred because of late submittals will be assessed to Contractor.
B. The City may periodically inspect the record drawings at the site. The proper and current maintenance of the information required on these drawings shall be a condition precedent to approval of requisitions for periodic payment.
1.5 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. General: The Contractor shall keep and maintain, at the job site, one record set of Contract Drawings. On these, it shall mark all project conditions, locations, configurations, and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Drawings, including buried or concealed construction and utility features which are revealed during the course of construction.
B. Special attention shall be given to recording the horizontal and vertical location of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated, or which were not indicated on the Contract Drawings. Said record drawings shall be supplemented by any detailed sketches as necessary or directed to indicate, fully, the Work as actually constructed.
C. These master record drawings of the Contractor’s representation of “as-built” conditions, including all revisions made necessary by addenda, change orders, and the like shall be maintained up-to-date during the progress of the Work.
D. In the case of those drawings which depict the detail requirement for equipment to be assembled in the factory, the record drawings shall be updated by indicating those portions which are superseded by change order drawings or final shop drawings, and by including appropriate reference information describing the change orders by number and the shop drawings by manufacturer, drawing, and revision numbers.
E. Record drawings prepared by the Contractor shall be accessible to the Engineer at all times during the construction period and shall be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 209
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-17 Project No. C2201
F. Effect on Progress Payments: Requests for partial payments will not be approved if the record drawings are not kept current. All such Record Drawings will be inspected by the City each month, showing all variations between the Work as actually constructed and as originally shown on the Contract Drawings or other Contract Documents, and the City will not process monthly payment requests until such drawings are made current each month.
G. Final Record Drawings: Upon substantial completion of the Work and prior to final acceptance by the City, the Contractor shall complete and deliver one bond copy set and an electronic scanned set in PFD format with legible red -line changes dated and signed by the Contractor to the City for approval. The redline changes shall conform to the construction records of the Contractor. This information will be assumed to be reliable, and the Engineering will not be responsible for the accuracy of such information, nor for any errors or omissions which may appear on the Record Drawings as a result.
H. Effect on Final Payment: Final payment will not be approved until the Contractor- prepared bond copy set and an electronic scanned set in PFD format of the Record Drawings have been delivered to the City.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 210
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-18 Project No. C2201
SECTION 014516 – QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field and shall check all field conditions continuously during construction. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any inaccuracies built into the Work.
B. The Contractor shall inspect related and appurtenant work and shall report in writing to the Engineer, any conditions which will prevent proper completion of the Work. Any required removal, repair, or replacement caused by the Contractor shall be done by the Contractor’s work at its sole cost and expense.
1.2 INSPECTION OF THE WORK
A. General: The Work shall be conducted under the general observation of the Engineer and shall be subject to inspection by representatives of the City to verify strict compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. The authorized representative of the Engineer on the project site shall be the Project Engineer acting directly and through various inspectors at the site. The presence of the Inspectors, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the proper execution of the Work in accordance with all requirements of the Contract Documents. Compliance is distinctly a duty of the Contractor, and said duty shall not be avoided by any act or omission on the part of the inspector(s).
C. All materials and articles furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no material or articles shall be used in the Work until it has been inspected and accepted by the Engineer or the City.
D. Inspection at Place of Manufacture: Unless otherwise specified, all products, materials, and equipment shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer at the place of manufacture if deemed necessary by the Engineer.
E. The presence of the Engineer at the place of manufacture however, shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for furnishing products, materials, procedures and equipment which comply with all requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.3 SAMPLING AND TESTING
A. Unless otherwise specified, all sampling and testing shall be in accordance with the methods prescribed in the current standards of the ASTM or other specified published standards, as applicable to the class and nature of the article or materials considere d; however, the City reserves the right to use any generally-accepted system of sampling and testing which, in the opinion of the Engineer will indicate to the City that the quality of the workmanship is in full
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 211
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-19 Project No. C2201
accord with the Contract Documents.
B. Any waiver by the City of any specific testing or other quality assurance measures, whether or not such waiver is accompanied by a guarantee of substantial performance as a relief from the specified testing or other quality assurance requirements as origin ally specified, and whether or not such guarantee is accompanied by a "performance bond" to assure execution of any necessary corrective or remedial Work, shall not be construed as a waiver of any prescriptive or performance requirements of the Contract D ocuments. "Performance Bond" as used herein is a separate bond in addition to the Contract Performance Bond required in the General Conditions.
C. Notwithstanding the existence of such waiver, and in addition to any testing and inspection performed by any other inspector on behalf of the City or any other public agency having jurisdiction, the Engineer shall have the right to make independent investigations and tests, and failure of any portion of the Work to meet any of the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be reasonable cause for the Engineer to require the removal or correction and reconstruction of any such work in accordance with the General Conditions.
1.4 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
A. Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency or laboratory acceptable to City to perform specified testing.
1. Prior to start of Work, submit testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and names of full-time specialist and responsible officer.
2. Submit copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent inspection, with memorandum of remedies of deficiencies reported by inspection.
B. The independent firm will perform tests, inspections and other services specified in individual specification sections and as required by the Engineer.
1. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in the State of California.
2. Laboratory Staff: Maintain full time specialist on staff to review services.
3. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of accuracy traceable to National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants.
C. Testing, inspections and source quality control may occur on or off project site.
Perform off-site testing as required by the Engineer or City.
D. Reports will be submitted by an independent firm to the Engineer and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents.
E. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 212
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-20 Project No. C2201
1. Notify Engineer and independent firm 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services.
2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use.
F. Testing and employment of testing agency or laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
G. Re-testing or re-inspection required because of non -conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer. Payment for re-testing or re-inspection is the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
H. Agency Responsibilities:
1. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor.
2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance of services.
3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards.
4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.
5. Promptly notify the Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non- conformance of Work or products.
6. Perform additional tests required by the City or Engineer.
7. Attend preconstruction meetings and progress meetings on request.
I. Agency Reports: After each test, promptly submit one copy of the report to the Engineer and to the Contractor. When requested by the Engineer, provide interpretation of test results. Include the following:
1. Date issued.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name of inspector.
4. Date and time of sampling or inspection.
5. Identification of product and specifications section.
6. Location in Project.
7. Type of inspection or test.
8. Date of test.
9. Results of tests.
10. Conformance with Contract Documents.
J. Limits On Testing Authority:
1. Agency or laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.
2. Agency or laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Agency or laboratory may not assume duties of Contractor.
4. Agency or laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 213
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-21 Project No. C2201
1.5 TESTING
A. All materials, equipment and work included in this contract shall be tested and inspected to prove compliance with the contract requirements. Unless otherwise specified, all costs of testing, including temporary facilities and connections, shall be borne by the Contractor. No tests specified herein shall be applied until the item to be tested has been inspected and approval given for the application of such test.
Tests and inspections shall include:
1. Factory tests.
2. The delivery acceptance test and inspections.
3. The installed tests and inspections of items as installed.
4. Tests and inspections, unless otherwise specified or accepted, shall be in accordance with the recognized standards of the industry.
The form of evidence of satisfactory fulfillment of delivery acceptance test and of installed test and inspection requirements shall be, at the discretion of the City, either by tests and inspections carried out in the City’s presence or by certificates or reports of tests and inspections carried out by approved persons or organizations. The Contractor shall provide and use forms which include all test information, including specified operational parameters, and shall be acceptable in content to the City.
B. Factory Observations and Tests. At the request of the City, the Contractor shall arrange with the factory for the City or his/her representatives to observe the manufacturing process and to witness performance tests at the factory or point of manufacture of any and all items to be furnished as a part of this contract. The Contractor shall inform the City in sufficient time to allow arrangements to be made for witness of manufacture and tests. Where the City elects not to observe the manufacture or witness such tests, the Contractor shall provide the City with certifications that the materials and equipment meet the requirements of the specifications.
C. Delivery Acceptance Tests and Inspections. The delivery acceptance tests and inspections shall be at the Contractor’s expense for any materials or equipment specified herein and shall include the following:
1. Test of items at the place of manufacture during and/or on completion of manufacture, comprising material tests, hydraulic pressure tests, electrical and instrumentation subsystem tests; electric and operating tests, and inspections in accordance with the relevant standards of the industry and more particularly as detailed in individual clauses of these specifications to satisfy the City that the items tested and inspected comply with the requirements of this contract.
2. Inspection of all items delivered at the site or to any authorized place of storage in order that the City may be satisfied that such items are of the specified quality and are in good order and condition at the tie of delivery.
To that end, the Contractor shall be prepared to remove all coverings, containers or crates to permit the City to conduct the inspection. Should the City find, in his/her opinion, indication of damage or deficient quality,
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 214
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-22 Project No. C2201
the Contractor shall provide the necessary documentation or conduct tests deemed necessary by the City to demonstrate compliance.
D. Tests and Inspection. All materials and equipment shall be tested by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the City before any facility is put into operation.
Tests shall be as specified in these specifications and shall be made to determine whether the materials and equipment have been properly assembled, aligned, adjusted and connected. Any changes, adjustments or replacements required to make the equipment operate as specified shall be carried out by the Contractor as part of the work.
E. All gauges, meters, recorders and monitors shall be provided by the Contractor as required by the City to supplement or augment the instrumentation system provided under this contract to properly demonstrate that all materials and equipment fully satisfy the requirements of these specifications. All devices employed for the purpose of measuring the performance of the facility’s equipment and systems shall be specifically selected to provide a level of uncertainty consistent with the variables to be monitored. All instruments shall be recently calibrated, and the Contractor shall be prepared at all times to demonstrate, through recalibration, the uncertainty of all instruments employed for testing purpos es. Calibration procedures shall be in accordance with applicable standards of ASTM, ISA and IEEE. The adequacy of all gauges, meters, recorders and monitors shall be subject to review of the City.
1.6 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES
A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start- up of equipment, and test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary.
B. Submit qualifications of observer to the Engineer thirty (30) days in advance of required observations. Observer subject to approval of Engineer.
C. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.
1.7 DEFECTIVE MATERIALS TO BE REMOVED
A. All materials not conforming to the requirements of these Specifications shall be considered as defective; and all such materials, whether in place or not, shall be rejected and shall be removed immediately from the site of the work, as determined by City, at Contractor’s sole expense.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 215
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-23 Project No. C2201
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 216
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-24 Project No. C2201
SECTION 015050 – MOBILIZATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all bonds, insurance, permits, and licenses; furnishing equipment, temporary buildings, leasing of temporary equipment and material storage area, and other construction facilities; all as required for the proper performance and completion of the Work. In addition to this specification, Section 11 “Mobilization”, paragraph 9 -1.16D Mobilization of the Cal trans Standard Specifications shall also apply to this Contract.
Mobilization shall include but not be limited to the following principal items:
1. Moving on to the site and furnishing equipment required for the operations.
2. Developing construction water supply.
3. Providing on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified in Section 015100, “Temporary Utilities and Facilities.”
4. Arrangement for and erection of Contractor’s work and storage yard, including site security.
5. Contractor is advised that there may be insufficient area within the construction zone to provide parking, staging for material and storage of equipment.
6. Providing a meeting room at the Contractor’s work and storage yard, 8.
Posting all EPA and OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs.
7. Have the Contractor’s superintendent at the job site full time.
8. Submittal and City acceptance of the Construction Schedule.
9. Establishing site security, lighting, fencing, and signing.
10. Obtaining all bonds, insurance, permits, and licenses.
11. Providing public outreach for the duration of the project, including, but not limited to, pre -construction notices, construction area signage, community outreach, etc. Outreach to be coordinated with the various submittals required by the Contractor for co ordination, traffic and pedestrian control, and general site controls for the project.
B. Mobilization does not include costs associated with temporary traffic control.
1.2 NOTIFICATION OF RESIDENTS AND BUSINESSES
A. This work shall include furnishing and distributing Two weeks and 72 hours advance notice flyers to residents and businesses on all streets and including side/cross streets adjacent, and all emergency, public transportation, and garbage/recycle collection services where contract work is to be performed.
Notices shall be consistent with dates provided and posted on “No Parking Tow Away” signs.
B. Notifications shall include at least the following information:
1. Identification of Contractor(s) including emergency contact name(s) and phone number(s),
2. Description of work,
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 217
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-25 Project No. C2201
3. Dates and times of construction, and
4. Information regarding street closures and/or detouring.
C. The contractor shall submit to the City a draft of advance notices flyer in the form of a submittal for review and approval prior to distribution
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ADVANCE NOTICE FLYERS
A. Flyer shall contain a general description of the work to be done, a schedule identifying the street segment and date that work is to be performed, and any restrictions that will be imposed as a result of the work.
2.2 NO PARKING SIGNS
A. City will provide “No Parking” signs for the Contractor’s use on this project.
Contractor shall arrange for the pickup of signs from Public Works Counter at City Hall not less than seven days prior to being needed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 DISTRIBUTION OF FLYERS
A. Advance notice flyers shall be hand delivered by the Contractor to residents, schools, or businesses along the impacted streets, including side/cross streets adjacent at least seven to ten (7 -10) calendar days in advance of the street closure. Notices shall also be placed on the front window of all vehicles parked against the curb. If different notices are used for different areas, the Contractor shall take care to deli ver the appropriate notice to the correct location. In the vicinity of school areas, Contractor s hall coordinate with City Staff and school principals to notify the parents of any changes in traffic patterns, detours, or parking restrictions. The notification shall include a copy of the approved Traffic Control Plan or detours around the school area.
B. Notification shall consist of a procedure of written Two -weeks notices (handouts and/or mailings), and door-to-door notifications 72 hours prior to starting work for every phase of construction (Pavement repairs, concrete work, grinding, AC installation, slurry seal, striping, etc.).
3.2 NO PARKING SIGNS
A. If necessary, “No Parking Tow Away” signs shall be posted on the front and back of Type II barricades, spaced no greater than 100 -feet apart, a minimum of 48 working hours in advance of all work requiring parking restrictions. Only the date in which the parking restriction is needed shall be printed (in 2 -inch letters) on the sign. All signs must be removed immediately after the work requiring the parking restriction has been completed.
B. The first barricade of each block, on both sides of the street, in both directions of travel (4 totals) shall contain, in addition to the “No Parking – Tow Away” sign,
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 218
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-26 Project No. C2201
the advance notice flyer to provide property owners with a general description of the work to be done. The Contractor shall notify the inspector 48 hour in advance of the operation. City inspector will verify the posting and notify the police department.
3.3 PUBLIC OUTREACH
A. Public Outreach
1. The Contractor shall apply a proactive public outreach approach to construction operations throughout the duration of the project, including noticing the public prior to the beginning of construction activities.
Outreach shall be coordinated with the proje ct schedule and project components such as: traffic and pedestrian controls; noticing for residents; businesses; schools; etc. Ensure that the building/property manager or owner receives notifications for managed properties (i.e., apartments, businesses). Public outreach activities need to match updates to the project schedule, and also be timed appropriately for work items.
2. Multiple public notifications shall be provided for various work items as described elsewhere in the specifications.
3. Public outreach shall include daily and weekly activities to notify the public of construction impacts and progress. The Contractor shall designate a construction crew member for public outreach (outreach lead), who will be responsible for handling public outreach tasks and coordination, including coordination with the City. The outreach lead shall attend construction progress meetings.
4. Contractor shall utilize the project’s web -based document management system for the transmittal of outreach materials for City and public.
5. Providing public outreach for the duration of the project, including, but not limited to, pre -construction notices, construction area signage, weekly electronic - based communication, community outreach, etc.
Outreach to be coordinated with the various subm ittals required by the Contract for coordination, traffic and pedestrian control, and general site controls for the project.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 219
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-27 Project No. C2201
SECTION 015100 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide labor and equipment that is adequate for the performance of the Work under this Contract within the time specified. All equipment shall be kept in satisfactory operating condition, shall be capable of safely and efficiently performing the required Work.
1.2 POWER AND LIGHTING
A. Power: The Contractor shall provide all necessary temporary power, including fuel, required for its operations under the Contract, including operation of traffic control devices, lighting, etc., and shall provide and maintain all temporary power lines required to perform the Work in a safe and satisfactory manner.
B. Construction Lighting: All Work conducted at night or under conditions of deficient daylight shall be suitably lighted to ensure proper Work and to afford adequate facilities for inspection and safe working conditions. All construction lighting shall be shielded to reduce light from affecting non-work areas.
C. Approval of Electrical Connections: All temporary connections for electricity shall be subject to approval of the City, the Engineer and the power company representative, and shall be removed in like manner at the Contractor's expense prior to final acceptance of the Work by the City.
D. Separation of Circuits: Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, circuits separate from lighting circuits shall be used for all other power purposes.
E. Construction Wiring: All wiring for temporary electric light and power shall be properly installed and maintained and shall be securely fastened in place. All electrical facilities shall conform to the requirements of Title 8, Industrial Relations, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety Orders, California Administrative Code; and Subpart K of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction.
1.3 WATER SUPPLY
A. General: The Contractor shall be responsible for making necessary arrangements for obtaining construction water, and shall include the cost of obtaining and use of water in the various bid prices for the project.
1.4 SANITATION
A. Toilet Facilities: Fixed or portable chemical toilets shall be provided wherever needed for the use of employees and shall be regularly maintained to provide
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 220
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-28 Project No. C2201
clean, sanitary conditions.
B. Sanitary and Other Organic Wastes: The Contractor shall establish a regular twice weekly collection of all sanitary and organic wastes. All wastes and refuse from sanitary facilities provided by the Contractor or organic material wastes from any other source related to the Contractor's operations shall be disposed of away from the site in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and in accordance with all laws and regulations pertaining thereto.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 221
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-29 Project No. C2201
SECTION 015550 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
A. Contractor is responsible for comprehensive site -wide temporary traffic control provisions. Under this item of work, Contractor is also responsible for providing regional temporary traffic control signs and Changeable Message Signs.
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Administrative Submittals: Copies of permits and approvals for construction as required by Laws and Regulations and governing agencies.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Traffic Control, Detour & Routing Plans, Pedestrian Control, and School Zone Access & Pedestrian Control Plans: As specified herein, and proposed revisions thereto. Submittals shall consider both the standard work day and nighttime operations. Traffic control plan shall be site specific and stamped by a licensed Civil/Traffic Engineer.
1.2 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC
A. Traffic Control Plan: Detailed traffic control plans shall show the locations of traffic cones, k -rail, construction zones, flaggers, stored pipe and materials, construction truck access, barricades, detours, signs, changeable message boards, and other tra ffic control facilities. Submit traffic control plans five (5) working days prior to start of construction and throughout all construction stages as the Work progresses.
B. Regional Traffic Management: Regional traffic control plans shall show the locations of access routes, closures, detours, temporary traffic signs, construction signage, changeable message boards, and other regional traffic control facilities. Plan shall sh ow and accommodate adjacent projects. Submit traffic control plans five (5) working days prior to start of construction and throughout all construction stages as the Work progresses.
C. Traffic Routing Plan: Show sequences of construction affecting the use of roadways, time required for each phase of the Work, provisions for decking over excavations and phasing of operations to provide necessary access, and plans for signing, signaling, b arricading, and striping to provide passages for pedestrians and vehicles. Include schedule for covering traffic control signs (including detour signs) when not in use and uncovering just prior to use. Show applicable signs for each individual construction stage.
D. Each afternoon at 3 p.m., meet with City or its designated representative to describe the following day's construction operations and the traffic control provisions. At each meeting, submit a detailed update of traffic control provisions and construction crew locations. This shall be submitted in hardcopy and electronic form using a Word file. The update shall contain a list of signs and the time and location for covering and uncovering signs.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 222
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-30 Project No. C2201
1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL ENGINEER
A. The Traffic Control Plans and updates shall be prepared and presented by a registered civil engineer with expertise in traffic control (hereinafter designated as the Traffic Control Engineer). The Traffic Control Engineer shall develop and update Traffic Control Plans, oversee the field implementation of Traffic Control Plans, and provide quality assurance for compliance with traffic control procedures.
B. Each evening and morning, signs shall be placed and removed as needed to inform the public of roadway closures, detours, work zones, and other traffic information. Each evening just before crews leave, all signs shall be removed of the job site
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CIP PROJECT SIGN
A. Material: Aluminum 0.080”
B. Size: 24”x36”
C. Round all corners
D. Colors:
a. Border – white,
b. Background – Green,
c. City of San Carlos Logo – Black, Green, and Yellow,
d. Text – white.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. Traffic control shall be done in accordance with the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD,Most recent version), B. Non-closure traffic control: Work that interferes with public traffic, either one-lane or two-lane traffic, shall not cause any traffic delays to public traffic between 7 a.m. to 8:30 a.m., nor more than 5 -minute delays to public traffic between the hours of 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Local traffic shall not be delayed at any time for more than 5 minutes. School buses shall not be delayed for more than 1 minute.
During non-working hours, Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, the full width of the traveled way in bo th directions shall be open for use by the public, unless approved for closure. Where road is closed to through traffic, full width of the roadway shall be open for local traffic during non-working hours. During working hours, one lane of the roadway shal l be open for local traffic in both directions except as permitted in advance by the Engineer. Holidays shall be those designated by the City of San Carlos.
1. Emergency Response Vehicles shall not be impeded at any time.
C. Work hours shall be as stated in Special Provisions. Work hours shall be further
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 223
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-31 Project No. C2201
limited to daylight hours. Daylight hours are defined as 1/2 hour after sunrise and 1/2 hour before Sunset.
D. Contractor shall fill or plate the trench at the end of each working day. Trench plates shall be textured to inhibit skidding. Use cold -patch or other means to feather transition at 3.3 percent (30:1) to plates. Where pit operations remain unfilled, steel plating shall be provided during non-working hours.
E. Contractor shall provide the name and phone number for the Contractor’s contact person for nighttime project operations. Replacement of non-working or stolen controls is required prior to commencing with construction.
F. Minimum lane width during construction shall be 11 feet, unless noted otherwise.
1. Nearest travel lane edge (tubular marker delineators) shall be no less than 8 feet from the edge of open trench. Contractor shall use K-Rail if 8 foot cannot be maintained
2. Where cones are used to separate traffic lane from construction zone, do not use traffic lane for accessing construction zone and do not store materials or equipment on or near shoulder of traffic lane side of roadway.
G. Whenever it is necessary to cross, close, or obstruct driveways and walks, whether public or private, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or other temporary expedients for accommodation of public and private travel.
H. Driveway and Private Road Closures: Maintain satisfactory means of exit for persons residing or having occasion to transact business along the route of the Work. If it is necessary to close off vehicular access to property for periods greater than 2 hours, provide written notice to each owner/occupant so affected, 3 days prior to such closure. Steel traffic plates shall be readily accessible in case of emergency.
I. Maintain top of backfilled trenches before they are paved to allow normal vehicular traffic to pass over. Provide temporary access driveways where required. Cleanup operations shall follow immediately behind backfilling.
J. Notify the fire department, police/sheriff department, highway patrol, ambulance service, local school district, post office, refuse companies and transit agencies five (5) working days before closing roadway or portion thereof. Notify said departments or agencies when streets are again passable for vehicles. Conduct operations with the least interference to fire equipment access, and at no time prevent such access. Furnish Contractor’s night emergency telephone numbers to the police or sheriff's department.
K. Move mailboxes to temporary locations accessible to postal service and on completion of Work in each area, replace them in their original location and in a condition equal to or better than original.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 224
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-32 Project No. C2201
L. Contractor shall move property owners’ (residents’) garbage and recycle cans to areas accessible for garbage and recycle pick up. Garbage and recycle cans shall be returned to owners’ driveway after pick up.
M. Pedestrian and bicycle access along sidewalks and streets will be kept open and safe from construction activities, however necessary closures shall be detour and signed appropriately, per a Pedestrian Control Plan, where applicable.
N. Coordination: Coordinate traffic routing with that of others working in the same or adjacent areas. Coordinate access for garbage pick up, mail delivery, and school buses.
O. Barricades and Lights:
1. Provide as shown on the Traffic Control Plans and in sufficient quantity to safeguard public and Work.
2. Provide as necessary to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and affected roads, streets, and alleyways, inside and outside of fenced area, and as required to ensure public safety and the safety of Contractor’s employees, other employer's emplo yees, and others who may be affected by the Work.
3. Provide to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from potential damage.
4. Locate to enable access by facility operators and property owners.
5. Protect streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares that are closed to traffic by effective barricades with acceptable warning signs.
6. Locate barricades at the nearest intersecting public thoroughfare on each side of the blocked section and at any additional locations indicated on the Traffic Control Plan.
P. Temporary Pavement Markings:
1. Temporary Pavement Delineation: Whenever Contractor’s operations reduce visibility of pavement delineation (lane lines, either pavement markers or painted lines or both, or temporary delineation) and pavement marking, such pavement delineation and pavement marking shall be replaced by either permanent or temporary delineation and marking before opening the traveled way to public traffic. Temporary delineation and marking shall consist of reflective traffic tape or reflective pavement markers, as determined by Engineer. Reflective tape for temporary delineation shall be applied in pieces not less than 24 inches long, or less than 4 inches wide, spaced no more than 24 feet apart. Reflective tape for pavement markings shall be placed to approximate the oblitera ted pavement markings, as determined by Engineer. Reflective traffic tape or reflective pavement markers shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. In areas where construction activity removes the pavement, Contractor shall use portable delineators (18 inches high by 2 inches wide) to designated travel lanes. Portable delineators shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications.
Once asphalt "plugging" of trench and damaged areas is complete, pavement markings and striping shall be replaced. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained by Contractor, at his own expense, until
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 225
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-33 Project No. C2201
it is replaced with permanent delineation. Final pavement markings and striping shall be done after completion of overlay.
Q. Signs and Equipment:
1. Traffic control signs and equipment shall be placed as shown on Traffic Constraint Drawings and as directed by the City.
2. Contractor shall maintain existing traffic control signs during construction. Roadway facilities and signs shall be protected in accordance with Section 15-1.02 and 7 -1.11 of the Standard Specifications.
3. Portable TOW-AWAY-NO STOPPING Signs: Place where approved by police or California Highway Patrol.
4. TOW-AWAY-NO STOPPING signs shall be posted seventy -two (72) hours prior to construction activity requiring removal.
5. Portable BUSINESSES ARE OPEN Signs: Place at accesses to businesses in the vicinity of construction activities.
6. Tubular Markers or Traffic Safety Drums: Provide to delineate traffic lanes to guide and separate traffic movements.
7. Provide at obstructions, such as material piles and equipment, as directed by Engineer.
8. Illuminate barricades and obstructions with warning lights from sunset to sunrise, or as directed by Engineer.
9. Use to alert general public of construction hazards, which would include surface irregularities, unramped walkways, grade changes, and trenches or excavations in roadways and in other public access areas.
10. Post-mount informational signs (all ends of detour and throughout detour vicinity) of detour 5 working days before detouring any traffic as to the date, time, and duration of the detour. Sign shall be stenciled with 6-inch black letters on a retro -reflective orange background. Signs shall meet Caltrans specifications.
11. Place solar powered barricade -type lights on DETOUR signs and construction speed limit signs.
12. All portable and night use signs shall use "diamond" grade reflective lettering.
13. Detour signs shall be covered when not in use and uncovered just prior to use. Detour signs shall be covered with wood or metal. The use of easily displaced material such as plastic bags, burlap sacks, duct tape, etc. is not acceptable. All signs that are not applicable to the current construction stage shall be removed or covered.
R. At each road closure barricade, a flagger shall be provided. For each single-lane closure, flaggers shall be provided for each crew. Flaggers shall have radios for communication with other flaggers and with crew foremen. Flaggers shall not leave their posts unattended for any length of time. Provide replacement flaggers as required for continuous coverage.
S. Payment Reductions:
1. Owner reserves the right to retain amounts for non -compliance with the requirements of Section 015550, “Traffic Control”, and Section 015600, “Protection of Existing Facilities”, as follows:
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 226
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-34 Project No. C2201
a. Non-compliance related to safety for workers or the traveling public:
1) First non-compliance: $1,000.
2) Second non-compliance: $5,000.
3) Third non-compliance: $10,000.
4) Fourth and subsequent non-compliances, each: $25,000. b. Safety related non -compliance relates to lack of k -rail, cones, barricades, light towers, reflective vests, delineators, flaggers, temporary or permanent striping, crash cushions, emergency access, warning signage, non-skid plates, sufficient clearance of stored pipe, dirt and mud free roads, or to other conditions such as uneven roads that endanger workers or the traveling public. c. Non-compliance related to work hours in City right-of-way:
1) $100 for each minute beyond the work hour limits.
d. Non-compliance related to disruption of the traveling public other than work hour non-compliance:
1) First non-compliance: $0.
2) Second non-compliance: $500.
3) Third non-compliance: $1,000.
4) Fourth and subsequent non-compliances, each: $5,000. e. Non-compliance related to disruption of the traveling public relates to lack of informational or detour signage, failure to cover or uncover signs, failure to meet sequencing and completion. requirements of pipeline segments and locations, or to other conditions that give rise to disruption of the public such as blocked driveways, any delay to a school bus greater than 1 minute or delays related to lack of flaggers or radios. f. If non-complying work items are not corrected in the timeframe designated by Engineer, the City may perform the Work. For such Work, the cost, plus 100 percent for administration and overhead, will be retained from payments. This amount is in addition to t he amounts indicated above.
g. Amounts retained shall be credited to the Owner through a Change Order to the Contract.
3.2 CIP PROJECT SIGN
A. The Vector files for the sign and logos shall be supplied to the sign manufacturer upon request. The Contractor shall provide the Company name and a 24 -hour toll-free contact phone number on the sign. The Contractor shall check with the Project Manager to obtain the project name and telephone number before fabricating the sign.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 227
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-35 Project No. C2201
SECTION 015600 – PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities and all other improvements not designated for removal and shall restore damaged or temporarily relocated utilities and improvements to a condition equal to or better than they were prior to such damage or temporary relocation, all in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor shall verify the exact locations and depths of all utilities shown and the Contractor shall make exploratory excavations of all utilities that may interfere with the Work. All such exploratory excavations shall be performed as soon as practical after award of contract and, in any event, a sufficient time in advance of construction to avoid possible delays to the Contractor's work. When such exploratory excavations show the utility location as shown to be in error, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer, and shall incorporate updated utility locations into the project record drawings.
C. In the event it is necessary to respond with City crew in lieu of the Contractor to repair damages done to any City facilities caused by the Contractor’s operations or as a consequences thereof, there shall be a minimum mobilization cost fee of $500 for administrative overhead, billing and equipment use in additi on to the actual hourly overhead rate (including benefits) billed for City employees and any materials costs. The Contractor shall be obligated to pay this amount separately to the City prior to the completion of the project and retention payment. The use of City crews will be at the discretion of the City.
D. If a hazardous condition is observed and the City notifies the Contractor either directly or by telephone, the Contractor shall correct the condition immediately.
If the Contractor fails to correct the condition immediately, the City reserves the right to call a local supplier(s) or Contractor to install the necessary measures such as lights, barricades, etc. The cost involved shall be deducted from any money due (or to become due) to the Contractor.
E. Contractor shall perform a preconstruction photo survey to document the condition of existing improvements. The Contractor shall be responsible to adequately document the condition for size, kind, quantity and the extent of existing improvements. Photograp hs shall be for the purpose of documenting the pre-existing condition at the site of work. All surveys shall be delivered to the City prior to commencing work. In the absence of adequate preconstruction documentation, the Engineer’s judgment shall be final.
1.2 RIGHTS-OF-WAY
A. The Contractor shall not do any work that would affect any gas, sewer, storm drain, waterline, recycled waterline, telephone, railroad, or electric line, any fence, or any other structure, nor shall the Contractor enter upon the rights-of-
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 228
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-36 Project No. C2201
way involved until notified by the Engineer that the City has secured authority therefore from the proper party. After authority has been obtained, the Contractor shall give said party due notice of its intention to begin work, and shall give said party convenient access during the Contractor’s work. When two or more contracts are being executed at one time on the same or adjacent land in such manner that work on one contract may interfere with that on another, the City shall determine the sequence and order of the Work. When the territory of one contract is the necessary or convenient means of access for the execution of another contract, such privilege of access or any other reasonable privilege may be granted by the City to the Contractor so desiring, to the extent, amount, in the manner, and at the times permitted. No such decisions as to the method or time of conducting the Work or the use of territory shall be made the basis of any claim for delay or damage, except as provided for temporary suspension of the Work.
1.3 PROTECTION OF SURVEY MONUMENTS OR ROADWAY MARKERS
A. Monuments placed by Surveyors must be preserved, in accordance with State Business & Professions Code section 8771. The Contractor shall not destroy, remove, or otherwise disturb any existing survey monuments, markers or other existing street or roadway markers without proper authorization. No pavement grinding, breaking or excavation shall be started until all survey or other permanent marker points that will be disturbed by the construction operations have been properly referenced for easy and accurate re storation. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the proper representatives of the City of the time and location that work will be done. Such notification shall be sufficiently in advance of construction so that there will be no delay due t o waiting for survey points to be satisfactorily referenced for restoration.
B. If monuments are disturbed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall hire a licensed surveyor to prepare and process a corner record or record of survey as appropriate through the City to reset the monuments. Surveyor records shall show the position of replacement monuments and post construction position of other monuments within the work area post -construction. The cost of preparing the necessary survey documents, proc essing the survey documents, and resetting the monuments shall be paid for by the Contractor. This work shall be completed prior to project acceptance and additional monies will be withheld for this work prior to the release of retention.
1.4 RESTORATION OF PAVEMENT
A. General: All paved areas including asphaltic concrete berms cut or damaged during construction shall be replaced with similar materials and of equal thickness to match the existing adjacent undisturbed areas, except where specific resurfacing requirements have been called for in the Contract Documents or in the requirements of the agency issuing the permit. All temporary and permanent pavement shall conform to the requirements of the affected pavement owner. All pavements which are subject to partial removal shall be neatly saw cut in straight lines.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 229
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-37 Project No. C2201
B. Temporary Trench Restoration: Wherever required by the public authorities having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall place temporary surfacing promptly after backfilling and shall maintain such surfacing for the period of time fixed by said authorities before proceeding with the final restoration of improvements. The typical trench detail on the plans provides further information for temporary asphalt surfacing.
C. Permanent Trench Restoration: In order to obtain a satisfactory junction with adjacent surfaces, the Contractor shall saw cut back and trim the edge so as to provide a clean, sound, vertical joint before permanent replacement of an excavated or damaged portion of pavement. Damaged edges of pavement along excavations and elsewhere shall be trimmed back by saw cutting in straight lines. All pavement restoration and other facilities restoration shall be constructed to finish grades compatible with adjacent und isturbed pavement.
The typical trench detail on the plans provides further information for permanent trench restoration.
D. After all infrastructure has been installed and tested, and final approval of all testing has been provided by the City or its representative, the Contractor shall overlay all roadways affected by the Work per the drawings and Specification 321216, “Paving Systems.”
E. Restoration of Sidewalks or Private Driveways: Wherever sidewalks or private roads have been removed or damaged during construction, the Contractor shall place suitable temporary sidewalks or roadways promptly after backfilling and shall maintain them in satisfactory condition for the period of time fixed by the authorities having jurisdiction over the affected portions before proceeding with the final restoration or, if no such period of times is so fixed, the Contractor shall maintain said temporary sidewalks or roadways until the final restoration thereof has been made.
1.5 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS
A. General: The Contractor shall protect all Underground Utilities and other improvements which may be impaired during construction operations. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain the actual location of all existing utilities and other im provements that will be encountered in its construction operations, and to see that such utilities or other improvements are adequately protected from damage due to such operations. The Contractor shall take all possible precautions for the protection of utility lines to provide for uninterrupted service and to provide such special protection as may be necessary. Protection of existing utilities may include soil stabilization.
B. Culverts: Existing culverts in and adjacent to the work area shall be protected from disturbance by the Contractor’s activities relating to the Work. The Engineer shall be notified immediately if an existing culvert is disturbed as a result of construction activities. All costs associated with disturbing existing culverts shall be borne by the Contractor.
C. Utilities to be Moved: In case it shall be necessary to move the property of any
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 230
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-38 Project No. C2201
public utility or franchise holder, such utility company or franchise holder will, upon request of the Contractor, be notified by the City to move such property within a specified reasonable time. When utility lines that are to be removed are encountered w ithin the area of operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer a sufficient time in advance for the necessary measures to be taken to prevent interruption of service.
D. Where the proper completion of the Work requires the temporary or permanent removal and/or relocation of an existing utility or other improvement which is shown the Contractor shall remove and, without unnecessary delay, temporarily replace or relocate such utility or the facility. In all cases of such temporary removal or relocation, restoration to former location shall be accomplished by the Contractor in a manner that will restore or replace the utility or improvement to its former location and in new condition.
E. City's Right of Access: The right is reserved to the City and to the owners of public utilities and franchises to enter at any time upon any public street, alley, right-of-way, or easement for the purpose of making changes in their property made necessary by the Work of this Contract.
F. Underground Utilities Shown or Indicated: Existing utility lines that are shown or the locations of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are to be retained, and all utility lines that are constructed during excavation operations shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling and, if damaged, shall be immediately repaired by the Contractor.
G. Underground Utilities Not Shown or Indicated: Contractor is responsible to verify location of all utilities, whether shown in the plans or not. All costs for locating, replacement and/or repair of existing utilities shall be borne by the Contractor.
H. In the event that the Contractor damages any existing utility lines, a written report thereof shall be made immediately to the Engineer.
I. All water services that are damaged during construction of trenching operations shall be reconstructed from the corporation stop to the meter (for small diameter services or reconstructed from the gate valve to the meter (for larger diameter services), and all services shall be sleeved with PVC pipe prior to backfilling.
J. Approval of Repairs: All repairs to a damaged improvement are subject to inspection and approval by an authorized representative of the improvement owner before being concealed by backfill or other work.
K. Maintaining in Service: All oil and gasoline pipelines, power, and telephone or other communication cable ducts, gas and water mains, irrigation lines, sewer lines, storm drain lines, poles, and overhead power and communication wires and cables encountered along the line of the Work shall remain continuously in service during all the operations under the Contract, unless other arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer are made with the owner of said pipelines, duct, main, irrigation line, sewer, storm drai n, pole, or wire or cable. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair all damage due to the Contractor’s
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 231
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-39 Project No. C2201
operations, and the provisions of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling.
L. Pipeline Connections. The Contractor shall make all necessary connections to the existing pipelines. No connections to the existing system shall be made unless authorized in writing by the City or Engineer.
M. Repair couplings on sanitary sewer laterals and water services are not allowed.
All repairs shall be completed to the nearest existing pipe joint, asbestos cement (ACP) sanitary sewer laterals shall be taken back to the nearest existing joint and shall not be cut ACP. All removed pipe material shall be disposed of by the Contractor per State and local requirements. All costs for disposal of existing materials shall be borne by the Contractor.
1.6 TREES WITHIN STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND PROJECT LIMITS
A. General: The Contractor shall exercise all necessary precautions so as not to damage or destroy any trees or shrubs, including those lying within street rights- of-way and project limits, and shall not trim or remove any trees unless such trees have been ap proved for trimming or removal by the City or other jurisdictional agency. All existing trees and shrubs which are damaged during construction shall be trimmed or replaced by the Contractor under the directions of an arborist certified by the Western Chapt er of the International Society of Arboriculture hired by the Contractor or a certified tree company hired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the City and/or agency. Tree trimming and replacement shall be accomplished in accordance with the following paragraphs.
B. Trimming: The natural shape and form of the tree shall be preserved and enhanced; no stubs or splits or torn branches left; no topping or drop crotching; and clean cuts shall be made close to the trunk or large branches.
C. Replacement: The Contractor shall immediately notify the City and/ or other jurisdictional agency if any tree is damaged by the Contractor's operations. If, in the opinion of the City or said other agency, the damage is such that replacement is necessary, the Contractor shall replace the tree at its own expense. The size of the trees shall be not less than 1-inch diameter nor less than 6 feet in height.
Fines will be assessed against the Contractor for trees removed without the City's prior written approv al. The minimum amount of fine or restitution to the City will be the replacement of the tree removed, with one of equal or greater size and maturity and as approved by the City. Larger fines may be assessed against the Contractor depending upon the circumsta nces and type of tree removed, especially in the case of oak trees, and/or those trees listed on the City of San Carlos' and/or County of San Mateo’s Historical Tree Lists.
D. Any roots encountered greater than 2 -inches in diameter shall be performed under the direct supervision of and in conformance with the recommendations of an arborist certified by the Western Chapter of the International Society of Arboriculture.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 232
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-40 Project No. C2201
E. The Contractor shall furnish all tools and equipment and employ sufficient trained personnel to operate all equipment and perform all handwork efficiently and skillfully.
F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage to trees, vegetation, or private property caused by its construction operations.
1.7 NOTIFICATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
A. Prior to any excavation in the vicinity of any existing underground facilities, including all water, sewer, storm drain, gas, petroleum products, or other pipelines; all buried electric power, communications, or television cables; all traffic signal and st reet lighting facilities; and all roadway and state highway rights-of-way the Contractor shall notify the Underground Service Alert agency and the respective authorities representing the owners or agencies responsible for such underground facilities not less than 48 hours prior to excavation so that a representative of said owners or agencies can be present during such work if they so desire.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 233
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-41 Project No. C2201
SECTION 020010 – SITE CONDITIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS
A. Information obtained by the City regarding site conditions, subsurface information, existing construction of site facilities and similar data will be available to prospective Bidders upon request at the office of the Engineer, prior to bid opening. This geotechnical investigation is not a part of this Contract. The investigation was performed for design purposes.
B. Investigations conducted by Geotechnical Engineer of subsurface conditions were made for the purpose of study and design, and neither the Engineer nor the City assume any responsibility in respect to the sufficiency or accuracy of the soil borings, or of other investigations that have been made, or of the interpretations made thereof, and there is no warranty or guarantee, either expressed or implied, that the conditions indicated by such investigations are representative of those existing throughout such area, or any part thereof, or that unforeseen for developments may not occur.
C. Any logs of test borings, pits, geotechnical reports, or topographic maps showing a record of the data obtained by the Engineer's investigations of surface and subsurface conditions that are made available, shown on the plans, or bound herewith shall not be considered a part of the Contract Documents, said logs representing only the opinion of the Engineer as to the character of the materials encountered by him in his investigations and are provided only for the convenience of the Bidders.
D. Information derived from inspection of logs of test borings, pits, topographic maps, geotechnical reports, or from Plans showing locations of utilities and structures will not in any way relieve the Contractor from any risk, or from properly examining the site and making such additional investigations as he may elect, or from properly fulfilling all the terms of the Contract Documents.
1.2 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Contractor shall satisfy themselves as to the nature and location of the Work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon availability of transportation, disposal, limited access to site, handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electric power, roads, and uncertainties of weather, river stages, or similar physical conditions at the site, the conformation and conditions of the ground, the character of equipment facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work and all other matters which can in any way affect the Work or the cost thereof under this Contract.
B. The Contractor shall further satisfy themselves as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered during the course of execution of the work by inspecting the site as well as, any exploratory work
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 234
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-42 Project No. C2201
performed by the Engineer, and information presented by the Plans and Specifications made a part of this Contract. Any failure by the Contractor to acquaint themselves with all available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Work. The Contractor shall use their own judgment in determining methods for safe construction, with awareness of the specific site conditions for this project.
C. The Contractor shall anticipate underground obstructions such as utility lines, concrete, water table, soil conditions and debris. No extra payment will be allowed for the removal, replacement, repair or possible increased cost associated with existing utilities, trench instability or groundwater. Any utility lines or obstructions indicated on the map show only the approximate location and must be verified in the field by the Contractor. Even excavations that do not daylight into the limits of existing trench backfill can become unstable due to the effects of ground disturbance and reduced strength caused by past nearby excavations and backfills. The Contractor is responsible for locating all underground obstructions.
D. The Contractor shall note that heavy truck and equipment operations may cause roadway damage in excess of normal usage. Damage caused to the streets, curbs, gutters, sidewalks or bike path by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired to a condition equal or better than the original condition at the Contractor's expense.
1.3 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A. Prior to bidding, Bidders may make their own subsurface investigations subject to time schedules and arrangements approved in advance by the City. Before any subsurface test holes are excavated, obtain necessary permits to perform such work.
B. Record drawings of existing City utilities are available for examination at City offices.
1.4 SURFACE FACILITIES
A. The Contractor is advised that the Plans were prepared based on available information and, therefore, all existing surface facilities may not be shown on the Plans. It is the Contractor's responsibility to acquaint themselves with existing site conditions per this Section and anticipate those surface facilities which are typically encountered (fences, signs, mailboxes, sidewalks, driveways, ditches, AC pavement, AC dikes, curbing, power poles, overhead lines, landscaping, irrigation, etc.) and will affect the Work. The Contractor shall provide adequate security to protect the public and Work. No extra payment will be made to the Contractor for the repair, removal and replacement of such facilities. Full payment for this work shall be as included in the various bid items.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 235
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-43 Project No. C2201
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 236
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-44 Project No. C2201
SECTION 020030 – EXISTING UTILITIES AND UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Refer to plans for the locations of utilities and underground structures.
B. Contractor’s responsibilities .
1.2 CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE
A. Section 1540(a)1 of Construction Safety Orders (Title 8) California Administrative Code, section 1540 states:
(1) “Prior to opening and excavation, effort shall be made to determine whether underground installations; i.e., sewer, water, gas, electric lines, storm drain, cable TV, telephone, and fiber optics, will be encountered and, if so, where such underground installations are located. When an excavation approaches the approximate location of such an installation, the exact location shall be determined by careful probing or hand digging; and, when it is uncovered, adequate protection shall be provided for the existing installation. All known owners of underground facilities in the area concerned shall be advised of proposed work at least 48 hours prior to the start of actual excavation.”
B. The approximate location of public utilities and underground structures was based on information provided by the utility owners. However, in accordance with California's Administrative Code, Section 1540, Contractor shall make the effort to determine the exact location of underground installations.
1.3 PUBLIC UTILITIES AFFECTED
A. Electrical: Pacific Gas & Electric Company. It should be noted that where overhead service to a structure known to receive service does not exist, then underground service shall be assumed to exist. For underground utility location call Underground Service Alert (USA) at (800) 227-2600 or 811 at least two working days in advance.
B. Natural Gas: Pacific Gas & Electric Company has jurisdiction over natural gas lines. For underground utility location call Underground Service Alert (USA) at (800) 227-2600 or 811 at least two working days in advance.
C. Water Service: California Water Service Company and Mid-Peninsula Water District have jurisdiction over water mains and services within the specific limits of the project corridor.
D. Drainage: The City of San Carlos has jurisdiction over drainage within the corporate limits of San Carlos.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 237
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-45 Project No. C2201
E. Roads: The City of San Carlos has jurisdiction over roads inside the corporate limits of San Carlos and the County of San Mateo for roads outside the corporate limits of San Carlos.
F. Cable Television: Comcast. It should be noted that where overhead service to a structure known to receive service does not exist, then underground service shall be assumed to exist. For underground utility location, call USA at (800) 227-2600 or 811 at least two working days in advance.
G. Telephone: AT&T. It should be noted that where overhead service to a structure known to receive service does not exist, then underground service shall be assumed to exist. For assistance with location of underground telephone facilities, call USA at (800) 227-2600 or 811 at least two working days in advance.
H. Sanitary Sewer: The City of San Carlos has jurisdiction over the sewer mains and laterals within the specific limits of the project corridor.
1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY
A. The Contractor shall anticipate water, reclaimed water, sewer, storm drain, electrical, gas, cable TV, and telephone services. It may be expected that there will be variation in location from that as shown on the Plans to the actual location. Actual location shall be determined in the field after pre-marking by the various utilities affected.
B. It should be understood that the various utilities are indicated on the Plans to show only the approximate location and must be verified in the field by the Contractor.
The various utility agencies will cooperate with the Contractor to endeavor to familiarize him with all known underground utility obstructions, but this will not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility in anticipating and locating their actual existence. No extra payment will be al lowed for the removal, replacement, repair, or possible increased cost caused by inadvertent or planned interception and breaking of underground obstructions which may exist.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 238
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-46 Project No. C2201
SECTION 021100 – SITE PREPARATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Remove and dispose of surface debris.
B. Prior to any excavation, obtain permission from the City, PG&E and/or any other affected utility providers to penetrate or excavate surfaces along the project route. Remove and dispose of paving, curbs, gutters, fences, posts, or structures indicated on the drawings.
C. Soil stabilization.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 013100 – Coordination
B. Section 015600 – Protection of Existing Facilities
1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable codes and all local, state and federal regulations for disposal of debris and use of herbicides. Burning of debris, lumber or scrap will not be permitted.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Sawcut paving, curbs gutters and other structures between portion to remain and portion to be removed.
B. The existing subgrade material shall be watered or scarified to obtain optimum moisture content and compacted to a relative compaction as specified to a depth of 6” below top of subgrade. Subgrade shall be graded to within 0.05’ of the grade established by the Engineer.
3.2 OTHER IMPROVEMENTS
A. Protect trees, plant growth, and features designated to remain, as final landscaping.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 239
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-47 Project No. C2201
B. Protect bench marks and existing structures which are to remain from damage or displacement.
3.3 REMOVAL
A. Remove debris, rock, soil and extracted plant life from site. Dispose of materials at approved facilities.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 240
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-48 Project No. C2201
SECTION 024100 - DEMOLITION
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
Demolition & Permits
Removal and Disposal
Recycling & Salvaging
1.2 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Demolition:
1. Basis of Measurement: Not a measured item, unless specified otherwise on the Drawings.
2. Basis of Payment: The cost of any works that relevant to demolition shall be considered as included in the contract prices for the various contract items of work involved, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.
1.3 REFERENCES & RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSWHERE
A. Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD) – http://www.baaqmd.gov/
1. Regulation 11 (Hazardous Pollutants) and Rule 2 (Asbestos Demolition, Renovation, and Manufacturing).
B. CALGreen Construction Waste Management Requirements
1. http://www.calrecycle.ca.gov/LGCentral/Library/CandDModel/Instruction/CALGre enTbl.pdf
C. California Occupational Safety and Health (Cal/OSHA)
1. General Requirements
D. Commercial
1. USA Underground Service Alert
E. Division 1
1. General Requirements
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. The Contractor shall submit to the City a haul route for approval, prior to commencing any work. Truck traffic movement is limited between the hours of 9am to 3pm, unless
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 241
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-49 Project No. C2201
approved by the Project Manager. Hauling along Holly Street between Old County Rd and Industrial Rd is prohibited.
C. Before disposing of any demolished material prior to any work
1. Submit a written agreement from the property owner
a. For the use of the property
b. Absolving the City from responsibility in connection with the property.
2. Obtain authorization to start
D. Before Contract acceptance, submit a document signed by the owner of the material disposal site stating that the Contractor has complied with the Contractor -Owner agreement.
E. Demolition Schedule: The Contractor shall submit a complete coordination schedule for demolition work including shut-off and continuation of utility services prior to start of the work. The schedule shall indicate proposed methods and operations of facili ty demolition, and provide a detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted operation of occupied areas.
F. All affected private properties will receive door hanger notices as specified in Section 015050 “Mobilization” prior to any utility shutoffs or frontage demolition and improvements.
1.5 JOB SITE CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall visit the site and inspect the existing facilities. The City assumes no responsibility for actual condition of facilities to be demolished.
B. Contractor shall use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust during performance of the work. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent the generation of dust. No washing of streets is permitted.
C. All liquid, and slurry generated during pavement sawcutting shall be collected and removed from the site. These liquids shall not be washed into the area storm drainage system.
D. Contractor shall remove hazardous materials as described per the Project Asbestos and Lead Inspection Report.
E. The Contractor prior to the commencement of the demolition or renovation, thoroughly inspect the affected facility or part of the facility where the demolition or renovation operation will occur for the presence of asbestos, including Category I and Catego ry II nonfriable Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM).
F. The Contractor must also provide the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) with a 10 working day advance notice for any disturbance of Regulated Asbestos -Containing Material (RACM) greater than 160 square feet or 260 lineal feet, and as specified in Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 40, Chapter I, Subchapter C, Part 61, Subpart M, Section 61.145.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 242
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-50 Project No. C2201
PART 2. PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3. EXECUTION
1.6 INSTALLATION
A. Notify anyone to be affected by demolition and construction activities including but not limited to: all schools, residences, businesses, garbage collection, utility companies (PG&E-Gas Distribution, PG&E Gas Transmission, PG&E -Electric, AT&T, Comcast, etc.), the Owner, etc. at least ten (10) working days prior to commencing the work of this section.
B. Site Inspection:
1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the site and all objects designated to be removed and to be preserved.
2. Locate all existing active utility lines traversing the site and determine the requirements for their removal and/or protection.
C. Clarification:
1. The Drawings do not purport to show all objects existing on the site.
2. Before commencing the work of this section, verify with the Owner all objects to be removed and all objects to be preserved
D. Scheduling:
1. Schedule all work in a careful manner with all necessary consideration for neighbors, operation of the existing facilities, and the public.
2. Avoid interference with the use of, and passage to and from, residences and adjacent facilities.
E. Protection of Utilities: Preserve in operating condition all active utilities traversing the site and designated to remain.
1.7 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, chutes and other suitable methods shall be used to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air. The Contractor shall comply with all government regulations pertaining to environmental protection.
B. The Contractor shall use equipment that will generate the least amount of dust. The Contractor shall provide dust control at all times including Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays unless directed otherwise by the Project Manager.
C. Whenever the Contractor, in the opinion of the Project Manager, is negligent in controlling dust, the Project Manager may direct attention to the existence of a dust hazard and instruct the Contractor to immediately alleviate the dust hazard. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage cause by dust generated as a result of the Contractor’s operations.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 243
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-51 Project No. C2201
D. The Contractor shall have a commercial standard street vacuum/sweeper operational and in operation during each working day. The street vacuum/sweeper shall be able to pick up sand, gravel, dust, and debris, and other things, shall minimize dust generation, and shall also be available during the day and shall sweep as outlined below and as directed by the Project Manager.
E. If the Contractor is performing work that generates dust and debris then during the day (including weekends and holidays) the sweeper shall sweep the project area (full length, width, and all lanes) twice a day sometime between 9:00a.m. and 11:00a.m. and a lso between 2:00p.m. and 4:00p.m. Hardscape surfaces (including pavers, sidewalks, and areas inaccessible by a mechanical sweeper) shall have dirt, dust, and debris removed by hand sweeping. If the Contractor fails to fulfill the responsibilities of this section, the City will perform or contract with others to perform the work and all costs incurred to the City shall be withheld from future payments to the Contractor.
F. The Contractor shall clean the sidewalk and gutter as many times as needed to make sure the sidewalk and gutter are out of dirt, debris and small rocks at all times. The Contractor shall be prepared to sweep surfaces immediately at the request of the Project Manager, should the Project Manager deem it necessary for public safety and to avoid damage to properties. If streets are not satisfactorily cleaned within 12 hours from verbal or written notice by City personnel, the City will hire an independent sweeping company and deduct the cost for such work from payments due to the Contractor.
G. Water shall not be used in a manner that creates hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, or pollution.
H. The site shall be kept neat and orderly during the demolition to the maximum extent practical.
I. Public right-of-way and private property shall be kept free of debris at all times.
J. Stockpiles of demolished items or materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis or stored in waste containers which shall be emptied on a weekly basis or as conditions require in order to manage the accumulation of waste.
K. Accumulations of flammable materials shall not be permitted.
1.8 PROTECTION
A. Safe passage of persons around area of demolition shall be provided in accordance with all safety and regulatory requirements. Operations shall be conducted to prevent damage to adjacent buildings, structures, other facilities, people and property. Safe passage provided by Contractor will be ADA complaint.
B. Interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or supports shall be provided to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished and to adjacent facilities to remain.
C. Existing landscaping materials, structures, and appurtenances which are not to be demolished shall be protected and maintained as necessary.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 244
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-52 Project No. C2201
D. The Contractor shall repair any landscaping and irrigation system removed or damaged as a result of the Contractor's operation or where proposed improvements are a conflict.
Active irrigation lines necessary for landscaping shall be relocated and made operational within 48 hours of their removal.
E. The Contractor shall protect and maintain conduits, drains, sewers, pipes and wires that are not to be demolished.
F. Use all means necessary to protect existing objects designated to remain or to be preserved must remain operational during installation of the replacement pipeline. In the event of damage, immediately notify the Owner and make all repairs and replacements necessary for approval by the Owner at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.9 SURFACE DEMOLITION
A. All asphalt concrete and all Portland cement concrete curbs, gutters, sidewalks, access ramps and driveways shall be saw-cut at the nearest scoreline or deep joint and removed entirely to the saw-cut limits.
B. Where adjacent pavement or concrete is broken or damaged sufficiently to prohibit a sound replacement the entire damaged section shall be removed to the limits determined by the Project Manager.
C. Asphalt concrete, sidewalk, concrete curb, and gutter materials to be demolished shall be broken up and removed from the site by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City.
D. Where shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall remove required pavement section including base material . Subsoil removal is also included where required to achieve design subgrade.
1.10 DEMOLITION BELOW THE SURFACE
A. Existing structures, pavement slabs and structural sections to be abandoned shall be demolished to an elevation three feet below finished grade. Their bottoms (if any remain) shall be broken thoroughly to prevent entrapment of water and all voids backfill ed with suitable backfill
B. Demolition areas and voids resulting from demolition of structures below the surface shall be completely filled.
C. All fill, compaction, and holes created by demolition work shall be backfilled with imported clean fill. Lay fill down in layers not exceeding 6” thickness and compact per the earthwork specifications. Grade the site to drain to the nearest storm drainage system without any low points.
D. All fill and compaction surfaces shall be graded to meet adjacent contours and to provide flow to surface drainage structures, or as shown on the Drawings.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 245
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-53 Project No. C2201
E. Pipes to be demolished that require no future connection shall be removed to the extent required, sealed and capped. Pipe sections shall be removed by removing a complete pipe section to an existing joint, or other adequate means which results in a clean joint.
F. The Contractor shall demolish or dismantle and remove all items that are noted for demolition and removal in the Contract Documents and that will interfere with the planned construction, or as otherwise directed by the Project Manager.
G. The Contractor shall demolish or dismantle and remove all abandoned conduits or structures that are encountered during the prosecution of the work and which interfere with the construction of the work upon the approval of the Project Manager.
1.11 REMOVAL OF EXISTING WATER AND SEWER SERVICES
A. GENERAL ABANDONMENT:
1. When salvage materials are shown on the Drawings; salvage and arrange the existing facilities (i.e., meters, manhole covers, manhole frames, etc.) to be dropped off at the City's Corporation Yard by prior arrangement.
2. Properly remove or abandon in place unused existing City utility service lines discovered that were left in place by others.
3. Contact utility companies for removal, abandonment, adjustment or relocation of their facilities.
4. Contractor is responsible for verifying the location of any existing utilities.
5. Abandonment of pipes will include filling pipe with slurry as specified in Section 19-
3.02G – Controlled Low-Strength Material of the State Standard Specification and capping the pipes at the ends.
1.12 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Demolition and removal of debris shall be conducted to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks and other adjacent occupied or used facilities which shall not be closed or obstructed without permission from the City. Alternate routes shall b e provided to circumvent closed or obstructed traffic ways.
B. The Contractor shall comply with all pertinent regulations of Cal/OSHA and local codes and practices.
C. All existing materials that are designated to be salvaged shall be removed, cleaned and hauled to the City Corporation Yard, unloaded and stockpiled unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager.
D. Site debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The proper and legal disposal of demolished materials shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All disposal sites and recycling facilities shall be approved by the City prior to initiation of the Work.
1. Concrete debris shall be transported to a recycler of such materials.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 246
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-54 Project No. C2201
2. Hazardous materials shall be handled and disposed of in accordance with all applicable laws, codes, and regulations.
1.13 PATCHING AND REPAIRING
A. The Contractor shall provide patching, replacing, repairing and refinishing of damaged areas or damaged adjacent facilities involved in the demolition.
B. New concrete shall match the existing adjacent surfaces, in kind, or of better quality, as per City Standard Details and to the satisfaction of the Project Manager, at no cost to the City or to the owners of the facilities.
1.14 CLEAN UP
A. During and upon completion of work the Contractor shall promptly remove unused tools and equipment, surplus materials, rubbish, debris and dust and shall leave areas affected by work in a clean, approved condition.
B. The Contractor shall clean adjacent structures and facilities of dust, dirt and debris caused by demolition, as directed by the Project Manager, and return adjacent areas to condition existing prior to start of work.
C. The Contractor shall clean and sweep daily all street and roads affected by its operation.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 247
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-55 Project No. C2201
SECTION 310513 – CLEARING & GRUBBING, EXCAVATION, AND EARTHWORK
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Clearing and Grubbing
2. Excavation
3. Earthwork
4. Grading and Compaction
5. Subsoil materials – Import Fill and Select Fill
6. Topsoil materials.
B. Related Sections:
1. Project Geotechnical report; bore hole locations and findings of subsurface materials if applicable.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3).
2. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3).
3. ASTM D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System).
C. California Building Code – Appendix J - Grading
D. State Standard Specifications:
1. Section 14 – Environmental Stewardship
2. Section 17 - General
3. Section 19 – Earthwork
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 248
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-56 Project No. C2201
B. Samples: Submit results of the soil samples by a certified testing laboratory prior to importing onto the site for approval by the Project Manager.
C. Materials Source: Submit name of imported materials source.
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Furnish each subsoil material from single source throughout the Work.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY CHARACTERISTICS
A. Materials and Resources Characteristics:
1. Regional Materials: Furnish materials extracted, processed, and manufactured within 250 miles of jobsite.
2.2 SUBSOIL MATERIALS
A. Select Fill Material:
1. Subsoil material is on-site excavated material.
2. Graded
3. Non-hazardous
4. Free of lumps larger than three (3) inches, rocks larger than two (2) inches, organic matter, frozen or other deleterious materials and debris.
5. Selected material encountered in excavation within the right of way shall be used for finishing the top portion of the roadbed, constructing shoulders, structure backfill; as shown on the Drawings; as specified in the Special Provisions, or as directed by the Project Manager.
B. Import Fill Material:
1. Subsoil material imported from sources outside the project site meeting.
2. Graded
3. Non-hazardous
4. Free of lumps larger than three (3) inches, rocks larger than two (2) inches, organic matter, frozen or other deleterious materials and debris.
5. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall obtain from the owners the right to procure material, pay all royalties and other charges involved, and bear all expense of developing the sources, including rights of way for hauling.
6. No import fill material shall be delivered to the site until approved by the Project Manager. Approval of import fill material shall be based on the testing of representative samples submitted by the contractor meeting the appurtenant Geotechnical Report and approved by the Project Manager. Such representative
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 249
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-57 Project No. C2201
samples shall be submitted to the Project Manager not less than 15 days prior to commencing the work.
7. Imported fill, delivered to the site, that significantly differs from the submitted samples shall be subject to rejection. Rejected materials shall be removed from the site at the Contractor's expense
8. Approval of a particular import fill material shall constitute approval of only that portion of the proposed borrow source represented by the submitted sample.
9. Except as otherwise permitted, borrow pits and other excavation areas shall be excavated in such manner as will afford adequate drainage. Overburden and other spoil material shall be transported to designated spoil areas or otherwise disposed of as directed, local borrow pits shall be neatly trimmed and left in such shape as will facilitate accurate measurement after the excavation is completed.
2.3 FILL MATERIALS:
A. Fill material shall conform to the following as determined by ASTM C 117 and ASTM C 136:
1. Maximum particle size 3 inches
2. Percent passing 1-inch sieve 90-100 percent
3. Percent passing No. 200 sieve less than 20 percent
B. Imported non -expansive fill shall consist of a well -graded, slightly cohesive soil with relatively impervious characteristics when compacted.
C. Plasticity Index for acceptable import fill materials shall be a maximum of 15 when determined by the procedure set forth in ASTM D 4318.
D. The liquid limit shall not exceed 40 percent as determined by the procedures set forth in ASTM D 4318.
E. Import fill material shall have an R-value of 25 or greater as determined by ASTM D 2844.
2.4 TOPSOIL MATERIALS
A. Topsoil shall be imported top soil.
B. Topsoil excavated within the limits of the project , as approved by the Engineer, will be considered as a material only for the purpose of backfilling areas to be planted.
2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing and Analysis of Subsoil and Topsoil Materials: Perform in accordance with ASTM D698, ASTM D1557, and AASHTO T180.
B. When tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, provide alternate materials and retest.
C. Furnish materials of each type from same source throughout the Work.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 250
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-58 Project No. C2201
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Call USA not less than two (2) working days before performing Work that can be marked by USA in a timely manner.
B. Request underground utilities to be located and marked within and surrounding construction areas.
C. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum.
D. Notify utility companies to remove and relocate utilities where shown on the Drawings.
E. Protect utilities indicated to remain from damage.
F. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as portion of final landscaping.
G. Protect benchmarks or monuments, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic.
H. The ground shall be prepared to receive select fill by removing vegetation, topsoil and other unsuitable materials, scarifying the ground to provide a bond with the fill material, and compacting the fill at optimum moisture content.
3.2 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Clearing and grubbing shall be per Section 17 -2 Clearing and Grubbing of the State Standard Specifications.
B. Clear and grub before performing earthwork in an area.
C. Do not injure standing trees, plants, and improvements shown to be protected.
D. Clear and grub the entire length of the job site to the following widths:
1. 5 feet outside of excavation and embankment slope lines where slopes are not rounded
2. Outside limits of slopes where slopes are rounded
3. 5 feet outside of structures
4. 2 feet outside of slope lines for ditches and channels with a bottom width of less than 12 feet
5. 5 feet outside of slope lines for ditches and channels with a bottom width of 12 feet or more
E. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of removing all objectionable material from within the limits of the project. The limits of clearing and grubbing shall be of sufficient area and depth to complete the work shown on the Drawings or as described herein in.
F. Clear all construction areas above original ground of the following to a minimum depth of eight (8) inches below subgrade or eight (8) inches below original ground, or as required by the appurtenant geotechnical report, whichever is lower:
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 251
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-59 Project No. C2201
1. All vegetation such as trees, logs, upturned stumps, roots of downed trees, brush, grass, and weeds and
2. Other objectionable material including concrete, masonry, and debris.
G. No burning of materials is allowed.
H. The site shall be stripped and cleared of all vegetation, debris, and organic-laden top soil as required by the Engineer.
I. Trees within the limits of work including any traffic control work beyond the limits of work and within the area of influence shall be evaluated by the City or; a City approved certified Arborist to assess protection measures. No trees will be removed until they have been tagged, numbered and a written release for the tree has been issued by the City.
J. This project includes work on streets with mature trees adjacent to the proposed work. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to trim the tree branches as necessary.
Compensation for this work shall be included in the various other items of work and no separate payment will be made therefor.
K. Tree stumps which are designated to be removed, shall be excavated and removed 30” down to remove the tree trunk, roots, and backfill with fill material and compact as required in this section, unless specified otherwise on the Drawings.
L. Grub all construction areas to a depth of at least 0.50 feet, necessary to remove all existing tree stumps, roots, buried logs and other objectionable material, unless noted otherwise on the Plans. In embankment areas where the grading plane is 2 feet or more above original ground, cut off trees, stumps, and roots not more than 1 foot above original ground, except, remove trees, stumps, and roots completely where work includes any of the following:
1. Structure construction
2. Pile construction
3. Subdrainage trench excavation
4. Removal of unsuitable material
5. Cutting into slopes of original hillsides, old or new fill
6. Utility line construction
3.3 EXCAVATION
A. Work under this section shall consist of performing all operations necessary to excavate earth and rock, regardless of character and subsurface conditions, from the roadway prism or adjacent thereto, to excavate all materials, of whatever nature, necessary for the construction of foundations for structures and other facilities: to excavate drainage and irrigation ditches; to excavate drainage channels; to excavate selected material and import material for use as specified; to construct embankments including the placing of selected fill or import fill material in connection therewith as specified; to place backfill for structures, and other facilities; to backfill trenches and depressions resulting from the removal of obstructions; to backfill holes, pits and other depressions; to r emove and replace unsuitable material; to excavate and grade road approaches, driveways, sidewalks, curb ramps, curb and gutters, plazas, parking lots, and connections; to construct protection dikes; to remove unstable material, slide material which has come into the graded area, and material which has slipped from embankments; all as shown
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 252
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-60 Project No. C2201
on the plans and as specified in these Specifications and the Special Provisions and as directed by the Project Manager; and furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work that may be required to construct and maintain the project facilities, except excavation, trenching and backfilling for pipe, culverts, utility systems, and other subsurface pipes.
B. Excavate subsoil and topsoil from areas designated. Strip topsoil to full depth of topsoil in designated areas.
C. Stockpile excavated material meeting requirements for subsoil fill materials and topsoil materials approved by the Project Manager.
D. If practicable and unless processing of material is required, haul selected material directly from the excavation to its final position in the roadway prism and compact it in place.
E. Excavate to the described or authorized grade. If the Contractor over excavates, backfill with an authorized material and compact it at the Contractor’s own expense.
F. Do not excavate wet subsoil unless directed by the Project Manager.
G. The temporary slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than is safe for the intended use, and shall not be more than one -unit vertical in two units horizontal (50 -percent slope) unless approved by the Project Manager or appurtenant geotechnical report.
H. Archaeological Resources: Contractor shall conform to Section 14 – Environmental Stewardship of the State Standard Specifications. If archaeological resources are discovered within or near construction limits, do not disturb the resources and immediately:
1. Stop all work within a 60-foot radius of the discovery
2. Secure the area
3. Notify the Project Manager.
I. City will investigate the discovery. Do not move archaeological resources or take them from the job site. Do not resume work within the radius of discovery until authorized.
J. Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESA): If an ESA is shown on the Drawings, the boundaries are approximate. Do not enter an ESA unless authorized. If an ESA is breached, immediately:
1. Stop all the work within 60 feet of the ESA boundary
2. Secure the area
3. Notify the Project Manager
If an ESA is damaged, the Project Manager determines the necessary remediation and the party to perform the work. The City deducts the cost for this work from the Contractor bid price.
K. Notify the Project Manager when buried man -made objects are encountered in an excavation as part of the excavation work and wait for direction from Project Manager unless shown on the plans for removal. All surplus material shall be disposed offsite.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 253
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-61 Project No. C2201
L. Remove excess excavated materials, subsoil and topsoil not intended for reuse, from site.
M. Remove excavated materials not meeting requirements for subsoil materials and topsoil materials from site.
N. When hauling is done over highways or City streets, and when directed by the Project Manager the loads shall be trimmed and all material removed from shelf areas of vehicles in order to eliminate spilling of material. If directed by the Project Manager, t he loads shall be watered down or covered after trimming to eliminate dust.
O. Excavation shall include the satisfactory removal and disposition of all materials not classified as rock excavation.
P. Earth and rock, regardless of character and subsurface conditions, shall be excavated to the lines and grades as established by the plans.
Q. All existing materials that are designated to be salvaged shall be removed, cleaned and hauled to the City Corporation Yard, unloaded and stockpiled, by the Contractor unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager.
R. Existing pipes to be abandoned shall be filled with slurry, minimum of thirty (30) feet from either ends of the pipe and capped with concrete at the ends.
S. Existing structures, pavement slabs, and structural sections to be abandoned shall be demolished to an elevation three (3) feet below finished grade, unless specified otherwise on the Drawings. The bottom (if any remains) shall be broken thoroughly to prevent entrapment of water and all voids backfilled with suitable backfill.
T. Operations shall be conducted in such a manner that existing street, facilities, utilities, railroad tracks and other non -street facilities which are to remain in place will not be damaged.
U. The Contractor, at his expense, shall furnish and install-sheet piling, cribbing, bulkheads, shores or whatever means may be necessary to adequately support material carrying such facilities, or to support the facilities themselves, and shall maintain such supports until they are no longer needed. Temporary pavements, facilities, utilities and installations shall also be protected until they are no longer required. When temporary supports and other protective means are no longer required, they shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed and disposed of from the job site V. Prior to placing import fill material, all areas to receive fill shall be scarified and compacted. Unless otherwise stated in the appurtenant Geotechnical report, the area shall be scarified to a minimum of eight (8) inches, material shall be moisture conditioned by wetting or drying to optimum moisture content, and compacted.
3.4 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Rock excavation shall include excavating, grading, and disposing of materials classified as rock and shall include the satisfactory removal and disposition of rock 1/2 cubic yard or more in volume.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 254
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-62 Project No. C2201
B. No blasting is allowed.
3.5 GRADING
A. Grading shall consist of placing fill materials on site to contours and elevations with select fill or import fill materials.
B. Place fill material in continuous layers of maximum lifts of 8 inches (0.67 feet) and compact in accordance with schedule shown in this section, unless otherwise shown on the appurtenant Geotechnical Report.
C. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density.
D. Construct slopes to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings.
E. Slope grade away from the building minimum 2% slope for a minimum distance of 10 feet, unless noted otherwise.
F. Make grade changes gradual. Blend slopes into level areas.
G. Round the tops of excavation slopes and ends of excavation.
H. Maintain completed slopes. Repair any slopes damaged by erosion.
I. Repair or replace items indicated to remain that are damaged by excavation or filling.
J. Identify any site low points which need positive drainage and make adjustments with approval from Project Manager prior to pouring concrete.
K. Protection of existing slopes using erosion control measures as required in Section 015723 – Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.
3.6 TOLERANCES
A. Section 01 45 16 – Quality Control: Tolerances.
B. Immediately before placing subsequent layers of material, prepare the grading plane such that the grading plane:
1. Does not vary more than 0.05 foot above or below the grade established by the Engineer where Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) or aggregate base are to be placed.
2. Does not extend above the grade established by the Engineer where concrete base or pavement is to be placed.
3. Beneath structural approach slabs or the thickened portion of sleeper slabs do not extend above the grade established by the Engineer.
4. At any point is within 0.05 foot above the grade established by the Engineer if the material to be placed on the grading plane is paid by the cubic yard.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 255
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-63 Project No. C2201
3.7 COMPACTION
A. Relative compaction specifications apply to material whether in an excavation or an embankment.
B. The moisture content of material to be compacted to at least 95 percent must be such that the specified relative compaction is attained.
C. Compact earthwork to a relative compaction of at least 95 percent for at least a depth of:
1. 0.5 foot below the grading plane for the width between the outer edges of shoulders
2. 2.5 feet below the finished grade for the width of the traveled way including any parking lots or other vehicular areas; to extend plus two (2) feet on each side.
D. All fill material shall be compacted to at least 90 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557, Modified Proctor, beyond the depth specified above in
3.7.C.
3.8 STOCKPILING
A. Stockpile materials on site will not be permitted unless authorized by Project Manager.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Prevent displacement or loose soil from falling into excavation; maintain soil stability.
B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation from freezing.
C. Protect structures, utilities, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth operations.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 256
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-64 Project No. C2201
SECTION 320120 – ASPHALT CONCRETE GRINDING
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Work covered by this section includes grinding of the existing pavement with various thicknesses. Work shall be in conformance with Section 39-3.04, “Cold Planing Asphalt Concrete,” of the 2015 Caltrans Specifications.
B. Work may include, but is not limited to, wedge grinding, conform grinding, mill and fill, removal of asphalt concrete on top of the gutter pan, and grinding sections of AC at humps causing drainage issues, as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer to accommodate actual field conditions.
PART 2. MATERIALS
A. The asphalt concrete grinding machine shall have a cutter head at least 6 feet in width and have automatic controls that accurately establish or maintain existing profile grades at each edge of the cutter by referencing from the existing pavement or an independent grade reference. The planing machine shall be operated in such a way so as not to produce smoke or fumes.
B. The cold planing machine shall be capable of planing the pavement without requiring the use of a heating device to soften the pavement during or prior to the planing operation.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Pavement to be cold planed may contain pavement fabric. Pavement borings are not representative of entire street work limits. The assumption that fabric is present or not shall be at the sole risk of the Contractor. There shall be no adjustment in compensation to the Contractor for cold planing asphalt concrete pavement that contains pavement fabric.
B. Cold plane existing asphalt paving to a minimum depth that results in a new HMA pavement section which is minimum thickness as shown on the Drawings.
Contractor shall make a sawcut after cold planing at the conform edges to allow for a minimum 2-inch vertical surface at the conforms.
C. Standard wedge grinding for the various conditions shall be as shown on the plans. For standard wedge grinding adjacent to the lip of gutter, the cut shall taper from zero inches (0”) to the depth of overlay below the gutter lip. Conform grinding at intersections or at transverse street conform limits shall be a minimum twenty feet (20’) wide unless noted otherwise, tapering from zero inches (0”) to the depth of overlay. All keys shall be formed to a true vertical surface.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 257
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-65 Project No. C2201
3.2 COLD MILLING AND AREA GRINDING ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
A. The outside lines of the planed area shall be neat and uniform. The roadway surface to remain in place shall not be damaged in any way. The Contractor shall replace the teeth on the planing machine when necessary in order to provide a final cut with uniform grooves and ridges. The final cut shall result in a uniform surface and meet the approval of the Engineer.
B. Contractor shall place and maintain warning signs and temporary AC “ramps” at all pedestrian and vehicular crossings over the entire length of grinding. HMA for temporary tapers must be of the same quality that is used for the HMA overlay.
C. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain the location of, and avoid damage to, all manholes, water valves, gas valves, survey monument covers and adjacent concrete improvements. Traffic loop detectors and home runs shall be protected unless called for replacement on the plans or otherwise directed by the Engineer. Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of one (1) week prior to beginning work near the loops. All improvements damaged by the grinding operation shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
D. The material ground from the roadway surface, including material deposited in existing gutters or on the adjacent travel way, shall be immediately removed from the work site and disposed of in a legal and proper manner. The planer shall pick up the material as it progresses, or a removal crew shall follow within 50 feet of the grinding operations to pick up the material.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the street in a clean condition during the course of the cold planing or grinding operations using a vacuum sweeper.
F. No longitudinal drop -off of more than 0.15 foot will be allowed at any time between any adjacent lanes open to public traffic at the end of the working period. When allowed by the Engineer, the Contractor may cold plane the final longitudinal pass between adjacent travel lanes such that a minimum 30:1 slope is maintained between the cold planed surface and the adjacent existing pavement grade when opened to public traffic. There shall be no adjustment in compensation to the Contractor for making additional passes or to comply with this requirement.
G. If a drop -off between the existing pavement at conform lines and driveways (businesses, schools, offices, commercial, residential, etc.), and the planed areas at transverse joints cannot be avoided before opening to traffic, construct a temporary HMA taper. The HMA temporary taper must be:
1. Placed to the level of existing pavement and tapered on a slope of 30:1 (horizontal: vertical) or flatter to the level of the planed areas.
2. Compacted by any method that will produce a smooth riding surface.
H. Where When the existing pavement surface adjacent to any frames, covers, grates, manholes, or driveways is removed by cold planing, and the top layer of asphalt concrete is not placed during the same working period, the Contractor
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 258
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-66 Project No. C2201
shall place temporary tapers around each frame, cover, grate, manhole, or driveways prior to opening the area to any public traffic. Temporary asphalt concrete tapers shall be ramped on a slope of 30:1 or flatter from the level of the planed surface to the top of the facility cover. Material for temporary tapers shall be commercial quality (hot mix) asphalt concrete. A commercial grade roofing paper or other suitable material shall be placed beneath the temporary ramps and tapers. Temporary asphalt conc rete tapers shall be completely removed before placing the permanent surfacing.
I. Temporary ramps and tapers shall remain in place no longer than seven (7) calendar days. Material for temporary ramps and tapers shall be commercial quality (hot mix) asphalt concrete and may be spread and compacted by any method that will produce a smoot h riding surface. A commercial grade roofing paper or other suitable material shall be placed beneath the temporary ramps and tapers.
J. Temporary asphalt concrete ramps shall be completely removed before placing the permanent surfacing. The removed ramp materials shall be disposed of outside the highway right-of-way in accordance with the provisions of Section 7-
1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right -of-Way" of the State Standard Specifications.
K. The asphalt concrete inlay/overlay operation shall start no later than seven (7) calendar days after the start of planing.
L. All existing pavement shall be trimmed as required to provide a smooth face to abut the new pavement. The ground areas shall be smooth, and have a dry and properly prepared surface prior to the start of paving operations. It shall be free from all loose screening and other loose or foreign material.
M. Contractor shall notify Engineer (in writing) at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to grinding. Work shall not proceed until Engineer has approved grinding schedule.
N. The Existing pavement section information from pavement cores at various locations are shown on the plans, however the pavement section may vary between coring locations. If the subgrade material is being removed by the cold plane equipment then the Contra ctor will adjust the depth of removal to just remove the asphalt concrete pavement. There shall be no adjustment in compensation to the Contractor for adjusting cold planing depth.
3.2 REQUIREMENTS
A. Care shall be taken to avoid damage to adjacent improvements. All damage shall be repaired by Contractor.
B. Contractor shall place and maintain warning signs and temporary AC patch material to serve as “ramps” at all pedestrian and vehicular crossings over grind area.
C. All material removed by grinding shall be cleaned up and legally disposed of outside of the City limits, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Recycling of
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 259
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-67 Project No. C2201
the material is encouraged in compliance with the City recycling ordinance, described in the Special Provisions of these specifications.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 260
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-68 Project No. C2201
SECTION 321123 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSES
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Class 2 Aggregate Base course.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 321216 – Paving Systems
2. Section 321313 - Concrete Improvements.
1.2 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Aggregate Base used under concrete work such as curb and gutter, valley gutter, sidewalk, retaining curbs, etc. shall considered incidental to the item most closely related to and no separate compensation will be allowed therefor.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
1. AASHTO M288 - Standard Specification for Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications.
B. Caltrans Standard Specifications:
1. Section 26 Aggregate Base.
C. CalRecycle
1. http://www.calrecycle.ca.gov/ConDemo/Aggregate/
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Samples: Submit, in air -tight containers, 5 lbs sample of each type of aggregate fill to testing laboratory or as required by the City.
C. Submit aggregate base gradation, R -value requirements, and sand equivalent requirements as specified in this section.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 261
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-69 Project No. C2201
D. Aggregate samples must not be treated with lime, cement, or chemicals before testing for durability index.
E. Aggregate from untreated reclaimed processed asphalt concrete, Portland cement concrete, lean concrete base or cement-treated base is not considered treated.
F. If the aggregate gradation test results, sand equivalent test results, or both do not comply with the Contract compliance requirements, remove the aggregate base or request a payment deduction. If the payment deduction request is authorized, $2.00/cu yd is deducted.
G. Materials Source: Submit name of aggregate materials suppliers.
H. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
I. Supplier shall submit certification data that aggregate base meets the requirements per Caltrans Testing Methods.
1.5 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified sustainable design requirements.
1. Materials Resources Certificates:
a. Certify source and origin for salvaged and reused products. b. Certify recycled material content for recycled content products. c. Certify source for regional materials and distance from jobsite.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Furnish each aggregate material from single source throughout the Work.
B. Perform Work according to City Standards.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY CHARACTERISTICS
A. Materials and Resources Characteristics:
1. Recycled Content Materials: Furnish materials with maximum available recycled content.
2. Regional Materials: Furnish materials extracted, processed, and manufactured within 250 miles of jobsite.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 262
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-70 Project No. C2201
2.2 AGGREGATE MATERIALS
A. Aggregate must be clean and consist of any combination of the following:
1. Broken Stone
2. Crushed Gravel
3. Natural rough-surfaced gravel
4. Sand
5. Processed reclaimed asphalt concrete, Portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, or cement-treated base.
B. Quality: Aggregate base furnished for the base material shall be free from vegetable matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm stable base.
C. Maximum aggregate size shall be 3/4 -inch maximum aggregate gradation unless specified otherwise.
D. Class 2 Aggregate Base: ASTM D2940; graded type. Conform to Section 26 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify compacted subgrade is moisture conditioned and ready to support paving and imposed loads.
1. Proof roll subgrade with minimum two perpendicular passes to identify soft spots.
2. Remove soft subgrade and replace with compacted fill unless specified otherwise in the Project Geotechnical Report or as ordered by the Project Manager.
B. Immediately before spreading aggregate base, the subgrade must comply with the specified compaction and elevation tolerance for the material involved and be free from loose or extraneous materials.
C. Contractor may use aggregate base to fill areas of the subgrade that are lower than the proposed grade.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Correct irregularities in subgrade gradient and elevation by scarifying, moisture conditioning, reshaping, and re-compacting.
B. Do not place fill on soft, muddy, or frozen surfaces.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 263
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-71 Project No. C2201
3.3 AGGREGATE PLACEMENT
A. Spread and shape the aggregate base to such thickness that after watering and compacting, the completed aggregate base is within the tolerances specified below in Section 3.5.
B. Avoid material segregation. Segregated materials shall be re-mixed until uniform.
C. Aggregate base must be free from pockets of coarse or fine material.
D. If the aggregate base thickness shown is 0.50 foot or less, spread and compact the aggregate base in one layer. If the thickness shown is more than 0.50 foot, spread and compact the aggregate base in at least 2 approximately equal layers in thickness. The compacted thickness of any one later must not exceed 0.50 foot.
E. At locations inaccessible to spreading equipment, spread and compact aggregate base by any means that will attain the specified requirements; by hand compaction if needed.
F. Apply water to moisture condition the aggregate base as needed for optimum moisture content for compaction.
G. Compact each aggregate base layer to at least ninety-five (95) percent relative compaction unless otherwise noted elsewhere.
H. Level and contour surfaces to elevations, profiles, and gradients indicated.
I. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain specified compaction density.
J. Correct areas of aggregate base that do not comply with the described thickness.
3.4 TOLERANCES
A. Section 014516 - Quality Control: Tolerances.
B. Maximum Variation from Flat Surface: 1/4-inch measured with 10-foot straight edge.
C. Maximum Variation from Thickness: 1/4-inch.
D. Maximum Variation from Elevation: 1/4-inch.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 264
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-72 Project No. C2201
SECTION 321216 – ASPHALT PAVING AND MISCELLANEOUS PAVING ITEMS
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Work covered in this section consists of performing all operations necessary for producing and placing hot mix asphalt (HMA) by mixing aggregate and asphalt binder at a mixing plant and spreading and compacting the HMA mixture.
B. Hot mix asphalt overlay and deep lifts (at dig outs) shall be provided where shown on the plans and as marked in the field.
C. Section includes:
1. Quality Control Plan.
2. Quality Control Testing.
3. Acceptance Testing.
4. Asphalt Binder and Tack Coat.
5. Aggregate Materials.
6. Hot Mix Asphalt.
7. Utility Cover Adjustments
8. Vehicle Detectors.
D. Paving shall comply with the current State Standard Specifications and Standard Plans. HMA shall be provided in accordance with the Standard HMA construction process and conform to the latest Caltrans Section 39 of the Standard Specifications and as detailed in this specification.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 321723 – Traffic Striping, Pavement Markers, Pavement Markings & Signage
1.3 REFERENCES
A. State Standard Specification:
1. Section 39 Asphalt Concrete.
2. Section 92 Asphalt Binder.
3. Section 94 Asphaltic Emulsions
4. Section 96 Geosynthetics
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
(AASHTO)
1. AASHTO M17 - Standard Specification for Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures.
2. AASHTO M29 - Standard Specification for Fine Aggregate for Bituminous Paving Mixtures.
3. AASHTO M140 - Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 265
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-73 Project No. C2201
4. AASHTO M208 - Standard Specification for Cationic Emulsified Asphalt.
5. AASHTO M288 - Standard Specification for Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications.
6. AASHTO M320 - Standard Specification for Performance -Graded Asphalt Binder.
7. AASHTO M324 - Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealant s, Hot Applied, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements.
8. AASHTO MP1a - Standard Specification for Performance -Graded Asphalt Binder.
9. AASHTO T283-14 – Standard Method of Test for Resistance of Compacted Asphalt Mixtures to Moisture-Induced Damage.
10. AASHTO T324 (Modified) -Hamburg Wheel-Track Testing of Compacted Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA).
C. Asphalt Institute:
1. AI MS-2 - Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot - Mix Types.
2. AI MS-19 - Basic Asphalt Emulsion Manual.
3. AI SP-2 - Superpave Mix Design.
1.4 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
A. Establish, implement and maintain a Quality Control Plan (QCP) to ensure materials and work comply with the specifications and the corrective actions required to control the quality of work. The QCP shall comply with these specifications and Section 39 -2 “Standard” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall submit a Quality Control (QC) plan for HMA.
C. The QC plan shall describe the organization and procedures for:
1. Controlling HMA quality characteristics
2. Taking samples, including sampling locations.
3. Establishing, implementing, and maintaining QC
4. Determining when corrective actions are needed.
5. Implementing corrective actions.
6. Using methods and materials for backfilling core locations.
D. The QC plan must address the elements affecting HMA Quality, including
1. Aggregates
2. Asphalt binder
3. Additives
4. Productions
5. Paving
E. For CIP projects, the Contractor shall permit the City’s certified testing laboratory to take samples of the aggregate and asphalt emulsion used in the project at the City’s discretion. Gradation and sand equivalent tests may be run on the
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 266
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-74 Project No. C2201
aggregate and residual asphalt tests on the emulsion. City will compare the test results with this Section and notify the Contractor if any test fails to meet specifications.
F. The Contractor shall furnish all tools and equipment and employ sufficient trained personnel to operate all equipment and perform all handwork efficiently and skillfully.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Job Mix Formula (JMF): Except for the Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) to be used in miscellaneous areas (median island areas not including inside shoulders, island areas, sidewalk, gutters, ditches, over side drains and aprons at end of drainage structures) and dikes, submit the proposed JMF for Type A HMA.
C. The JMF must be submitted on the Contractor Job Mix Formula Proposal form along with:
1. Mix design documentation on Contractor’s Hot Mix Asphalt Design data form dated with 12 months of submittal.
2. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for the following:
a. Asphalt Binder
b. Supplemental fine aggregate except fines from dust collectors c. Antistrip additives.
D. The Contractor’s Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form must show documentation on aggregate quality.
E. Submit QC test results for Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) gradation with the combined aggregate gradation within 2 business days of taking RAP samples during Type A HMA production.
F. Contractor shall submit a new JMF if there are changes to any of the following:
1. Target asphalt binder percentage greater than ±0.2 percent.
2. Asphalt binder supplier
3. Combined aggregate gradation
4. Aggregate sources
5. Liquid antistrip producer or dosage
6. Average binder content in a new processed RAP stockpile by more than ±2.0 percent from the average RAP binder content reported on Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form.
7. Average maximum specific gravity in a new processed RAP stockpile by more than ±0.060 percent from the average maximum specific gravity value reported on Contractor’s Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form.
8. Any material in the JMF.
G. Submit a current asphalt concrete mix design from two separate sources (primary source and backup source) for asphalt concrete proposed to be used.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 267
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-75 Project No. C2201
H. Contractor shall provide delivery tickets to the City at the time of delivery of each load of product, including asphalt concrete, tack coat, sealant, and paving reinforcement mat. Each delivery ticket shall include or be accompanied by appropriate batch information produced by the batching plant or factory of origin and information stating the mix or model number, total yield in tons, gallons, or square feet, and time, date, and location of delivery.
I. Any asphalt concrete rejected by the Project Manager shall be deducted from the total quantity of asphalt concrete tonnage.
J. Contractor shall submit a reference plan for utility facilities adjustment prior to lowering any utility facilities.
K. Contractor shall submit a paving plan for longitudinal joints.
1.6 ENGINEER’S ACCEPTANCE
A. In addition to the Quality Control Plan, the Contractor shall provide an independent quality control to perform independent sampling in accordance with Section 39-1.05 and Section 39 -2.03 of the Standard Specifications. City will provide acceptance testing. Sampling shall be performed under California Test 125. Testing shall be performed as specified in this Section.
B. Start-up evaluation will be performed in accordance with Section 39-1.07 of the Standard Specifications. Sampling and testing shall occur at a minimum for the following:
1. Aggregate
2. Asphalt binder
3. RAP
4. HMA
C. Quality control sampling shall be performed by the Contractor’s Independent Assurance Tester in accordance with the following schedule: and quality acceptance testing shall be performed by the City
Quality Characteristic
Test Method
Minimum Sampling
and Testing
Frequency
Location
of
Sampling
Maximum
Reportin
g Time
Allowanc
e Aggregate Gradation CT 202 1 per 750 tons Plant 24 hours Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement
Gradation
LP-9 Daily RAP System 24 hours
Asphalt Binder Content CT 379 or
CT 382 1 per 750 tons Loose Mix
Behind Paver 24 hours
Percent of Maximum Theoretical
Density
CT 308 1 per 750 tons Loose Mix
Behind Paver 24 hours
Maximum Theoretical Density CT 309 Per CT 375 Loose Mix Behind Paver 24 hours
Aggregate moisture content at
continuous mixing plants and RAP
moisture content at continuous mixing
plants and batch mixing plants
CT 226 or
CT 370
2 per day during
production
Stock-piles or
Cold Feed
Belts
24 hours
Sand Equivalent (minimum) CT 217 1 per 750 tons Plant 24 hours
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 268
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-76 Project No. C2201
HMA Moisture Content (maximum) CT 370 1 per 2,500 tons but not less than 1 per
paving day
Loose Mix
Behind Paver 24 hours
Stabilometer Value (minimum) No. 4
and 3/8” gradings 1/2” and 3/4”
gradings
CT 366
1 per 4,000 tons or 2
per five business
days, whichever is
greater
Loose Mix
Behind Paver
48 hours
Air Voids Content (%)
CT 367
1 per 4,000 tons or 2
per five business
days, whichever is
greater
Loose Mix
Behind Paver
48 hours
Percent of crushed particles coarse
aggregate (% minimum) One
fractured face Two fractured faces
Fine aggregate (% minimum)
(Passing No. 4 sieve and retained on
No. 8 sieve)
CT 205
1 every 6,000 tons
Plant
48 hours
Los Angeles Rattler (% maximum) Loss
at 100 revolutions Loss at 500
revolutions
CT 211 1 every 6,000 tons Plant 48 hours
Fine aggregate angularity (% minimum) AASHTO T-
304, Method A 1 every 6,000 tons Plant 48 hours
Quality Characteristic
Test Method
Minimum Sampling
and Testing
Frequency
Location
of
Sampling
Maximum
Reportin
g Time
Allowanc
e Flat and elongated particle (%
maximum at 5:1) ASTM D 4791 1 every 6,000 tons Plant 48 hours Voids in mineral aggregate (%
minimum)
LP-2 1 every 6,000 tons Loose Mix
Behind Paver 48 hours
Voids filled with asphalt (%) LP-3 1 every 6,000 tons None Calculation 48 hours Dust proportion LP-4 1 every 6,000 tons None Calculation 48 hours Moisture Sensitivity CT-371 1 every 5,000 tons Loose Mix Behind Paver NA
D. A minimum of one sample for Rice Specific Gravity shall be taken by Independent Assurance Tester each day at the plant during placement of HMA.
The Rice Specific Gravity test shall be in accordance with ASTM D 2041. The results shall be submitted to the City within one wor king day of receiving them from the testing laboratory. Any change shall be noted and the Contractor shall take necessary measures to correct JMF or resubmit a new JMF for approval prior to continuing work.
E. In place density tests per CT 375 Nuclear Gage field test shall be performed during HMA operations by Independent Assurance Tester to meet compaction requirements per Standard Specifications. The frequency of testing shall be in accordance with CT 375.
F. Should any test specified in Paragraph 1.04 of this Section fail to meet density requirements, Independent Assurance Tester shall take density core samples every 500 feet of paved roadway per Section 39-2.03 of Standard Specifications to verify density results.
G. Tests results outside the specifications shall be subject to reduced payment in accordance with the table of “Reduced Payment Factors for Percent of Maximum Theoretical Density” in Section 39-2.03.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 269
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-77 Project No. C2201
1.7 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. All products described herein shall be handled in conformance to the applicable provisions of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations:
1. No HMA shall be placed when weather conditions prevent the proper handling, finishing, or compaction of the mixtures.
2. Do not apply when underlying surface is muddy, frozen or wet.
3. Do not place tack coat when temperature is below 45º F.
4. Do not place hot mix asphalt when air temperature is below 45º F and surface temperature is below 50º F.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 TACK COAT
A. Tack Coat, Type SS-1H, conforming to the provisions of Sections 39 and 94 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall be used for digouts (pavement repairs) and over asphalt concrete planed surfaces.
2.2 ASPHALT BINDER
A. Asphalt binder for the Hot mix asphalt (HMA) shall be Grade PG 64 -10, conforming to the provisions of Sections 92 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. Asphalt dikes, asphalt ditches and miscellaneous areas the grade of the asphalt binder for the Hot mix asphalt (HMA) shall be PG 70-10.
2.3 AGGREGATE
A. Aggregate shall be clean and free from deleterious substances and shall meet the gradation and quality for 1/2-inch and 3/8-inch HMA Type A in the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) aggregate may be substituted for a part of virgin aggregate in a quantity not to exceed fifteen percent (15%) by weight of the aggregate blend.
1. RAP shall conform to Section 39 -2.02A (4) (b) (iii) – Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement of the State Standard Specifications.
2. During Type A HMA production, sample RAP twice daily and perform QC testing for:
a. Aggregate gradation at least once a day under California Test 384. b. Moisture content at least twice a day.
2.4 HOT MIX ASPHALT
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 270
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-78 Project No. C2201
A. Hot Mix Asphalt shall be HMA Type A and conform to the latest provisions of Section 39 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. Asphalt Concrete for the surface course shall be ½” Type A, in accordance with Section 39 of State Standard Specifications as modified in these Technical Provisions and the Special Conditions.
C. HMA batch plant shall be Department-qualified under the Department’s Materials Plant Quality Program of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Approximate areas for digouts (pavement repairs) will be marked out in the field by City prior to the preconstruction conference. Areas marked out shall be cut along the perimeter, removed to depths indicated on the plans, cleaned, prepared with tack coat, filled with hot mix asphalt and compacted in accordance with these specifications.
B. Hot mix asphalt overlay shall be placed to the limits shown on the Plans to the limits of conform and edge grinds.
C. Hot mix asphalt shall be proportioned, mixed, placed, spread and compacted in layers in conformance with the Standard HMA Construction Process described in Section 39 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
3.2 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STREET SURFACE
A. During the entire construction period, the Contractor shall take care to protect existing pavement and concrete surfaces. Surfaces scarred by cleanup or equipment shall be repaired in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Any and all damage caused by the Contractor's operations to existing roads and streets shall be repaired by the Co ntractor to at least the original condition and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the City.
B. If pavement is damaged (excessive loading, grouser marking, scarring/scraping of pavement, etc.) outside the limits of the work, a full lane width grinding and overlay will be required as directed by the Engineer at no additional compensation to the Contractor.
3.3 PAVING REMOVAL (DIGOUTS)
A. Saw cutting, grinding, and asphalt concrete removal shall be required for digouts and surface preparation on paved roads.
B. Subgrade in digout areas shall be compacted in place to a firm and unyielding condition prior to placement of HMA.
C. Clean and dry the dig out area and planed surfaces prior to commencing with
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 271
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-79 Project No. C2201
work.
3.4 TACK COAT
A. Ensure the digout area is clean and dry. All material accumulations which would interfere with the adhesion of the tack coat or with the placing and performance of the hot mix asphalt shall be removed, including dust, loose aggregate, soil, leaves, and pieces or lumps of other foreign material deposited on the surface.
B. A tack coat shall be applied to existing pavement including planed surfaces, between HMA layers, and to vertical surfaces of curbs, gutters and construction joints at the minimum residual rates specified in Section 39 -1.09C “Tack Coat” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
C. Before placing hot mix asphalt, a tack coat shall be furnished and applied uniformly to contact surfaces of all cold pavement joints, curbs, gutters, and all existing pavement to be surfaced in conformance with Section 39 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
D. Asphalt binder tack coat shall be placed under reinforcing mat to the application rates in compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
E. Asphaltic emulsion tack coat shall be placed over planed surfaces to the application rates in the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
F. Tack coat shall be applied to any course in advance of spreading the next course unless the surface temperature is at least 140 °F.
G. Hot mix asphalt shall not be placed until tack coat has cured. Immediately in advance of placing HMA, apply additional tack coat to damaged areas or where loose or extraneous material is removed.
H. Close areas receiving tack coat to traffic. Do not track tack coat onto pavement surfaces beyond the job site.
3.5 TRANSPORTING HOT MIX ASPHALT
A. From mixing site in trucks having tight, clean compartments.
B. Coat hauling compartments with lime-water mixture to prevent sticking.
C. Elevate and drain compartment of excess solution before loading mix.
D. Provide covers over asphalt concrete mixture to protect from weather and to prevent loss of heat.
E. During periods of cold weather or for long distance deliveries, pre -insulation around entire truck bed surfaces.
F. Do not use petroleum products such as kerosene or diesel fuel to release HMA from trucks, spreaders, or compactors.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 272
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-80 Project No. C2201
3.6 HOT MIX ASPHALT
A. HMA surfacing shall conform to the provisions of Section 39 of the Standard Specifications. Placing HMA shall be done under suitable weather conditions for such operations. Rain, snow or other inclement weather will be cause for discontinuing paving Work. The Engineer shall have the authority for determining whether weather conditions are sufficient cause to postpone work.
3.7 ASPHALT INLAY/OVERLAY
A. The quality control measures for the asphalt concrete shall be as outlined in Section 39 “Asphalt Concrete” of the State Standard Specifications.
B. Certificates of Compliance, in accordance with Section 6-2.03C, "Certificates of Compliance" of the State Standard Specifications, shall be required from the supplier of the asphalt concrete and submitted to the Engineer not less than 10 working days prior to any scheduled asphalt concrete paving.
C. The Contractor shall schedule his paving operations such that at the end of each working day, the distance between the ends of the layers of asphalt concrete on adjacent lanes shall not be greater than 10 feet nor less than 5 feet. Additional asphalt concrete shall be placed along the transverse edge at the end of each lane and along the exposed longitudinal edges between adjacent lanes, hand raked, and compacted to form temporary conforms. Kraft paper, or other approved bond breaker, may be placed under the conform tapers to facilitate the removal of the taper when paving operations resume.
D. Half-width surfacing operations shall be conducted in such manner that, at the end of each day's work, the distance between the ends of adjacent surfaced lanes shall not be greater than can be completed in the following day of normal surfacing operations.
E. All paving joints shall be on lane lines only.
F. Prior to placing the surface course, the finished surface of the previous layer shall not vary at any point more than 0.05 -foot above or below the grade established by the Engineer.
G. All trimming of the surface shall be completed while the temperature of the mix is above 200 °F.
H. The final lift of asphalt concrete (the top lift) shall be placed in one continuous operation over the entire street.
I. The Contractor shall not perform paving operations when the weather is rainy or foggy. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility, based on weather predictions, to schedule his paving operations to avoid paving in the rain or fog. If the day's operations are canceled because of predicted rain or fog, a nonworking day will be allowed regardless of actual working conditions.
J. Asphalt concrete shall not be placed on any surface which contains ponded
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 273
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-81 Project No. C2201
water or excessive moisture in the opinion of the City Engineer.
K. If paving operations are in progress and rain or fog forces a shutdown, loaded trucks shall return to the plant and no compensation will be allowed therefor.
L. The Contractor shall furnish and use canvas tarpaulins to cover all loads of asphalt concrete from the time that the mixture is loaded until it is discharged from the delivery vehicle, unless otherwise directed in writing by the Engineer.
M. Immediately before Asphalt Concrete is placed, a tack coat shall be applied to all horizontal and vertical surfaces as specified in Section 39-1.02B “Tack Coat” of the State Standard Specifications.
N. No traffic shall be allowed on the asphalt tack coat with the exception of vehicles unloading asphalt concrete. All vehicles involved with the Contractor's operations shall turn around within the road right -of-way. Driveways and other private property shall not be used without prior written consent of the involved property owner, a dated copy of which shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to the use thereof.
O. The area to which the tack coat has been applied shall be closed to public traffic.
Care shall be taken to avoid tracking the asphaltic emulsion material onto existing pavement surfaces beyond the limits of construction.
P. All asphalt concrete spillage and/or tracking of tack coat (asphaltic emulsion) or other materials on public streets, driveways and gutters shall be removed or cleared within 48 hours of the AC pavement placement. If existing striping is marked by emulsion or other materials, it shall be repainted/restored.
Alternatively, existing striping may be protected by a method approved by the Engineer.
Q. Conform cuts between existing pavement and newly constructed pavement shall be made by cutting the existing pavement to a neat, smooth line at the limit lines and constructing a vertical-face butt joint.
R. At cross streets where distinct limit lines exist due to previous treatments, the new conform limit line shall overlap the existing limit line a minimum of 6 inches.
S. Batch data and load slips shall be presented to the Engineer as asphalt is delivered to the project site. Failure to do so may result in non -payment for questionable quantities or rejection of the load.
3.8 BASE FAILURE REPAIR
A. Base failure repair of existing asphalt concrete shall be performed in accordance with Section 39 -3.04, “Cold Planing Asphalt Concrete,” of the 201 8 Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions.
B. The locations for the AC base repairs will be identified, marked and quantified by the Engineer after AC cold planning is completed. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 48 hours in advance of the cold planning operation. The Contractor
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 274
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-82 Project No. C2201
shall allow the Engineer 24 hours to complete the identification of the AC base repairs. The Asphalt Concrete Pavement Repair that will be paid for shall be the actual square feet of repair that was marked -out by the by the Engineer in the field prior to asphalt concrete pavement repair construction.
C. Existing asphalt concrete and base material shall be removed to a minimum depth of 6” below the grade of the existing surfacing at locations shown on the drawings. The resulting depression shall be filled with a deep lift of asphalt concrete in conformance with pertinent Technical Provisions.
D. The base failure conform limits shall be saw cut or ground in neat, straight lines.
Conform corners shall be square and any conform edges that are broken after saw cutting or grinding shall be re-cut at no additional charge.
E. Prior to filling the areas with asphalt concrete, the subgrade shall be compacted to 95 percent relative compaction in accordance with Section 19 -5.03B of the Standard Specifications of the State of California and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
F. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, excessively wet areas still exist at the subgrade that cannot obtain a relative compaction of 95 percent then all undesirable material then encountered will be removed and disposed of as directed by the Engineer. Quantit ies of removed, unsuitable material (including the material used as replacement) shall be paid for as extra work as provided for in these Specifications.
G. The existing asphalt concrete vertical (and horizontal, if any) surfaces upon which new asphalt concrete will be placed shall be treated with asphaltic emulsion tack coat.
H. Asphalt Concrete shall be placed in 2 lifts unless otherwise shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Asphalt concrete shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 95 percent. Base failures shall be completed prior to any inlay/overlay activities on any given street.
I. All base failure areas excavated in any one day shall be backfilled that same day. No excavated areas will be permitted to remain open overnight.
J. Asphalt concrete shall be placed only when the atmospheric temperature is a minimum of 50 degrees Fahrenheit and rising.
K. The locations for base failure repair shall be as shown on the drawings and/or will be marked in the field by the Engineer.
3.9 SPREADING AND COMPACTING
A. Spreading and compacting shall be performed in accordance with Section 39 -
1.10 and Section 39-1.11 of the Standard Specifications.
B. HMA shall be transferred from the trucks into the hopper of the paving machine by means of a shoulder machine equipped with a conveyor belt. Any equipment
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 275
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-83 Project No. C2201
used to transfer asphalt concrete to the paving machine shall not exceed the load capacity of any surface it is driven over and, therefore, shall not produce rutting or pumping of the existing roadway surface or newly placed HMA at any time. No trucks or other rubber-tired construction equipment are allowed on the subgrade at any time except when proof rolling in the presence of the Engineer.
No trucks or other rubber-tired construction equipment are allowed on newly placed HMA until the day after the HMA is placed.
C. Longitudinal joints in the top layer must match specified lane edges shown on the striping plans. Longitudinal joints in lower HMA layers shall be offset at least
0.5 feet from each side of the specified lane edges.
D. Finish rolling shall be completed before pavement surface temperature is below 150 degrees F.
E. Traffic shall not be allowed on HMA until mid -depth temperature is below 160 degrees F and the pavement surface temperature is below 140 degrees F.
3.10 ASPHALT CONCRETE DIKES, MISCELLANEOUS AREAS AND DITCHES A. Asphalt concrete for dikes shall be Type A, 3/8” maximum size aggregate.
B. Prepare the areas to receive HMA for miscellaneous areas and dikes, including excavation, placing tack coat, and backfill as needed.
C. Spread the HMA in miscellaneous areas in 1 layer and compact to the specified lines and grades.
D. The finished surface must be:
1. Textured uniformly
2. Compacted firmly
3. Without depressions, humps, and irregularities.
3.11 MANHOLE, VALVE BOX, CLEANOUT AND MONUMENT ADJUSTMENT
A. All existing water valves, sewer clean -outs, monuments, manholes and public utility facilities shall be adjusted to finished grade by the Contractor within seven (7) calendar days after paving over each structure per Section 3.5 of the City Design Guidelines, Section 15 -2.10B “Adjust Frames, Covers, Grates, and Manholes" of the State Standard Specifications, these Technical Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
B. Raise public utility facilities in coordination with the requirements of and in coordination with the various public utilities and as indicated on the Plans.
C. Monument boxes, water value boxes and detector hand -hole boxes shall be adjusted to grade in conformance with the provisions in Section 15 -2.05, "Reconstruction," of the Standard Specifications and in accordance with the City Design Guidelines.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 276
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-84 Project No. C2201
D. Gate valves shall be adjusted per City specifications, sewer cleanouts shall be adjusted per City Detail 17, and city monuments shall be adjusted per City Detail
30. E. Adjusting existing manholes to grade shall include adjusting cone sections as necessary. Adjusting existing valve boxes to grade shall include extension of valve stems.
F. Prior to any work on the sewer manholes, the Contractor shall install false bottoms in the manholes impacted by the work. Upon completion of the work the false bottoms shall be removed.
G. Except as approved by the Engineer, Contractor shall protect utility iron to be raised to grade while concrete collars are curing and keep traffic off of raised facilities for 48 hours or until concrete has reached a minimum strength of 1,000 psi. Any damage to utility iron, concrete collars or new HMA pavement shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor’s expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
H. Utility manhole frame, chimney and covers shall be removed and replaced per the Contract Documents.
I. Coordinate the iron raising and patch paving so that no partially completed iron raising remains over the weekend.
J. Replacement and/or adjustment of existing facilities to grade at all new curb ramps identified on the plans unless otherwise noted, shall be included in the contract price paid for “Remove & Replace PCC Curb Ramp”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
K. Replacement and/or adjustment of existing facilities to grade at all new sidewalk identified on the plans, shall be included in the contract price paid for “Remove & Replace PCC Sidewalk”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 277
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-85 Project No. C2201
SECTION 321313 – CONCRETE IMPROVEMENTS
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Work shall consist of removing existing sidewalk, curb, gutter, access ramps and base material and installing new concrete sidewalk, curb and gutter, curb ramps, island passageway and aggregate base at locations indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. New sidewalk and valley gutter concrete shall comply with City of San Carlos Standard Detail No. 6. All new curb ramps shall have detectable warning surfaces installed as part of the ramp in accordance with the plans and Caltrans Standard Details.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish a concrete mix design to the Engineer at least ten (10) working days prior to the start of the work.
PART 2. MATERIALS
2.1 CONCRETE
A. Concrete drainage structures shall comply with 51 -7, “Minor Structures”, of the State Standard Specifications. Concrete shall meet the following requirements:
Compressive Strength: 3000 psi @ 28 days
Maximum Slump: 4 inches
Lamp Black: 1 lb. / cy
B. Concrete used in curbs and sidewalks shall comply with Section 73 of the State Standard Specifications and City Standard Detail.
2.2 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcement for concrete structures shall conform to City Standard Detail and Sections 52 -1.01 through 52-1.04 inclusive of the Caltrans Standard Specifications except that Butt Welded Splices shall not be permitted.
2.3 DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE
A. Curb ramp detectable warning surface shall include of raised truncated domes constructed or installed on curb ramps in conformance with the details shown on the plans and these special provisions. Detectable Warning Surface (DWS) shall be brick red or clay red in color and a set -in-concrete style of truncated domes. The detectable warning surface shall be prefabricated, cast-in-place. No surface-applied matting systems (i.e. glued and screwed) style of DWS shall be allowed. Contractor shall neatly trim pref abricated dome panels to fit and conform to curb radius.
B. Prefabricated detectable warning surface shall be in conformance with the requirements established by the Department of General Services, Division of
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 278
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-86 Project No. C2201
State Architect and be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. The finished surfaces of the detectable warning surface shall be free from blemishes.
D. Detectable Warning tiles shall incorporate an in ‐line pattern of truncated domes measuring nominal 0.2” height, 0.90” base diameter, and 0.45” top diameter, spaced center‐to‐center 2.35” as measured side by side. For wheelchair safety the field area shall consist of a high density, pyramid micro texture of raised points
0.05” high.
E. Compressive Strength of the tiles shall be no less than 25,000 PSI when tested by ASTM D695.
F. Tensile Strength of the tiles shall be no less than 12,500 PSI when measured by ASTM D 638
G. Flexural Strength of the tiles shall be no less than 25,000 PSI when tested by ASTM D 790.
H. Slip resistance of the Tile when tested by ASTM C 1028 -96: The combined wet and dry static coefficients shell be no less than 0.80 on top of domes and field area.
I. The manufacturer shall provide a written 5 -year warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces, guaranteeing replacement when there is defect in the dome shape, color fastness, sound -on-cane acoustic quality, resilience, or attachment. The warranty period shall begin upon acceptance of the contract.
2.4 HOT MIX ASPHALT CONFORM
A. The hot mix asphalt conform material adjacent to concrete improvements shall comply with the Section 321216 Paving Systems in these specifications.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE
A. Existing sidewalk, curb, gutter and base material shall be removal as necessary to construct the required improvements. Existing concrete shall be sawcut along existing score lines to full depth prior to removal. Existing concrete to be removed varies in thickness, no additional compensation shall be given for varying concrete thickness. Any concrete broken due to the Contractor's failure to comply with these requirements shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Asphalt concrete shall be saw cut at least 12 inches from the lip of gutter in a neat straight line to accommodate form boards.
B. The Contractor shall furnish and install a 6”-thick deep-lift asphalt concrete (Patch Pave) adjacent to concrete curb and gutter, valley gutter. The cost to install the 6”-thick deep-lift asphalt concrete (Patch Pave) shall be considered in the prices
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 279
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-87 Project No. C2201
paid for under “AC Conform @ Curb Ramp”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
3.2 SUBGRADE AND BASE PREPARATION
A. Subgrade shall be compacted to 90% relative compaction prior to placing base material. Base material shall be placed to the depths required by the plans and details and compacted to 95% relative compaction after mixing the material with water to achieve the optimum moisture content.
3.3 FORMS
A. Wooden forming shall be of two-inch nominal thickness staked at two-foot intervals. The maximum gap at the bottom of the forms shall be 1 -3/4 inches.
Forms shall not be installed until after base material has been placed and compacted.
3.4 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES
A. The contractor shall protect existing facilities from damage, and discoloration from concrete splash. Adjacent concrete facilities shall be covered during concrete placement to prevent concrete splash and excess concrete from staining the adjacent concrete. After initial placement, strikeoff and finishing, the protection shall be removed and the adjacent concrete cleaned.
B. Vertical existing facilities such as light poles, walls, etc. shall be protected with plastic extending a minimum of three feet above the concrete surface. After initial placement, strikeoff and finishing, the protection shall be removed and the vertical surfaces cleaned.
C. Existing curb outlet drain pipes (under sidewalk drains) shall be protected, rerouted, or replaced and incorporated into the new curb & gutter and curb ramps as applicable. The cost to protect, reroute or replace the curb outlet drain pipes shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
3.5 PLACING AND FINISHING CONCRETE
A. No concrete shall be placed until the forms have been inspected and approved.
B. Concrete shall be deposited on a moist grade in such a manner as to require as little re- handling as possible. In general, adding water to the surface of the concrete to assist in finishing operations shall not be permitted.
C. Control joints and expansion joints shall be installed at locations noted on the plans, to match existing, as approved on the score line and expansion joint submittal or as directed by the Engineer. If expansion joint material is used, a minimum of two, 1/ 2 inch by eighteen-inch dowels shall be used with additional dowels placed every twenty-four inches. Control joints in sidewalks may be made using a tooled joint which shall extend a minimum of 1/4 of the depth of the concrete and shall not be less than 1-1/2 inches in depth.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 280
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-88 Project No. C2201
D. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, a medium broom finish shall be applied to match existing facilities in texture and appearance. An approved white or clear liquid curing compound shall be applied to the newly paced concrete after finishing operations have been completed. Full compensation for applying curing compound to all exposed faces of the concrete surface shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
E. All new concrete sidewalk and curb & gutter shall be doweled and epoxied into the existing concrete sidewalk and curb & gutter using #4 rebar at 20” O.C. (minimum of 2). A minimum of 6” Class 2 aggregate base shall be placed and compacted in conformance w ith these Technical Provisions. Full compensation for furnishing and installing dowels, epoxy and Class 2 aggregate required for the concrete construction shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved an d no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
F. The Contractor shall round -off all grade breaks on the curb & gutter with an algebraic difference of 3% and greater. The minimum round-off distance shall be five (5) feet.
G. Full compensation to procure, deliver, place, spread, and compact imported topsoil material shall be considered as included in the contract prices for the various contract items of work involved, and no additional compensation shall be allowed thereof.
3.6 CONCRETE PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall protect the concrete against traffic and vandalism. If the concrete is damaged or vandalized, the Contractor shall make the necessary repairs at its own expense. The repair procedure for damaged or vandalized concrete shall be approved in advance by the Engineer.
3.7 CONCRETE CURB RAMPS
A. The concrete curb ramps shall be constructed in conformance with Standard Plans A88A and A88B of the State Standard Plans unless otherwise shown in plans due to certain constraints from existing conditions (e .g. existing steeper longitudinal road slope, existing driveways, existing residential paths, existing walls, other obstructions, etc) . Concrete curb ramps will be measured from the back of the curb and gutter to the grade break at the top of the ramp, the landing and the retaining curb (where applicable) as shown on the State Standard Plans.
Areas outside of the defined curb ramp area shall be measured and paid as sidewalk. The curb and gutter shall be measured and paid as curb and gutter.
B. All existing utility boxes, valve covers, street light base, sign posts and clean outs located in the sidewalk and curb ramps shall be adjusted to grade and shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work unless otherwise noted involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 281
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-89 Project No. C2201
C. All existing traffic signal pole bases in the sidewalk and curb ramps identified in plans to be tied in to new grade with concrete work or repair shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
D. All landscape restoration including the restoration of any landscaping, irrigation, hardscape, brick work or walls shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
E. Topsoil shall be used as backfill behind the new sidewalk and curb ramps to fill the gap left from the form board and other work. Topsoil shall be procured and imported from a local supplier.
3.8 DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE (DWS)
A. All curb ramps shall have a detectable warning surface (DWS) installed in conformance with City Standards and the latest Caltrans Standard Details A88A and A88B. The color of the DWS shall be brick red or clay red.
3.9 HOT MIX ASPHALT CONFORM AT ACCESS RAMP
A. Grinding and placement of HMA for the conform area in front of the concrete access ramps shall comply with the Section 321216 Paving Systems of these specifications.
3.10 CARE AND REPAIR OF CONCRETE
A. Repair shall be per ACI 301 with the following requirements:
a. Patching mortar shall be Sikatop 123 Plus or approved equal. b. Use Sikadur 32 HiMod bonding agent or approved equal. c. Honey and defects deeper than 1.5 inches shall require approval by Engineer prior to commencing repair work.
d. Cracks wider than 0.02 inches for hydraulic structures shall be repaired prior to leak testing.
e. Cracks wider than 0.04 inches shall be repaired.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 282
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-90 Project No. C2201
SECTION 321723 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, PAVEMENT MARKERS, PAVEMENT MARKINGS
AND SIGNAGE
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This work consists of removal and replacement of traffic stripes, legends, and raised pavement markers on various roadway sections to their original configuration or as shown on the plans or directed by the engineer in the field.
Any roads, driveways, walls, and curbs which are damaged during construction, shall be repaired to their original or better condition.
B. Any existing traffic signs that are removed, shall be salvaged to the City Public Works Yard.
C. Traffic signs, stripes, legends, and raised pavement markers shall conform to the latest edition of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, California Department of Transportation, Traffic Manual, Maintenance Manual, and Caltrans Standard Specifications as modified by these Special Provisions.
D. The work includes striping, markings, markers, and signage on the roadway sections as shown on the project plans, located in San Carlos, California.
E. Where traffic conditions are to remain, roadways shall be striped and marked to match existing except as noted in the plans.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. California Department of Transportation (Caltrans):
1. Maintenance Manual.
2. Current Standard Specifications
a. Section 81 – Miscellaneous Traffic Control Devices
b. Section 84 – Markings
c. Section 95 – Epoxy
3. California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit a schedule for the performance of this work. The schedule shall include approximate dates of work on each roadway section.
B. The Contractor shall submit a detailed traffic control plan for the performance of this work.
C. Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of Compliance shall be provided for all products and materials proposed to be used under this Section.
D. Product Data: Provide manufacturers specification , Safety Data Sheet and literature for materials furnished.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 283
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-91 Project No. C2201
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply pavement marking paint within 8 hours of fog or rain or when below 40 Degrees F or when pavement is wet.
B. Contractor shall guarantee that all traffic lane pavement markers be in place and adhered to the pavement for a period of not less than 90 days from the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner.
C. All new traffic striping and pavement markings shall be thermoplastic, unless otherwise shown on the plans.
D. No pavement markings shall be applied to any roadway surface until new hot mix asphalt surface has cured for a minimum of seven (7) days when hot melt bituminous adhesive is used, and not less than 14 days when epoxy adhesive is used.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or contract plans, all pavement striping and markings (except temporary) shall be thermoplastic.
2.2 THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL
A. Thermoplastic material and glass beads shall conform to the requirements of Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 84-2.
B. Thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium, and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification PTH-02ALKYD.
C. Retroreflectivity of the thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: D 6359 -99. White thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcd m -2 lx-1. Yellow thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 150 mcd m -2 lx-1.
D. Thermoplastic material shall be white, unless otherwise shown on the plans.
2.3 PREFORMED THERMOPLASTIC BIKE LANE GREEN PAVEMENT MARKINGS
A. USE: A durable, high skid and slip resistant pavement marking material suitable for use as, bike lane, roadway, intersection, airport, commercial or private pavement delineation and markings. For use on asphalt or portland cement concrete pavement surfaces.
A1. The material shall be a resilient light green color thermoplastic product containing a minimum thirty percent (30%) intermix of anti-skid/anti-slip
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 284
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-92 Project No. C2201
elements and where the top surface contains anti-skid/anti-slip elements.
These anti-skid/anti-slip elements must have a minimum hardness of 8 (Mohs scale).
A2. The material shall be resistant to the detrimental effects of motor fuels, antifreeze, lubricants, hydraulic fluids etc.
A3. The material shall be capable of being affixed to bituminous and/or Portland cement concrete pavements by the use of the normal heat of a propane torch, infrared heater, or a blue radiant heater.
A4. The material shall be capable of conforming to pavement contours, breaks and faults through the action of traffic at normal pavement temperatures (i.e. without preheating the application surface to a specific temperature). The markings shall have resealing characteristics, such that it is capable of fusing with itself and previously applied thermoplastic.
A5. The material shall not have minimum ambient and road temperature requirements for normal application, storage, or handling. When manufacturer’s standard application procedures require the use of a 2-component sealer, the material shall be capable of being applied with a compatible 2-component sealer recommended by the manufacturer, at minimum ambient and surface temperatures of 45⁰F without any special storage, preheating or treatment of the material before application.
A6. The material shall contain heating indicators evenly distributed on the surface that shall act as visual cues during both the application process and post- application.
B. MANUFACTURING CONTROL AND ISO CERTIFICATION: The manufacturer must be ISO 9001:2008 certified for design, development and manufacturing and provide proof of current certification. The scope of the certification shall include the design, development, and manufacture of preformed thermoplastic reflective highway markings.
C. MATERIAL: Must be composed of an ester modified rosin resistant to degradation by motor fuels, antifreeze, lubricants, etc. in conjunction with aggregates, pigments, binders, abrasives, and anti-skid/anti-slip elements (uniformly distributed throughout the material) which have been factory produced as a finished product, and meets the requirements of the current edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. The thermoplastic material conforms to AASHTO designation M249-79 (98), with the exception of the relevant differences due to the material being supplied in a preformed state.
C1. Pigment: 3.2.2. Light Green: The material shall be manufactured with appropriate pigment to ensure that the resulting colors complies with the Light Green color as specified in the FHWA Memorandum dated April 15th, 2011:
Interim Approval for Optional Use of Green Colored Pavement for Bike Lanes (IA-14).
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 285
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-93 Project No. C2201
Daytime chromaticity coordinates for the color used for green colored pavement shall be as follows:
1 2 3 4
X Y X Y X Y X Y
0.230 0.754 0.266 0.500 0.367 0.500 0.444 0.555
Nighttime chromaticity coordinates for the color used for green colored pavement shall be as follows:
1 2 3 4
X Y X Y X Y X Y
0.230 0.754 0.336 0.540 0.450 0.500 0.479 0.520
C2. The pigments shall contain no lead chromate nor heavy metals or any carcinogen, as defined in 29 CFR 1910.1200 in amounts exceeding permissible limits as specified in relevant Federal Regulations.
C3. Heating indicators: The top surface of the material shall have regularly spaced indents. The closing of these indents during application, shall act as a visual cue that the material has reached a molten state allowing for satisfactory adhesion and proper bead embedment, and as a post-application visual cue that the application procedures have been followed.
C4. Skid Resistance: The surface of the preformed thermoplastic marking materials shall contain factory applied elements with a minimum hardness of 8 (Mohs scale). Upon application, the material shall provide a minimum skid resistance value of 60 BPN when tested according to ASTM: E 303.
C5. Slip Resistance: The surface of the preformed thermoplastic marking materials shall contain factory applied anti-skid elements with a minimum hardness of 8 (Mohs scale). Upon application, the material shall provide a minimum static coefficient of friction of 0.6 when tested according to ASTM: C 1028 (wet and dry), and a minimum static coefficient of friction of 0.6 when tested according to ASTM: D 2047.
C6. Thickness: The material must be supplied at a minimum thickness of 90 mils (2.29 mm).
C7. Environmental Resistance: The material must be resistant to deterioration due to exposure to sunlight, water, salt or adverse weather conditions and impervious to oil and gasoline.
D. APPLICATION:
D1. Asphalt: The material shall be capable of being applied using the propane torch method recommended by the manufacturer, without minimum requirements for ambient and road temperatures down to 45°F, and without any preheating of the pavement to a specified temperature. The material shall be capable of being applied without the use of a thermometer. The pavement
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 286
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-94 Project No. C2201
shall be clean, dry and free of debris. Supplier must enclose application instructions with each box/package.
D2. Portland Concrete: The same application procedure shall be used as described under Section 4.1, however, a compatible primer sealer, recommended by the manufacturer, shall be applied to the surface prior to the application of material to ensure proper adhesion.
E. PACKAGING: The preformed thermoplastic markings shall be placed in protective plastic film with cardboard stiffeners where necessary to prevent damage in transit. Linear material must be cut to a maximum of 3' long pieces.
Legends and symbols must also be supplied in flat pieces. The cartons in which packed shall be non-returnable and shall not exceed 40" in length and 25" in width, and be labeled for ease of identification. The weight of the individual carton must not exceed fifty (50) pounds. A protective film around the box must be applied in order to protect the material from rain or premature aging.
F. TECHNICAL SERVICES: The successful bidder shall provide technical services as required.
G. PERFORMANCE: The preformed thermoplastic markings shall meet state specifications and be approved for use by the appropriate state agency.
H. A sample of the green bike lane pavement marking material that shows the color when dry (not a color chip) must be provided to the City for review and written approval at least seven (7) calendar days prior to ordering materials or installing any green markings.
2.4 GLASS BEADS
A. Glass beads to be applied to surface of the paint and thermoplastic shall conform to the requirements of State Specification 8010-11E-22 (Type II).
2.5 PAVEMENT MARKERS AND ADHESIVES
A. Pavement markers shall conform to Section 81 -3, "Pavement Markers," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, as specified herein, and in the Special Provisions.
B. Fire Hydrant markers shall be two-way, reflective blue markers.
C. Adhesive for pavement markers shall be Rapid Set Type epoxy conforming to Section 95-2.04 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications or hot melt bituminous adhesive conforming to Section 81-3 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
2.6 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT DELINEATION
A. Temporary Pavement Delineation shall conform to Section 12-6, "Temporary Pavement Delineation," and Section 84 -2, "Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings", of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 287
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-95 Project No. C2201
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 LAYOUT
A. The Contractor shall furnish the necessary control points for all striping, painting and markings and shall be responsible for the completeness and accuracy thereof to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
B. The Contractor shall perform all layout, alignment, and spotting for traffic stripes and markings. Traffic striping shall match the striping prior to the treatment except as shown on the plans or directed by the engineer. When indicated on the plans, striping and marking shall not vary by more than 2 inches in 50 feet from the alignment shown on the plans. Where markings will match existing markings, striping and marking shall not vary by more than 2 inches in 50 feet from the existing markings. The dimensional details of the stripes and markings shall conform to the provisions set forth in the Traffic Manual and Maintenance Manual available for Caltrans.
C. Cat tracks shall consist of spots of paint not more than 3 inches in width and not more than 5 feet apart along the alignment of the stripe. Paint for the cat tracks shall be the same as that for the intended stripe. Paint for the dribble lines shall be ne utral color obtained by mixing approximately two parts white paint with one-part black paint.
D. Existing stripes and markings shall be removed prior to painting new ones, but in no case shall any section of street be left without the proper striping for more than 24 hours, or over weekends or holidays.
E. NO STRIPING SHALL BE PAINTED UNTIL THE LAYOUT AND SPOTTING HAVE BEEN SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. Allow 3 working days for approval.
3.2 TRAFFIC PAINT AND GLASS BEADS
A. Traffic markings shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 84, "Pavement Markings," of the Standard Specifications, per Volume 1, Section 2-A through 2-D, and 2 -G of the City Traffic Design Standards, and these special provisions.
B. All lines stop bars and crosswalks to be painted on street surfaces shall be thermoplastic material Pavement markings of test symbols and arrows shall be formed per Caltrans Standards and shall be thermoplastic material.
C. Thermoplastic traffic stripes (traffic lines) and pavement markings shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84, " Markings" of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these special provisions.
D. Thermoplastic material for traffic stripes shall be applied at a minimum rate of
0.20-lb/ft. The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe of four ( 4) inches in width.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 288
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-96 Project No. C2201
E. All new surfaces shall have the traffic paint applied in two applications in accordance with Section 84 -3 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. The first or priming coat shall be in light applications without glass beads to seal the pavement. The first coat shall be dry before application of the second coat.
F. All striping and marking shall be laid out by the Contractor and field reviewed by the City prior to final placement of the Thermoplastic material. Failure to obtain this field review shall be basis for rejection of the work by the City. Any work rejected shall be completely removed, the surface of the pavement restored to the satisfaction of the City, and new striping and marking placed at the Contractor’s expense.
G. Restriping except where indicated on the drawings, shall coincide with the original painting and shall be applied in one application in accordance with Section 84 -3 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
H. Striping for 24" bars, 12" stop bars, and crosswalk lines shall coincide with the original painting except where indicated otherwise on the plans and shall be installed using Thermoplastic material. Stop bars shall be installed behind the pedestrian path of travel.
I. The pavement markings of the legend (text) and symbols (arrows) shall be furnished and installed, and shall coincide with the original painting except where indicated otherwise on the plans and shall be installed using Thermoplastic material.
J. Where striping joins existing striping, as shown on the plans, the Contractor shall begin and end the transition from the existing striping pattern or from the new striping pattern a sufficient distance to ensure continuity of the striping pattern.
K. All surfaces to be painted shall be clean and dry prior to painting. Ample time shall be allowed between placement of the asphalt pavement and the initial painting application. There shall be a minimum drying time between paint applications of approximately twenty (20) minutes.
L. Glass beads shall be placed on all traffic stripes (except black stripes) and pavement markings except for the first or priming coat on new asphalt surfaces.
All glass beads shall be applied directly to the wet traffic paint with a method that provides uniform distribution.
M. Striping shall not be applied at temperatures below 50° F or if pavement surfaces are wet.
N. Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall be free of runs, bubbles, craters, drag marks, stretch marks, and debris.
O. All painted pavement markings shall be clean and sharp as to dimensions.
Ragged ends of segment or fogginess along the sides shall not be permitted.
P. The alignment of all striping shall be accurately laid out. Lines which have a wavy appearance shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at its expense.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 289
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-97 Project No. C2201
3.3 THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL AND GLASS BEADS
A. Thermoplastic material and glass beads shall be applied in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 84-2.04. Minimum application thickness shall be 0.1- inch for traffic stripes and 0.15-inch for pavement markings.
3.4 REMOVAL OF STRIPING, MARKERS AND MARKINGS
A. All stripes and pavement markings not in conformance with the proposed striping plan shall be removed by grinding or sandblasting. Black paint will not be allowed unless specifically indicated on the drawings. All thermoplastic material and raised pavement markers shall be removed prior to slurry seal operations.
B. All striping to be removed as shown on the Plans shall be covered under various contract items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
3.5 PAINTED CURBS
A. All The painted curbs (by color) shall comply with Section 84 -3 "Painted Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings" of the State Standard Specifications. The painted curbs (by color) shall have “SC ★ PD” stenciled in white where shown on the plans.
B. Payment for replacement of painted address number at curb removed due to improvements shall be included in the price paid for other items and no separate payment shall be made therefor.
3.6 PAVEMENT MARKERS
A. Pavement markers shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 85, "Pavement Markers," of the Standard Specifications, per Volume 1, Section 2-E of the City Traffic Design Standards, and these special provisions.
B. All surfaces shall be clean and dry prior to application of the markers.
C. Installation of pavement markers shall conform to the requirements of Section 85-
1.06 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
D. Blue reflective pavement markers shall be furnished and installed at the street centerline to mark the location of each existing fire hydrant.
E. The adhesive material used in the installation of pavement markers will cause severe dermatitis if it is allowed to come in contact with the skin or eyes. Use gloves and protective creams on the hands. Should this material contact skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water. Do not attempt to remove this material from the skin with solvents. If any adhesive material gets into the eyes, flush for 10 minutes with water and secure immediate medical attention.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 290
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-98 Project No. C2201
3.7 TEMPORARY MARKING
A. Temporary Pavement markings shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 84, "Pavement Markings," of the Standard Specifications, per the City Design Guidelines, and these special provisions.
B. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained, and removed in conformance with the provisions in Section 12-3.01, "General," of the State Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Nothing in these special provisions shal l be construed as reducing the minimum standards specified in the California MUTCD or as relieving the Contractor from the responsibilities specified in Section 7-1.09, "Public Safety," of the State Standard Specifications.
C. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic.
D. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall b e maintained until superseded or replaced with a new pattern of temporary pavement delineation or permanent pavement delineation.
E. Temporary pavement markers and removable traffic type tape which conflicts with a new traffic pattern or which is applied to the final layer of surfacing or existing pavement to remain in place shall be removed when no longer required for the direction of public traffic, as determined by the Engineer.
F. Whenever lane lines and centerlines are obliterated, the minimum lane line and centerline delineation to be provided shall be temporary reflective raised pavement markers placed at longitudinal intervals of not more than fifteen (15) feet. The temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be the same color as the lane line or centerline the markers replace.
G. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be cemented to the surfacing with the adhesive recommended by the manufacturer, except epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required.
H. Temporary lane line or centerline delineation consisting entirely of temporary reflective raised pavement markers placed on longitudinal intervals of not more than twenty-four (24) feet shall be used on lanes opened to public traffic for a maximum of fourteen (14) days. Prior to the end of the fourteen (14) days the permanent pavement delineation shall be placed. If the permanent pavement delineation is not placed within the fourteen ( 14) days, the Contractor shall
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 291
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-99 Project No. C2201
provide, at his expense, additional temporary pavement delineation. The additional temporary pavement delineation to be provided shall be equivalent to the pattern specified for the permanent pavement delineation for the area, as determined by the Engineer.
3.8 SIGNAGE
A. All existing sign posts , signs, beacons, sign panels & bases located in the sidewalk, curb ramp and roadway shown on plans to be removed shall include existing post/foundation/sign removal & disposal, and shall be included in the price paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
B. Signage installation shall conform to Section 56 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. In addition, Contractor shall reference City signage standards for post, foundation, and sign. Signs to be relocated as shown on the plans shall be covered under various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
C. Mailbox coordination and relocation as shown on the Plans shall be covered under various contract items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 292
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-100 Project No. C2201
SECTION 332250 – SHORING AND TRENCH SAFETY
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Shoring required for general safety, worker protection, and protection of adjacent property and pipelines from the hazards of caving ground.
B. Shoring for trench excavations.
C. Shoring for structural excavations.
D. Shoring for tunneling pits.
E. Contractor’s responsibilities .
F. Contractor's trench safety plan.
G. Contractor's supervisor.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 020010 – Site Conditions
B. Section 020030 – Existing Utilities and Underground Structures
C. Section 021100 – Site Preparation
D. Section 332315 – Excavation and Backfill
1.3 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SAFETY
A. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons (including employees) and property during performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.
B. Minimum Requirements for Project Shoring Systems:
1. Comply with all governing regulations pertaining to excavation safety including the most current edition of Cal/OSHA Construction Safety Order, Article 6;
2. Be compatible with the surface and subsurface soil and groundwater conditions mapped and encountered in test borings for the project and resist lateral earth pressures and hydrostatic pressures (where not dewatered);
3. Protect personnel that enter the excavation;
4. Protect existing utilities, pavements, and structures;
5. Excavation and installation of the shoring system must occur in a manner and sequence that does not damage existing structures, pavements, and
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 293
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-101 Project No. C2201
utilities including through settlement, heave, or vibrations;
6. Provide stable excavation walls and bottom (e.g., prevent bottom heave);
7. Be designed to operate in conjunction with dewatering and soil stabilization systems also provided by the Contractor.
8. As permitted by the specifications, allow for removal or abandonment of shoring in a manner and sequence that is instep with the backfilling sequence (i.e., shoring shall not be removed ahead of backfilling) and does not damage the finished pipeline or structures or existing structures, pavements, and utilities including through settlement, heave or vibrations (Contractor to address removal/abandonment concerns specific to the type of shoring proposed in the shoring submittal). Any void space created by shoring removal shall be completely filled with a material approved by the City Engineer;
9. Resist lateral live loads from vehicular and/or train traffic, construction equipment and spoils, if any;
C. Safety provisions shall conform to U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA), the California Occupational Safety and Health Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, county, and local laws, ordinances, codes, the requirements set forth below, and any regulations that may be detailed in other parts of these Specifications.
D. Contractor is advised that Part 1926 of 29 CFR, subpart P, has been revised. This regulation governs excavations, trenching and protective systems, sloping, benching, wood, and aluminum shoring for various types of soils, and depths of excavations. The Contractor shall follow these regulations (including the latest revisions) for this project.
F. Where any of these requirements are in conflict, the more stringent requirement shall be followed.
G. The Contractor shall cease work immediately and notify the Engineer if they determine their shoring method is unsafe.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor’s attention is directed to the provisions for "Shoring and Bracing Drawings" in Section 6705 of the California Labor Code. The Contractor, prior to beginning any trench or structure excavation 5 feet deep or over, shall submit to the Engineer for review for compliance with Section 6705 the Contractor’s detailed plan showing design of all shoring, bracing, sloping of the sides of excavation, or other provisions for worker protection against the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trenches or structure excavation. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established in the Construction Safety Orders of the State of California, such alternative system plans shall be prepared, stamped and signed by a civil or structural engineer licensed in the State of California at the Contractor’s expense.
B. A professional Civil or Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California shall design, sign, and stamp the Contractor’s proposed shoring systems for review by
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 294
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-102 Project No. C2201
the Engineer prior to construction. Submit shoring system submittal in conjunction with dewatering plan and soil stabilization plan.
C. The shoring system submittal shall address open cut trenching, each storm drain catch basin, manholes, and for all excavations located in close proximity to unlined drainage channels or in close proximity to critical structures, utilities, or granular non-cohesive materials. Individual submittals are required for all open-cut trenching and for each major underground structure (sewer tie-in locations) as well as existing critical utilities including those in close proximity to drainage channels or those that penetrate a 1.5H:1V plane projected down from the utility.
D. The use of speed shores or trench box shoring in flowing, running or raveling ground conditions shall not be allowed. The Contractor shall be aware that flowing, running or raveling ground conditions are anticipated throughout the project and shall design their shoring system accordingly.
F. Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of Compliance shall be provided for all products and materials proposed to be used under this Section.
G. For all materials that are not pre -approved by the City the Contractor shall designate the source and/or submit samples of all materials in advance of their use for required testing and Engineer’s approval. All testing costs shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
H. Contractor shall design shoring system to protect nearby utilities that may not daylight into trench excavation but limits of existing backfill in close proximity can become unstable due to the effects of ground disturbance and reduced strength caused by past nearby excavations and backfill. Past trench backfill has consisted of granular non-cohesive materials (including pea- gravel) and have little to no stand-up time. Full face, continuous excavation wall support shall be required in these areas.
1.5 SAFETY ORDERS
A. The Contractor shall have at the work site, copies or suitable extracts of the Construction Safety Orders of Cal-OSHA, and Part 1926 of 29 CFR, subpart P.
B. All work shall comply with the provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances and regulations.
C. The Contractor is prohibited in the use of unrestricted speed shores or trench box shoring in flowing, running, or raveling ground conditions.
1.6 CONTRACTOR'S SUPERVISOR
A. The Contractor shall appoint a qualified and competent supervisory employee who shall be responsible to determine the sloping or shoring system which shall be used depending on local soil type, water table elevation, stratification, depth, and any other pertinent factors including the safety of the workers.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 295
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-103 Project No. C2201
PART 2. PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3. EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 296
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-104 Project No. C2201
SECTION 332315 – EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall provide all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to perform and complete all utility earthwork as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. The work of this Section includes all utility earthwork required for construction of the project. Such utility earthwork shall include, but may not necessarily be limited to, the loosening, removing, loading, transporting, depositing, and compacting in its final location of all materials wet and dry, as required for the purposes of completing the work, which shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the furnishing, placing, and removing of sheeting, shoring and bracing necessary to safely support the sides of all excavations; all pumping, ditching, draining and other required measures for the removal or exclusion of water from the excavation; soil stabilization; the supporting of structures above and below the ground; all backfilling around structures and all backfilling of trenches; the disposal of excess excavated materials; borrow of materials to make up deficiencies for fills; and all other incidental earthwork.
C. Hazardous materials shall be handled in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 332250 – Shoring and Trench Safety
B. Section 334000 – Storm Drainage Utilities
C. Section 333600 – Grout
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. State Codes:
California Labor Code.
Construction Safety Orders of the State of California.
B. State of California (Caltrans) Standards:
1. Standard Specifications:
Section 25 Aggregate Subbases.
Section 26 Aggregate Bases.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 297
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-105 Project No. C2201
Section 68 Subsurface Drains.
Section 88 Engineering Fabrics
C. Commercial Standards:
ASTM D 422 Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils.
ASTM D 1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-
Cone Method.
ASTM D 1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and
Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb (4.54-kg) Rammer
and 18-in. (457-mm) Drop.
ASTM D 1633 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-
Cement Cylinders.
ASTM D 2419 Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine
Aggregate.
ASTM D 2487 Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes.
ASTM D 2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
ASTM D 3017 Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place
by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
ASTM D 3776 Test Methods for Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Woven Fabric.
ASTM D 3786 Method of Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics: Diaphragm Bursting Strength
Tester Method.
ASTM D 4253 Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table.
ASTM D 4254 Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density.
ASTM D 4318 Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils.
ASTM D 4491 Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by
Permittivity.
ASTM D 4632 Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of
Geotextiles.
ASTM D 4751 Test Method for Determining the Apparent Opening Size
of a Geotextile.
ASTM D 6023 Standard Test Method for Density, Yield, Cement
Content, and Air Content of Controlled Low-Strength
Material (CLSM).
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 298
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-106 Project No. C2201
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions for "Shoring and Bracing Drawings" in Section 6705 of the California Labor Code. The Contractor, prior to beginning any trench or structure excavation five (5) feet deep or over, shall submit to the Engineer for review for compliance with Section 6705 the Contractor's detailed plan showing design of all shoring, bracing, sloping of the sides of excavation, or other provisions for worker protection against the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trenches or structure excavation.
If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established in the Construction Safety Orders of the State of California, such alternative system plans shall be prepared, stamped and signed by a civil or structural engineer licensed in the State of California at the Contractor’s expense.
B. For all materials that are not pre-approved by the City the Contractor shall designate the source and/or submit samples of all materials in advance of their use for required testing and Engineer’s approval. All testing costs shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
C. Submit soil stabilization plan stamped and signed by a California registered civil engineer with minimum five (5) years experience with such work.
D. Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of Compliance shall be provided for all products and materials proposed to be used under this Section.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: All soils and compaction testing will be done by a testing laboratory at the Contractor’s expense and as specified in Section 2, “Special Provisions”. The Engineer shall approve use of the Contractor-selected laboratory prior to the work.
B. Where soil material is required to be compacted to a percentage of maximum density the maximum density at optimum moisture content will be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557. Where cohesionless, free draining soil material is required to be densified to a percentage of relative density the calculation of relative density will be determined in accordance with ASTM D 4253 and D 4254.
Field density in-place tests will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 2922, or by such other means acceptable to the Engineer.
C. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to performing any utility excavation.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 BACKFILL MATERIALS
A. Backfill shall be a selected or processed clean, fine earth, rock, or sand, free from objectionable material, vegetation, or other deleterious substances.
B. The following TYPES of backfill materials are designated and defined as follows:
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 299
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-107 Project No. C2201
TYPE 1. Sand shall be material with 100 percent passing a 3/8-inch sieve, at least 90 percent passing a No. 4 sieve, and a sand equivalent value not less than 30.
TYPE 2. Class 2 Aggregate Base shall be crushed rock aggregate base material meeting the requirements of Section 26, “Aggregate Bases,” for 19 millimeter (3/4 inch) maximum grading, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
TYPE 3. Class 1, Type A or B, Permeable Material shall be crushed stone, or gravel, durable and free from slaking or decomposition under action or alternate wetting or drying, uniformly graded, and shall meet the requirements of Section 68-2.02F(2) for Class 1, “Permeable Material,” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
TYPE 4. Class 2 Permeable Material shall be crushed rock or gravel, durable and free from slaking or decomposition under the action of alternate wetting or drying, uniformly graded, and shall meet the requirements of Section 68-2.02F(3) for Class 2 "Permeable Material," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
TYPE 5. Structure Backfill Material shall meet the requirements of Section 19- 3.02B Type D of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
TYPE 6. Class 3 Permeable Material shall be ¾” crushed rock or gravel, durable and free from slaking or decomposition under the action of alternate wetting or drying, uniformly graded, and shall meet the requirements of Section 68-2.02F(4) for Class 3 "Permeable Material," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
TYPE 7. Manufactured Backfill shall be manufactured, angular, granular, crushed stone, rock, or slag with 100 percent passing a one-inch sieve and less than one percent passing a No. 4 sieve.
TYPE 8. Controlled Low Strength Materials (CLSM) shall conform to the requirements of Section 02320, “Controlled Low Strength Materials (CLSM).”
TYPE 9. Native material shall be material obtained from on-site excavations, provided the materials are not classified as unsuitable. Native material shall be free of stones, lumps, broken concrete or bituminous surfacing over 4 inches in diameter, objectionable material, vegetation, and deleterious substances.
TYPE 10. Topsoil material may be material which has been obtained at the site or may be imported. Removal of the topsoil shall be done after the area has been stripped of vegetation and debris as specified.
TYPE 11. Aggregate Subbase shall conform to the grading and quality
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 300
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-108 Project No. C2201
requirements of Section 25, “Class 2 Aggregate Subbase” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
TYPE 12. Trench Foundation shall be 3/4 -inch crushed, angular rock meeting the following gradation:
Sieve
Size
Percent Passing
1 ½” 100%
1”
95-100%
½” 0-30%
#4 0-4%
2.2 UNSUITABLE BACKFILL MATERIAL
A. Any material as determined by the Engineer.
B. Any material determined to be hazardous is defined as unsuitable material.
C. Washed, smooth rock (pea gravel) is classified as unsuitable material.
2.3 USE OF BACKFILL MATERIAL TYPES
A. Backfill material types shall be used in conformance with City standards.
B. Finish surfacing of landscape areas where shown on plans shall be mulch in conformance with Section 20 “Erosion Control and Highway Planting” of the Standard Specifications, all Amendments and these special provisions.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Where abandoned underground structures are encountered in the street areas, remove to sufficient depth to allow underground lines to cross, backfill and compact during rough grading. The Engineer may require further work to be done if visual inspection indicates during construction.
3.2 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
A. General: Except when specifically provided to the contrary, excavation shall include the removal of all materials of whatever nature encountered, including all obstructions of any nature that would interfere with the proper execution and completion of the work. The removal of said materials shall conform to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish, place, and maintain all supports and shoring that may be required for the sides of the excavations, and all pumping, ditching, or other measures required for the removal or exclusion of water, including storm water, groundwater, and wastewater reaching the site of the work from any source so as to prevent damage to the work or adjoining property. Excavations shall be supported in a safe manner in accordance with applicable State safety
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 301
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-109 Project No. C2201
requirements and the requirements of OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction (29CFR1926) and Section 02250, “Shoring and Trench Safety.” The limits of structure excavation shall be a minimum of 12 inches beyond the outside edge of the structure, and at a minimum no larger than necessary to facilitate backfill, compaction and testing operations.
3.3 PIPELINE AND UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Trench Width: Unless otherwise shown or directed, excavation for pipelines and utilities shall be open-cut trenches. Trench widths shall be as noted on the plans.
B. Subgrade: The surface of the subgrade after compaction shall be hard, uniform, smooth, self draining, and true to grade and cross section.
C. Trench Bottom: The pipe bedding shall be given a final trim establishing grade such that each pipe section when first laid will be continually in contact with the bedding along the extreme bottom of the pipe. Rounding out the trench bottom or bedding to form a cradle for the pipe will not be allowed. The Contractor shall excavate for bell holes and fittings.
D. Open Trench: The maximum amount of open trench permitted in any one location shall be the length necessary to accommodate the amount of pipe installed and backfilled in a single day. All trenches shall be fully backfilled at the end of each day or, in lieu thereof, shall be covered by heavy steel plates adequately braced and capable of supporting vehicular traffic in those locations where it is impractical to backfill at the end of each day.
E. Over-Excavation: Contractor shall notify Engineer if any unstable trench conditions develop in trench bottom. When ordered by the Engineer, whether or not indicated on the Drawings, trenches, tunneling pits and/or structure excavations shall be over-excavated beyond the depth shown in order to provide a firm and unyielding trench base.
3.4 OVER-EXCAVATION NOT ORDERED, SPECIFIED, OR SHOWN
A. Any over-excavation carried below the grade ordered, specified, or shown, shall be backfilled to the required grade and densified with the specified material and compaction. Such work shall be performed by the Contractor at its own expense.
3.5 EXCAVATION IN LAWN AREAS
A. Where excavation occurs in lawn areas, the sod shall be carefully removed, stockpiled, watered and preserved for replacement, unless specifically approved by Engineer in writing before Work is performed. Excavated material may be placed on the lawn provided that a tarp or other suitable method is employed to protect the lawn from damage. The lawn shall not remain stockpiled for more than 48 hours. Immediately after completion of backfilling and testing of the pipeline, the sod shall be replaced in a manner so as to restore the lawn as near as possible to its original condition. Contractor shall provide new sod, in kind, if removed sod has remained stockpiled for more than 48 hours.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 302
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-110 Project No. C2201
B. All other landscaping shall be replaced in kind as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. All damaged irrigation systems, including piping and electrical wiring, shall be repaired and operating properly the same day they are damaged.
3.6 EXCAVATION IN VICINITY OF TREES
A. Except where trees are shown to be removed, Contractor shall protect trees from injury during construction operations. Remaining trees shall be protected by installing protective fencing outside the dripline. No tree roots over 2 inches in diameter shall be cut without express permission of the Engineer. Trees shall be supported during excavation by any means previously reviewed by the Engineer.
B. If existing roots over one inch in diameter are cut during the course of the work, the cut faces shall be thoroughly coated with root sealer and growth inhibitor.
Exposed roots shall be covered with wet burlap to prevent them from drying out.
C. The City shall retain an arborist to evaluate the health of the trees prior to construction, formulate site-specific recommendations to maintain the health of trees during and after construction, and monitor construction near the trees at appropriate intervals.
3.7 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL
A. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all excess excavated material to a suitable site. The proper and legal disposal and associated costs shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
3.8 BACKFILL - GENERAL
A. Backfill shall not be dropped directly upon any structure or pipe.
B. Unless specifically excepted by the Engineer, backfill shall not be placed until after all water is removed from the excavation.
3.9 PIPE AND UTILITY TRENCH ZONES AND BACKFILL
A. Pipe Zone:
1. The limits of Pipe Zone are shown on the plans.
2. The Pipe Zone shall be backfilled with the specified backfill material. The Contractor shall exercise care to prevent damage to the pipeline coating, cathodic bonds, or the pipe itself during the installation and backfill operations.
3. Verify pipe and manhole line and grade prior to installing Pipe Zone material.
4. Prevent flotation of sewer pipe during backfill operations.
5. Pipe Zone material to be compacted to 90% RC, with a maximum 6-inch lifts.
6. Demonstrate in the field and through compaction test results that
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 303
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-111 Project No. C2201
installation and compaction efforts achieve proper compaction under the pipe haunches. This includes after the removal of shoring devices from the trench.
B. Trench Bedding: The limits of Bedding are shown on the plans.
1. After placement and compacting of the bedding material the Contractor shall perform a final trim for establishing grade, such that each pipe section when first laid will be continually in contact with the bedding along the extreme bottom of the pipe.
2. Contractor shall support and/or hold-down the pipe during placement as necessary.
3. Bedding shall be placed to form a smooth, uniform, horizontal plane to match pipe slope.
4. Hand-excavate flanges or bell holes at each pipe joint to provide uniform support for all sections of pipe.
C. Trench Zone: After the Pipe Zone backfill has been placed as specified above, and after all excess water has completely drained from the trench, backfilling of the Trench Zone may proceed. The limits of Trench Zone are shown on the plans.
D. Utility Crossing: For any new pipeline installation that crosses under an existing electric, gas, telephone, or cable TV utility pipe(s) or conduit(s) the Contractor shall replace the existing backfill material around the existing utility pipe(s) or conduit(s) with CLSM or as directed by the Engineer. For any new pipeline installation crossing under existing storm or sanitary sewer, the contractor shall replace existing backfill material with CLSM or as directed by the Engineer. Use a concrete vibrator during backfilling operations.
3.10 PLACING AND SPREADING OF BACKFILL MATERIALS
A. Backfill materials shall be placed and spread evenly in horizontal layers. The backfill layers shall be evenly spread so that when compacted, each layer shall not exceed 6 -inches in thickness. Material for mechanically compacted backfill shall be placed in 8-inch maximum lifts prior to compaction.
B. Where the backfill material moisture content is below the optimum moisture content water shall be added before or during spreading until the proper moisture content is achieved.
C. Where the backfill material moisture content is too high to permit the specified degree of compaction, the material shall be dried or replaced until the moisture content is satisfactory.
D. Backfill shall be mechanically compacted by means of tamping rollers, sheepsfoot rollers, pneumatic tire roller, vibrating rollers, or other mechanical tampers. All such equipment shall be of a size and type subject to review by the Engineer.
Impact-type pavement breakers (stompers) will not be permitted. Permission to use specific compaction equipment shall not be construed as guaranteeing or implying that the use of such equipment will not result in damage to adjacent ground, existing improvements, or new improvements. The Contractor shall make
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 304
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-112 Project No. C2201
its own determination in this regard.
3.11 COMPACTION OF BACKFILL MATERIALS
A. Each layer of backfill material as defined herein, shall be mechanically compacted to the specified percentage of maximum density. Equipment that is consistently capable of achieving the required degree of compaction shall be used and each layer shall be compacted over its entire area while the material is at the required moisture content range.
B. Flooding, ponding, or jetting shall not be used.
C. Equipment weighing more than 10,000 pounds shall not be used closer to structure walls than a horizontal distance equal to the depth of the fill against the structure wall at that time. Hand operated power compaction equipment shall be used where use of heavier equipment is impractical or restricted due to weight limitations.
D. Trench Backfill Requirements: Per City standards.
E. Compaction Requirements for Trench Bedding: Per City standards.
F. Compaction Requirements for Pipe Zone: Contractor shall conduct compaction testing, at a minimum, as follows for Pipe Zone. Additional tests will be required depending on test results and field conditions.
1. Contractor shall demonstrate successful means and methods to meet compaction required.
2. Passing tests are required at one every 300 linear feet of trench.
3.12 SOIL STABILIZATION
A. The Contractor shall install soil stabilization materials to stabilize excavations where not completely and continuously shored.
B. Additional stabilization of existing utility trench backfill and bedding materials via permeation grouting is required to prevent raveling of materials during excavation operations including coarse, granular, non-cohesive trench backfill and pipe embedment materials.
C. Utilities parallel to new sewer or storm drain mains:
1. Minimum limits of grouting shall be per the following:
a. Where separation is less than 4 feet.
b. Vertical limits shall apply to any areas disturbed by excavation and as directed by the Engineer.
D. Utilities crossing new sewer or storm drain main:
1. Minimum limits of grouting shall be per the following:
a. 2 feet beyond edge of existing utility.
b. Vertical limits shall apply to any areas disturbed by excavation and as shown directed by the Engineer.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 305
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-113 Project No. C2201
E. For utilities not shown on the Plans, the minimum limits described for existing utilities parallel to or crossing the new sewer main shall apply.
F. The Contractor shall submit a soil stabilization plan for review.
G. Existing gravity utilities shall be protected from grout intrusion into the utility. To protect City storm drains and existing sewers to remain in service against damage from grouting, such utilities shall be inspected using CCTV after soil stabilization to determine whether grout has penetrated the gravity utility. If grout is found in the utility, Contractor shall remove all grout and re-inspect said utility to demonstrate grout removal, at no additional cost to the owner. If desired, Contractor shall be allowed to inspect the existing gravity utilities prior to grouting to establish existing condition and at no additional cost to the City.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 306
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-114 Project No. C2201
SECTION 333600 – GROUT
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to furnish and place grout and shall form, mix, place, cure, repair, finish, and do all other work as necessary to produce finished grout as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. The following types of grout shall be covered in this Section:
1. Non-Shrink Grout: Non-Shrink grout is to be used unless another type is specifically referenced or as shown on the Drawings.
2. Epoxy Grout
3. Cement Grout
4. Flowable Cement Grout
5. Low Viscosity (Permeation) Grout and Fast Setting Injected Grout
6. Polymer Grout
7. Neat Cement Grout
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 013300 – Contractor Submittals
B. Section 015600 – Protection of Existing Facilities
C. Section 332315 – Excavation and Backfill
D. Section 333400 – Storm Drainage Utilities
E. Division 1 – General Requirements.
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards:
ASTM C109 Test Method for Compressive Strength of
Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-In. or 50-
mm Cube Specimens).
ASTM C531 Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of
Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and
Monolithic Surfacings.
ASTM C579 Test Methods for Compressive Strength of
Chemical- Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and
Monolithic Surfacings.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 307
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-115 Project No. C2201
ASTM C827 Test Method for Change in Height of Early
Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from
Cementitious Mixtures.
ASTM D696 Test Method for Coefficient of Linear
Thermal Expansion of Plastics.
CRD-C 621 Corps of Engineers Specification for Non-shrink Grout.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of Compliance shall be provided for all products and materials proposed to be used under this Section.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 PREPACKAGED GROUTS
A. Non-Shrink Grout:
1. Non-shrink grout shall be a prepackaged, inorganic, non -gas-liberating, non- metallic, cement-based grout requiring only the addition of water.
Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each bag or other container in which the materials are packaged. The specific formulation for each class of non -shrink grout specified herein shall be that recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application.
2. Class A non -shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 5,000 psi; shall have no shrinkage (zero percent) and a maximum 4.0 percent expansion in the plastic state when tested in accordance with ASTM C 827; and shall have no shrinkage (zero percent) and a maximum of 0.2-percent expansion in the hardened state when tested in accordance with CRD C 621.
3. Class B non -shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 5,000 psi and shall meet the requirements of CRD C 621.
4. Application:
a. Class A non-shrink grout shall be used for the repair of all holes and defects in concrete members which are water bearing or in contact with soil or other fill material, grouting under all equipment base plates, and at all locations where grout is specified; except, for those applications for Class B non -shrink grout and epoxy grout specified herein. Class A non-shrink grout may be used in place of Class B non-shrink grout for all applications. Apply Class A grout to annular spaces, specifically where PVC sanitary sewer connects to pre-cast manholes.
b. Class B non-shrink grout shall be used for the repair of all holes and defects in concrete members which are not water -bearing and not in contact with soil or other fill material.
B. Epoxy Grout:
1. Epoxy grout shall be a pourable, non-shrink, 100-percent solids system.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 308
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-116 Project No. C2201
The epoxy grout system shall have 3 components: resin, hardener, and specially blended aggregate, all premeasured and prepackaged. The resin component shall not contain any non -reactive diluents . Resins containing butyl glyceryl ether (BGE) or other highly volatile and hazardous reactive diluents are not acceptable. Variation of component ratios is not permitted unless specifically recommended by the manufacturer. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each container in which the materials are packaged.
2. The chemical formulation of the epoxy grout shall be that recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application.
3. The mixed epoxy grout system shall have a minimum working life of 45 minutes at 75 degrees F.
4. The epoxy grout shall develop a compressive strength of 5,000 psi in 24 hours and 10,000 psi in 7 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C 579, Method
B. There shall be no shrinkage (zero percent) and a maximum 4.0 percent expansion when tested in accordance with ASTM C 827.
5. Application: Epoxy grout shall be used to embed all anchor bolts and reinforcing steel required to be set in grout, and for all other specified applications.
2.2 CEMENT GROUT
A. Cement Grout: Cement grout shall be composed of one part cement, 3 parts sand, and the minimum amount of water necessary to obtain the desired consistency. Where needed to match the color of adjacent concrete, white portland cement shall be blended with regular cement as needed. The minimum compressive strength at 28 days shall be 4,000 psi.
B. Cement shall be as specified in Section 02537, “Precast Concrete Manholes.”
C. Cement Grout shall not be used as Contact Grout for filling voids created during a tunnel or shaft excavation.
2.3 FLOWABLE CEMENT GROUT
A. Flowable Cement Grout: Minimum penetration resistance of 10 psi in 24 hours when tested in accordance with ASTM C403 and a 28 -day unconfined compressive strength of 45-165 psi.
B. Application:
1. Void spaces between the earth and the casing pipe.
2. Interstitial space between the casing pipe and carrier pipe.
2.4 LOW VISCOSITY (PERMEATION) GROUT AND FAST SETTING INJECTED GROUT
A. Low viscosity grout shall be injected to provide stabilization for the following conditions:
1. Stabilize existing utility pipelines during trenching and excavation activities to prevent destabilization of materials when exposed in
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 309
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-117 Project No. C2201
vertical excavations.
2. Stabilize materials that would be subject to vibration densification during nearby sheet pile driving or construction activity.
3. Prevent porous and permeable materials from transmitting perched groundwater into project excavations.
B. The low viscosity grout shall consist of Portland cement, water and fluidizer additives.
C. Grouting should completely bind the granular material into a single coherent grouted mass (grouted prism).
D. Grout batch records shall include time of mix, amount and type of components used, and anticipated set times.
E. Fast Setting Injected Grout shall be used in establishing bulkheads to limit the spread/flow of low viscosity grout. Mix according to the following proportions:
1. Component A:
a. Portland Cement Type I-II 8 sacks @ 94 lbs. per sack b. Bentonite suspending agent 0-50 lbs.
c. PGA expansion agent 0-3 lbs.
2. Component B:
a. Sodium silicate 40 gallons
b. Water
2.5 NEAT CEMENT GROUT
A. Application: Use for dewatering well abandonment.
B. Mix according to the following ratio:
1. 94 lbs. Portland Type II cement.
2. 5 gallons clean water.
3. Up to 5% bentonite powder or chips.
2.6 PRESSURE GROUTING EQUIPMENT
A. Pressure grouting equipment shall include a mixer and holdover agitator tanks.
Gages shall be provided to indicate pressure used. The mixer shall be provided with a meter capable of indicating to one-tenth of a cubic foot the volume of grout used. The grout pump shall be capable of pumping low viscosity grout.
2.7 CONSISTENCY
A. The consistency of grouts shall be that necessary to completely fill the space to be grouted for the particular application. Dry pack consistency is such that the grout is plastic and moldable but will not flow. Where "dry pack" is specified, it shall mean a grout of that consistency; the type of grout to be used shall be as specified herein for the particular application.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 310
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-118 Project No. C2201
2.8 MEASUREMENT OF INGREDIENTS
A. Measurements for cement grout shall be made accurately by volume using appropriate containers. Shovel measurement will not be allowed.
B. Prepackaged grouts shall have ingredients measured by means recommended by the manufacturer.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All surface preparation, curing, and protection of cement grout shall be as specified in Section 33 4000, “Storm Drainage Utilities”. The finish of the grout surface shall match that of the adjacent concrete.
B. The manufacturer of Class A non-shrink grout and epoxy grout shall provide on- site technical assistance upon request.
C. All mixing, surface preparation, handling, placing, consolidation and other means of execution for prepackaged grouts shall be done according to the printed instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer.
3.2 CONSOLIDATION
A. Grout shall be placed in such a manner, for the consistency necessary for each application, so as to assure that the space to be grouted is completely filled.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Prior to placement of any subsurface grout, Contractor shall notify USA to mark subscribing subsurface utilities in the vicinity of planned excavations and grouting. Use project drawings and make detailed site inspections to locate existing subsurface utilities prior to beginning grouting/excavation operations.
B. Grouting is to be done prior to shoring installation and prior to any dewatering.
C. Grout mix shall be designed and injected at pressures that will not damage adjacent utilities. No heave of ground surface shall be allowed and all existing utilities, pipelines, and structures shall be protected from damage during application and curing of grout. Install temporary elevation benchmarks in grouting areas and at suitable distances outside of grouting areas to provide reference checks against existing elevations . Monitor elevations of existing improvements including utilities during all grouting operations and maintain daily logs of cumulative changes in benchmark elevations.
D. Provide constant monitoring of existing gravity utilities to verify no inflow of grout during grout pumping operations. Immediately cease grout pumping if intrusion occurs. Contractor is responsible to remove grout from any affected utilities.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 311
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-119 Project No. C2201
E. Notify the City immediately if elevation changes greater than 0.25-inches occur and immediately cease all work in and around the affected area. Revise and resubmit grouting plan for review by the Engineer prior to continuation of work in the affected area.
F. Pump grout through grout injection casings until grout returns are noted in the next adjacent pre-drilled/drive grout injection casing.
G. Coordinate grout injection pressures (always to be less than pressures that could damage existing utilities), grout fluidity/set times and grout injection casing layout dimensions.
H. Maintain daily log of grouting operations including grout injection casing number, location, grouting pressure and rate, stage depth and grout quantity and batch used.
I. Samples shall be taken from each batch mixed and properly identified, stored and tested to verify that compressive strength is with specified range.
J. During and upon completion of grouting, the work area shall be cleaned and restored to original condition including adequate disposal of all generated waste and wastewater.
K. Repair the top of each grout injection hole to match existing pavement grade.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 312
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-120 Project No. C2201
SECTION 344133 – PEDESTRIAN WARNING LIGHTS
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. PEDESTRIAN WARNING LIGHTS consists of furnishing transportation, labor, materials, and equipment to:
1. Mount Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon components onto pole or overhang.
2. Wire components including solar panel, push button, control panel, and battery together.
3. Mount separate pedestrian push button to pole and trench wire connection to Rapid Rectangular Flashing Beacon unit.
4. Install appropriate signage with RRFB system.
5. Relocation of Street Light from Street light Pole to New RRFB Pole.
6. Removal of existing Street light pole.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (current edition):
• California Regulatory Signs:
W16-7
S1-1
R62E(CA)
• Pushbutton Location Area Figure 4E-3/4E-4
B. Caltrans Standard Details
• ES-7A
• ES-7B
• ES-7C
• ES-7M
• ES-11
C. Carmanah SC315 Solar User Manual
D. Caltrans Standard Specifcations
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect the manufacture or fabrication. The Engineer's inspection of the work does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the work. Errors or faults that are discovered during fabrication shall be corrected by the Contractor prior to installation.
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 313
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-121 Project No. C2201
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. 1B Pole:
1. Conform to Caltrans ES-7B
B. Push Button Post:
1. Conform to Caltrans ES-7A
C. Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon Hardware:
1. Carmanah SC315 Solar System (Optional push button with sign and sign mount and no confirmation light on light bar)
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Signage and RRFB system shall be complete for proper installation as shown on project plans and user manual.
B. Finished work shall be firm, well anchored, in true alignment, properly squared, with smooth clean uniform appearance, without holes, cracks, discoloration, distortion, stains, or marks
C. Construct work to eliminate burrs, dents, cutting edges, and sharp corners.
D. Except as indicated or directed otherwise, finish all surfaces smooth
E. Surfaces which are intended to be flat shall be without dents, bulges, oil canning, gaps, or other physical deformities
F. Surfaces which are intended to be curved shall be smoothly free-flowing to required shapes
G. Conceal all fasteners
H. Make access panels tight-fitting, light proof, and flush with adjacent surfaces
I. Carefully follow manufacturer’s recommended fabricating procedures regarding expansion or contraction, fastening, and restraining of acrylic plastic
J. Exercise care to ensure that painted, polished, and plated surfaces are unblemished in the finished work
K. Isolate dissimilar materials. Exercise particular care to isolate nonferrous metals from ferrous metals
L. All illumination shall be even and without hot spots
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 314
Technical Specifications Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Page TP-122 Project No. C2201
M. Ease all exposed metal edges.
N. Provide miscellaneous metal items required for completion of the work even though not shown or specified
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Guard against damaging existing pavements and planting where signage is to be installed.
B. Mount each light bar per manufacturer standards, mount pedestrian activated push buttons per MUTCD standards
C. Flashing beacons to be aimed toward drivers
D. Wirelessly connect RRFBs in the same area
E. Set up flash duration time per push button activation
F. For any pole foundation installations, sonotubes shall be used as necessary for protection of any existing utilities. Compensation for this work shall be included in the various other items of work and no separate payment will be made therefor.
3.2 CLEAN UP
A. Keep areas of work clean, neat and orderly at all times. Clean surfaces, inside and out.
Use approved cleaners if necessary to remove dirt.
B. Protective coverings and strippable films shall be removed at a time that will afford the greatest protection of the signage. Surfaces shall be cleaned to remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances.
C. Upon completion of work and before final acceptance, remove tools, surplus materials, apparatus, and debris from the site. Leave the site in a neat, and clean condition.
Wash, clean, and leave paved areas without stains.
3.3 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Upon completion of work, a final inspection for acceptance will be performed by the Engineer.
END OF SECTION
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 315
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 316
Upper
Elementary
1710
Arroyo
Avenue,
San
Carlos,
CA
94070
Phone:
(650)
632-8300•
Fax:
650-632-8339
arroyo.scsdk8.org
Mindy
Shelton,
Principal
Tracey
Olazar,
Secretary
March
12,
2024
City
of
San
Carlos
Attn:
Hanieh
Houshmandi,
Senior
Traffic
Engineer
600
Elm
Street
San
Carlos,
CA
94070
Subject:
Arroyo
Avenue
and
Chestnut
Street
Safe
Routes
to
School
Improvements
Project
Dear
Ms.
Houshmandi:
On
behalf
of
Arroyo
School,
I
am
writing
to
express
support
for
the
Arroyo
Avenue
and
Chestnut
Street
Safe
Routes
to
School
Improvements
Project
that
proposes
to
install
new
high
visibility
crosswalks
with
rectangular
flashing
beacons
and
curb
ramps.
Our
school
is
in
close
proximity
to
the
project
site.
This
project
significantly
increases
safety
for
our
students,
parents,
caregivers,
school
staff,
and
community
members
traveling
to
and
from
school,
the
youth
center
or
Burton
Park.
The
crosswalk
with
rapid
flashing
beacons
allows
the
intersection
at
Arroyo
Avenue
and
Chestnut
Street
to
be
accessible
and
a
safe
alternative
walking
path.
Further,
the
crosswalk
promotes
connectivity
between
our
school
and
City
facilities,
such
as
Burton
Park
and
the
Youth
Center.
Despite
our
best
efforts
to
encourage
the
use
of
crosswalks,
I
know
that
we
have
many
students
who
cross
at
this
intersection
anyway.
The
proposed
project
will
make
it
much
safer
for
them
to
do
so.
We
strongly
support
the
implementation
of
this
project
and
believe
it
will
increase
safety
for
our
students
and
families
using
this
route.
Sincerely,
Mindy
Shelton
Principal,
Arroyo
School
1710
Arroyo
Avenue
San
Carlos,
CA
94070
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 317
March 14, 2024
City of San Carlos
Attn: Hanieh Houshmandi, Senior Traffic Engineer
600 Elm Street
San Carlos, CA 94070
Subject: Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Project
Dear Ms. Houshmandi:
On behalf of the City of San Carlos Youth Center facility, I am writing to express support for the Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street Safe Routes to School Improvements Project that proposes to install new high visibility crosswalks with rectangular flashing beacons and curb ramps.
Our facility is in close proximity to the project site. This project significantly increases safety for our youth center drop-in participants, parents, caregivers, staff, and community members traveling to and from the Youth Center or Burton Park. The crosswalk with rapid flashing beacons allows the intersection at Arroyo Avenue and Chestnut Street to be accessible and a safe alternative walking path. Further, the crosswalk promotes connectivity between Central & Arroyo school and City facilities, such as Burton Park and the Youth Center.
We strongly support the implementation of this project and believe it will increase safety for our students and families using this route.
Sincerely,
Tyler Muela
Recreation Manager, City of San Carlos
1001 Chestnut Street
San Carlos, CA 94070
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 318
March15,2024
CityofSanCarlosAttn:HaniehHoushmandi,SeniorTrafficEngineer600ElmStreetSanCarlos,CA94070 Subject:ArroyoAvenueandChestnutStreetSafeRoutestoSchoolImprovementsProject DearMs.Houshmandi:OnbehalfofCentralMiddleSchool,I amwritingtoexpresssupportfortheArroyoAvenueandChestnutStreetSafeRoutestoSchoolImprovementsProjectthatproposestoinstallnewhighvisibilitycrosswalkswithrectangularflashingbeaconsandcurbramps.
Ourschoolisincloseproximitytotheprojectsite.Thisprojectsignificantlyincreasessafetyforourstudents,parents,caregivers,schoolstaff,andcommunitymemberstravelingtoandfromschool,theyouthcenterorBurtonPark.ThecrosswalkwithrapidflashingbeaconsallowstheintersectionatArroyoAvenueandChestnutStreettobeaccessibleandasafealternativewalkingpath.Further, thecrosswalkpromotesconnectivitybetweenourschoolandCityfacilities,suchasBurtonParkandtheYouthCenter.
Westronglysupporttheimplementationofthisprojectandbelieveitwillincreasesafetyforourstudentsandfamiliesusingthisroute.Sincerely, TomDomerPrincipal
757Cedar Street, SanCarlos, CA94070(650) 508-7321
8.d
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 319
CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: April 22, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Adopt a Resolution Appropriating $1,401,149.13 in Fiscal Year 2023- 24 from the Traffic Impact Fee (TIF) Reserve; Awarding the San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvement Project Phase III C1806; Authorizing the City Manager to Execute an Agreement with Kerex Engineering, Inc. in the Amount of $2,067,617.50; and Authorizing the Expenditure of a Contingency in an Amount Not to Exceed $413,523.50.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a Resolution appropriating $1,401,149.13 in Fiscal Year (“FY”) 2023-24 from the Traffic Impact Fee (TIF) Reserve, awarding the San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvement Project Phase III C1806 (“Project”), authorizing the City Manager to execute an agreement with Kerex Engineering, Inc. in the amount of $2,067,617.50, and authorizing the expenditure of a contingency in an amount not to exceed $413,523.50.
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
The Project is funded out of C1806, which has an available Project budget of $1,079,991.87 for FY 2023-24. An additional appropriation of $1,401,149.13 is needed from the TIF Reserve in FY 2023-24 to award and complete the Project with a twenty percent contingency.
Kerex Engineering, Inc. Contract $2,067,617.50
20% Contingency $413,523.50
Total Not to Exceed Amount $2,481,141.00
Project C1806 Available Budget $1,079,991.87
Additional Appropriation Needed from TIF Reserve $1,401,149.13 Total Revised Project C1806 Available Budget $2,481,141.00 The City of San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 8.50 establishes a Traffic Impact Fee to provide a source of funding for roadway and infrastructure improvements to mitigate impacts expected as a result of development projects. These funds are collected and accounted for in the General Capital Project Fund (Fund 0025) restricted reserve account. There are sufficient funds available to cover this request.
8.e
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 320
BACKGROUND:
In 2016, the Project was prioritized to address pedestrian safety after an incident resulted in a pedestrian fatality. The City Council approved the improvements in 2018, with the goals of addressing pedestrian safety along all of San Carlos Avenue, improving intersections and roadway safety, encouraging alternate modes of transportation, and improving connectivity for residents to downtown.
The Project along the north side of San Carlos Avenue was composed of three phases where Phase I included improvements between Wellington Drive to Alameda de las Pulgas, Phase II included improvements from Alameda de las Pulgas to Prospect Street, and Phase III included improvements from Beverly Drive to Wellington Drive.
Construction for Phases I and II were completed in 2021. Improvements for these phases included construction of sidewalk along the north side of San Carlos Avenue, new curb extensions and curb ramps at various intersections along the corridor, new traffic signals, and green infrastructure with minor landscape improvements, as well as improvement of existing bicycle facilities in accordance with the Bicycle and Pedestrian Master Plan and the installation of new traffic signage, traffic striping, and pavement markings.
Phase III of the Project will incorporate similar improvements as Phases I and II. Improvements for this Phase include construction of new sidewalk along both the north and south side of San Carlos Avenue, installation of a buffered green bike lane, green infrastructure to collect and treat surface stormwater runoff, new traffic signage, traffic striping, and pavement markings, and planting new street trees for beautification. Existing street parking and some existing structures such as decorative walls, landscaping, or other permanent structures within the right of way will be removed in order to install all proposed improvements.
Staff retained Bellecci & Associates, Inc. (“Consultant”) to provide engineering services and prepare the construction documents. Staff and the Consultant worked with site-adjacent residents and businesses during the preparation of construction documents to ensure the improvements would not result in any negative impacts.
ANALYSIS:
On February 27, 2024, the City advertised for bids for construction of the Project and bids were opened on March 26, 2024. Bids for the Project were received with the following results:
Contractor Bid Amount
Engineer’s Estimate $2,027,500.00
Kerex Engineering, Inc. $2,067,617.50
RK Engineering INC $2,175,365.00
Sposeto Engineering Inc. $2,198,667.00
Redgwick Construction Co. $2,331,188.50
The lowest responsible and responsive bid for the Project was submitted by Kerex Engineering, Inc. in the amount of $2,067,617.50.
After bid evaluations staff recommends awarding the contract to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder identified above, appropriating an additional $1,401,149.13 in FY 2023-24 from
8.e
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 321
the Traffic Impact Fee Reserve and authorizing the expenditure of a contingency in an amount not to exceed $413,523.50.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternatives available to the City Council include:
1. Adopt a Resolution appropriating $1,401,149.13 in FY 2023-24 from the TIF Reserve; awarding the San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvement Project Phase III C1806; authorizing the City Manager to execute an agreement with Kerex Engineering, Inc. in the amount of $2,067,617.50, and authorizing the expenditure of a contingency in an amount not to exceed $413,523.50; or
2. Do not adopt the Resolution; or
3. Provide staff with alternative direction.
Respectfully submitted by:
Steven Machida, Public Works Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):
1. Resolution
8.e
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 322
RESOLUTION NO. 2024 – ____
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS APPROPRIATING $1,401,149.13 IN FISCAL YEAR 2023-24 FROM THE TRAFFIC IMPACT FEE (TIF) RESERVE; AWARDING THE SAN CARLOS AVENUE PEDESTRIAN SAFETY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PHASE III C1806; AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE AN AGREEMENT WITH KEREX ENGINEERING, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $2,067,617.50; AND AUTHORIZING THE EXPENDITURE OF A CONTINGENCY IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $413,523.50.
WHEREAS, in 2016, the San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvements Project Phase III C1806 (“Project”) was prioritized to address pedestrian safety after an incident resulted in a pedestrian fatality; and
WHEREAS, the City Council approved the improvements in 2018 with the goals of addressing pedestrian safety along all of San Carlos Avenue, improving intersections and roadway safety, encouraging alternate modes of transportation, and improving connectivity for residents to downtown; and
WHEREAS, the Project along the north side of San Carlos Avenue was composed of three phases where Phase I included improvements between Wellington Drive to Alameda de las Pulgas, Phase II included improvements from Alameda de las Pulgas to Prospect Street, and Phase III included improvements from Beverly Drive to Wellington Drive; and WHEREAS, construction for Phases I and II were completed in 2021 with improvements that included constructing sidewalk along the north side of San Carlos Avenue, constructing new curb extensions and curb ramps at various intersections along the corridor, constructing new traffic signals, improving existing bicycle facilities in accordance with the Bicycle and Pedestrian Master Plan, installing new traffic signage, traffic striping, and pavement markings, and constructing green infrastructure with minor landscape improvements; and
WHEREAS, Phase III of the Project will incorporate similar improvements as Phases I and II including constructing new sidewalk along both the north and south side of San Carlos Avenue, installing a buffered green bike lane, installing green infrastructure to collect and treat surface stormwater runoff, installing new traffic signage, traffic striping, and pavement markings, and planting new street trees for beautification; and
WHEREAS, staff retained Bellecci & Associates, Inc. to provide engineering services and prepare the construction documents; and
WHEREAS, on February 27, 2024, the City advertised for bids for construction of the Project and bids were opened on March 26, 2024; and
WHEREAS, the lowest responsible and responsive bid was submitted by Kerex Engineering, Inc. in the amount of $2,067,617.50; and
WHEREAS, the City of San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 8.50 establishes a Traffic Impact Fee to provide a source of funding for roadway and infrastructure improvements to mitigate impacts expected as a result of development projects; and
8.e
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 323
WHEREAS, there are sufficient funds available in the Traffic Impact Fee Reserve to cover the additional appropriation of $1,401,149.13 requested.
NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby appropriates $1,401,149.13 in FY 2023-24 from the TIF Reserve; awards the San Carlos Avenue Pedestrian Safety Improvement Project Phase III C1806; authorizes the City Manager to execute an agreement with Kerex Engineering, Inc. in the amount of $2,067,617.50; and authorizes the expenditure of a contingency in an amount not to exceed $413,523.50. * * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 22nd day of April 2024, by the following vote:
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:
8.e
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 324
SUCCESSOR AGENCY TO RDA
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: April 22, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Accept and Authorize the Filing of the Housing Successor Agency Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2022-23.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that the City Council accept and authorize the filing of the Housing Successor Agency Annual Report for Fiscal Year (FY) 2022-23.
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
None for this action.
BACKGROUND:
The City of San Carlos is the Housing Successor Agency to the former San Carlos Redevelopment Agency (“Redevelopment Agency”), which was dissolved on February 1, 2012.
Each housing successor agency is required to prepare an annual report on how it is meeting requirements imposed by Health and Safety Code Section 34176.1.
The annual report is required to contain the following: (1) a summary of housing successor duties; (2) the balance of the Low and Moderate Income Housing Asset Fund (“Housing Asset Fund”); (3) an inventory of properties held in the Housing Asset Fund; and (4) reports on the City’s performance thus far in meeting the income and age proportionality requirements of Health and Safety Code Section 34176.1.
ANALYSIS:
The City is meeting all requirements imposed by Health and Safety Code Section 34176.1. The City’s progress on major requirements is summarized below.
Housing Asset Fund Activity
As of June 30, 2023, the Housing Asset Fund had a fund balance of approximately $8.7 million, of which $13,588 is cash. The remaining fund balance is comprised of notes receivable, land value, and bond proceeds.
The Housing Successor received $53,130 in revenues in FY 2022-23 comprised of deposits of investment income, interest income, and rents.
The City spent $130,731 in Housing Asset Funds on administrative expenses in FY 2022-23, which included professional services, property tax, property management fees, and building
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 325
maintenance.
No funds were spent on rapid rehousing in FY 2022-22.
In FY 2022-23, the Housing Successor spent $2,990,000 in construction loan funds for the construction of extremely low-income and very low-income units in the 817 Walnut project. The total amount spent from Housing Asset Funds on the 817 Walnut project in the five-year compliance period from July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2024 is $7,034,814. Of this amount, $4,221,322, or 60%, is attributed to the construction of extremely low-income rental units. The balance of $2,813,492, or 40%, is attributed to the construction of very low-income units.
Real Property Assets and Loans Receivables
The City, as housing successor, owns four properties that had a book value of $13,745,962 as of June 30, 2023. The 633 Elm Street Unit #305 was transferred from the former Agency, while two properties, 633 Elm Street Unit #405 and 1001 Laurel Street Unit #207, are Below Market Rate units purchased by the Housing Successor in FY 2016-17 and FY 2017-18.
In FY 2019-20, the City entered into a disposition, development, and loan agreement (DDLA) with a developer to ground lease the 817 Walnut property to allow for new affordable development.
The City loaned an additional $3.3 million to the developer in FY 2022-23, and accrued interest was 248,743. This increased the loans receivable held by the City to a total of $9,679,114.
Expenditure Proportionality Requirements
Expenditures from the Housing Asset Fund must meet specific proportionality requirements by income level and age. The City is meeting all requirements as detailed below:
•Administrative and monitoring expenses are capped at $200,000, adjusted annually for inflation based on the Consumer Price Index or 5% of the statutory value of real property and loans and grants receivable (“Portfolio”), whichever is greater. oAccording to California Department of Housing and Community Development (“HCD”), the FY 2022-23 limit adjusted for inflation is $254,500. The Housing successor also has a portfolio value of $23,425,077, 5% of which is $1,171,254.
This greater value is the Housing Successor's FY 2022-23 annual limit for administrative expenditures, which is well above the annual expenditures of $130,731.
•Up to $250,000 may be spent annually on rapid rehousing solutions for homelessness.
The Housing Successor did not spend any funds on this category in FY 2022-23. •If Housing Asset Funds are spent on housing projects and programs, within each five-year compliance period:
oAt least 30% must be spent on extremely low-income households (earning up to 30% of the Area Median Income);
oNo more than 20% may be spent on low-income households (earning 60-80% of the Area Median Income); and
oNo monies may be spent on moderate or above moderate-income households (earning more than 80% of the Area Median Income).
•In FY 2022-23, the Housing Successor spent $2,990,000 in construction loan funds for the construction of extremely low-income and very low-income units in the 817 Walnut project. The total amount spent from Housing Asset Funds on the 817 Walnut project in the five-year compliance period from July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2024 is $7,034,814.
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 326
Of this amount, $4,221,322, or 60%, is attributed to the construction of extremely low- income rental units. The balance of $2,813,492, or 40%, is attributed to the construction of very low-income units. All development-related expenditures in the first five-year compliance period were spent on the construction of extremely low-income and very low- income rental units. Therefore, the five-year compliance period income targets were met. •No more than 50% of rental housing units assisted by the City or the former Redevelopment Agency in the prior 10 years may be restricted to seniors. None of the extremely low-income or very low-income units assisted by the Housing Successor at 817 Walnut are restricted to seniors.
Excess Surplus
The Housing Asset Fund is subject to excess surplus requirements, which are designed to ensure that Housing Asset Funds are being spent and not underutilized. Excess surplus is defined as “an unencumbered amount in the account that exceeds the greater of one million dollars, or the aggregate amount deposited into the account during the housing successor’s preceding four fiscal years, whichever is greater.” San Carlos had no excess surplus for FY 2022-23. Under the terms of a DDLA executed in FY 2018-19 for the 817 Walnut project, the City committed $7.3 million to assist with constructing extremely low-income and very low-income rental units, with the majority of the funding coming from the Housing Successor. Approximately $4 million was expended in FY 2019-20, $21,100 was expended in FY 2021-22, and $3 million was expended in FY 2022-23.
If the City has an excess surplus in the future, it must be spent or encumbered within three fiscal years. If the City fails to comply, the City would need to transfer any remaining excess surplus to HCD within 90 days after the end of the third fiscal year.
Conclusion
The City is meeting all requirements imposed by Senate Bill 341 and related legislation. It will continue to maintain assets transferred from the former Redevelopment Agency as required by law.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternatives available to the City Council include:
1. Receive and authorize the filing of the Housing Successor Agency Report for FY 2022- 23; or
2. Do not receive and authorize the filing of the Housing Successor Agency Report for FY 2022-23; or
3. Provide staff with alternative direction.
Respectfully submitted by:
Al Savay, Community Development Director
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 327
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):
1. Housing Successor Agency Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2022-23
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 328
HOUSING SUCCESSOR ANNUAL REPORT
City of San Carlos
Fiscal Year 2022-23
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 329
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................... 1 THE CITY AS HOUSING SUCCESSOR ................................ ................................ .............................. 1 SCOPE OF THIS HOUSING SUCCESSOR ANNUAL REPORT ................................ ........................... 1 ASSETS TRANSFERRED TO HOUSING SUCCESSOR ................................ ................................ ...... 1 BACKGROUND ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ . 2 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS PERTAINING TO HOUSING SUCCESSORS ................................ ............... 2 PERMITTED USES OF HOUSING ASSET FUNDS ................................ ................................ ............. 3 LIMITS ON THE ACCUMULATION OF HOUSING FUNDS (EXCESS SURPLUS) ................................ . 5 HOUSING ASSET FUND ACTIVITY ................................ ................................ ................................ ... 6 EXPENDITURES ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................... 6 SENIOR HOUSING LIMIT COMPLIANCE ................................ ................................ .......................... 7 DEPOSITS AND FUND BALANCE ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 7 EXCESS SURPLUS ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................... 8 TRANSFERS TO OTHER HOUSING SUCCESSORS ................................ ................................ .......... 9 HOUSING SUCCESSOR PORTFOLIO ................................ ................................ ............................... 9 PROPERTY DISPOSITION STATUS ................................ ................................ ................................ 10 HOMEOWNERSHIP UNIT INVENTORY ................................ ................................ ........................... 11 APPENDIX 1 – HOUSING ASSET TRANSFER FORM ................................ ................................ ...... 13 APPENDIX 2 - HOUSING SUCCESSOR ANNUAL REPORT REQUIREMENTS ................................ . 14 APPENDIX 3 – HOUSING ASSET FUND EXPENDITURE REQUIREMENTS ................................ ..... 15
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 330
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 1
INTRODUCTION
This Housing Successor Agency Annual Report (“Annual Report”) presents information on Fiscal Year (“FY”) 2022-23 expenditures and activities as required by Health and Safety Code (“HSC”) Section 34176.1(f), including but not limited to a housing successor’s compliance with certain expenditure activities over the year as well as a five -year planning period. This Annual Report is required of any housing successor to a former redevelopment agency.
THE CITY AS HOUSING SUCCESSOR
The City of San Carlos (“City”) is the Housing Successor Agency (“Housing Successor”) to the former San Carlos Redevelopment Agency (“Agency”). The Housing Successor is responsible for maintaining housing assets transferred from the former Agency. Its main goal is to provide affordable housing for City of San Carlos (“City”) residents.
The Annual Report is an addendum to the City’s Housing Element Annual Progress Report. Both are due to the California Department of Housing and Community Development (“HCD”) by April 1 annually and must be accompanied by an independent financial audit. The City’s audited financial statements will be posted on the City website when available.
SCOPE OF THIS HOUSING SUCCESSOR ANNUAL REPORT
This Annual Report is limited to the City’s activities as it relates to its role as a housing successor. This may include, but is not limited to, financial activities, property disposition, loan administration, monitoring of covenants, and affordable housing development. This Annual Report describes compliance with various annual, five-year, and ten-year housing expenditure and production requirements. FY 2019-20 is the first year of the current five -year compliance period for income proportionality, which begins July 1, 2019 and ends June 30, 2024.
ASSETS TRANSFERRED TO HOUSING SUCCESSOR
Upon the statewide dissolution of redevelopment in 2012, all rights, powers, committed assets, liabilities, duties, and obligations associated with the housing activities of the Agency were transferred to the Housing Successor. The Housing Successor prepared and submitted to the California Department of Finance (“DOF”) an inventory of housing assets to be transferred from the former Agency. The inventory was enumerated on a Housing Asset Transfer Form (“HAT”) which included:
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 331
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 2
1. Real Properties;
2. Personal Property;
3. Loans Receivables; and
4. Rents/Operations.
All items on the HAT were reviewed and approved by DOF on September 5, 2012. Once approved by DOF and as directed by law, the Housing Successor transferred these assets to the Low and Moderate Income Housing Asset Fund (“Housing Asset Fund”, Fund 31). The Housing Successor inherited four real properties and other assets from the former Agency; over time, these assets will be disposed or retired in accordance with state law and any applicable agreements.
A copy of the HAT is provided as Appendix 1.
BACKGROUND
This section summarizes the legal requirements for use of housing successor assets that are addressed in this Annual Report.
LEGAL REQUIREMENTS PERTAINING TO HOUSING SUCCESSORS
In general, housing successors must comply with three major requirements pursuant to HSC Section 34176.1:
1. Expenditures and housing production are subject to income and age targets.
2. Housing successors may not accumulate an “excess surplus,” or a high cash balance based on certain thresholds.
3. Properties must be developed with affordable housing or sold within five to ten years of the California Department of Finance approving the Housing Asset Transfer Form.
Appendix 2 provides a detailed summary of the reporting requirements that are addressed in this Annual Report.
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 332
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 3
PERMITTED USES OF HOUSING ASSET FUNDS
Pursuant to HSC Section 34176.1, Housing Asset Funds may be spent on:
• Administrative costs for operation of the housing successor agency. The law allows a housing successor to spend the greater of:
o $200,000 per year adjusted for inflation, or
o 5% of the statutory value of real property owned by the housing successor and the value of loans and grants receivable from the HAT (“Portfolio”), whichever is greater.
According to HCD, the $200,000 limit adjusted for inflation in FY 2022 -23 is $254,500. The Housing Successor’s FY 2022-23 Portfolio value was $23,425,077, 5% of which is $1,171,254.
Therefore, the FY 2022-23 administrative cost limit for the San Carlos Housing Successor is the higher figure of $1,171,254.
• Homeless prevention and rapid rehousing services up to $250,000 per year if the former Agency did not have any outstanding housing inclusionary or replacement housing production requirements. The Housing Successor qualifies because t he former Agency had a surplus of affordable housing production units upon dissolution.
• Affordable housing development assisting households up to 80 percent of the Area Median Income (“AMI”), subject to specific income and age targets.
Five-Year Income Proportionality: Any Housing Asset Funds may be spent on development of affordable housing projects affordable to low -, very low -, and extremely low-income households. “Development” is defined in HSC Section 33413 as new construction, acquisition, rehabilitation, or the preservation of affordable housing developments.
Over each successive five-year compliance period beginning in 2014, at least 30 percent of such development expenditures must assist extremely low-income households (30% AMI) , while no more than 20 percent may assist low-income households (between 60-80% AMI).
The balance of the funds may be used on very low-income households (defined as households earning between 30% and 60% of AMI).
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 333
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 4
The Housing Successor was compliant with Housing Asset Fund income proportionality expenditure requirements during the first five -year compliance period from January 1, 2014, through June 30, 2019. The current (second) five-year compliance period is July 1, 2019 to June 30, 2024.
Note that housing successors must report expenditures by category each year, but compliance with income proportionality limits is measured every five years. For example, a housing successor could spend all its funds in a single year on households earning between 60-80% AMI, as long as it was 20 percent or less of the total expenditures during the five-year compliance period.
Should a housing successor not spend at least 30% of its development expenditures for extremely low-income households, or exceeds the amount spent on low-income households, future expenditures are subject to greater restriction until these proportionality targets are met.
Specifically, if a housing successor is unable to spend at least 30% of its development expenditures on extremely low-income units, it is required to increase this spending to 50% until compliant with the 30% threshold; a housing successor that spends more than 20% of its development expenditures on low-income units cannot spend any further funds on low- income developments until it is at or below the 20% threshold.
As such, tracking these expenditures and their progress over the corresponding five -year period is an important function of this Annual Report.
Ten-Year Age Proportionality on Units Assisted: If more than 50% of the total aggregate number of rental units produced by the City, Housing Successor, or former Agency during the past 10 years are restricted to seniors, the Housing Successor may not spend more Housing Asset Funds on senior rental housing.
It is important to stress that Housing Successor expenditure and production requirements are measured on different timeframes:
• One-Year Limits: Administrative Allowance and Homeless Prevention Allowance. Compliance evaluated annually and resets every year.
• Five-Year Limit: Expenditures by Income Level. Compliance evaluated over a fixed five -year period set by law, the current period being July 1, 2019 to June 30, 2024.
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 334
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 5
• Ten-Year Limit: Number of Senior Deed-Restricted Units Assisted. Compliance evaluated based on a rolling ten -year period that is different every year, the current period being FY 2020-21 to 2030-31.
Appendix 3 describes Housing Asset Fund expenditure requirements in more detail, including the types of costs eligible in each category.
LIMITS ON THE ACCUMULATION OF HOUSING FUNDS (EXCESS SURPLUS) State law limits how much cash a housing successor may retain and, if it fails to commit and spend these dollars in a reasonable timeframe, ultimately penalizes the housing successor by requiring unspent funds to be transferred to HCD for use on State housing programs.
HSC Section 34176.1(d) establishes a limit, known as an “excess surplus” on the amount of unencumbered Housing Asset Funds based on the greater of the following:
• $1,000,000, or
• The total amount of deposits made into the Housing Asset Fund over the preceding four years.
Only amounts in excess of this threshold are considered an excess surplus. Once an excess surplus is determined, a housing successor must account for these funds separately and encumber said monies within three years. If after the third year the excess surplus has not been fully encumbered, the remaining balance of the excess surplus is to be transferred to HCD within 90 days. HCD is permitted to use these transferred excess surplus funds anywhere in the State under its Multifamily Housing Program or the Joe Serna, Jr. Farmworker Housing Grant Program.
The concept of excess surpluses carries over from the era prior to dissolution of Redevelopment Law, when redevelopment agencies often were receiving substantial amounts of deposits from the mandatory housing set -aside of 20% of tax increment revenues. Tod ay, excess surpluses are generally less common because housing successors no longer receive deposits comparable to the pre -dissolution period.
As part of the Annual Report, a housing successor must disclose any excess surplus and describe the housing successor’s plan for eliminating this excess surplus.
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 335
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 6
HOUSING ASSET FUND ACTIVITY
This Annual Report describes Housing Successor related activity in the Housing Asset Fund based on audited numbers by an independent auditor.
The Housing Successor entered FY 2022-23 with approximately $1.85 million in Housing Asset Fund cash and expended approximately $130,731 during the year on administration costs and $2,990,000 in additional construction loan funds towards the 817 Walnut project.
EXPENDITURES
The Housing Successor complied with all Housing Asset Fund expenditure limits in FY 2022-23, as described and shown in Table 1 below.
Table 1: Housing Asset Fund Expenditures
• Administrative costs of $ 130,731 did not exceed the maximum amount for FY 2022-23. The annual limit for administration expenditures in FY 2022-23 is $1,171,254, which represents 5% of the City’s current statutory value of real properties and loan receivables. • No homeless prevention or rapid rehousing expenses were made in FY 2022-23. • In FY 2022 -23, t he Housing Successor spent $2,990,000 in construction loan funds for the construction of extremely low-income and very low-income units in the 817 Walnut project. The total amount spent from Housing Asset Funds on the 817 Walnut project in the five -year compliance period from July 1, 2019, through June 30, 2024 is $ 7,034,814. Of this amount, Fiscal Year 2022-23 Housing Asset Fund Expenditures
San Carlos Housing Successor
Admin/ Rapid Ext. Low Other Ext. Low Very Low Low
Compliance Period Expenditures Monitoring Rehousing Rental Units Units ≤30% AMI >30% <60% 60-80% AMI Total Expenditures $130,731 $0 $0 $0 $4,221,322 $2,813,492 $0 SB 341 Limitation2
$1,171,254 $250,000 >30% <70% >30% N/A <20%
Compliant (Yes/No) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes N/A Yes
1 The Admin/Monitoring and Rapid Rehousing amounts are annual Limits. Expenditures by income level are five-year limits 2 The Successor has complied with the Annual Limits each year of the compliance period Source: Low and Moderate Income Housing Fund Trial Balance Summary by Fund (6/30/23) and City Response to Data Request Five-Year Period (2019-20 through 2023-24)Annual Limits1
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 336
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 7
$4,221,322 or 60% is attributed to the construction of extremely low -income rental units . The balance of $2,813,492 or 40% is attributed to the construction of very low-income units.
All development -related expenditures in the first five -year compliance period were spent on the construction of extremely low -income and very low -income rental units. Therefore, the five -year compliance period income targets were met. The Housing Successor will ensure it continues to meet all expenditure requirements going forward in the current five -year compliance period of July 1, 2019, through June 30, 2024. Failure to comply with the extremely low -income requirement in any five -year compliance period means the Housing Successor will have to ensure that 50 percent of remaining funds be spent on extremely low -income rental units. Exceeding the expenditure limit for low -income households earning between 60 -80% AMI in any five -year reporting period means the Housing Successor will not be able to expend any funds on these income categories until in compliance.
SENIOR HOUSING LIMIT COMPLIANCE
The Housing Successor complies with a limit allowing no more than 50 percent of the total aggregate number of rental units produced within the preceding ten years to be restricted to seniors. The Housing Successor, City, and former Agency have only assisted one affordable housing project in the prior ten years, which is the 817 Walnut street project. None of the extremely low-income or very low-income units assisted by the Housing Successor at 817 Walnut are restricted to seniors as shown in Table 2.
Table 2: Deed Restricted Units Assisted in last 10 Years, FY 2022-23
DEPOSITS AND FUND BALANCE
The Housing Successor deposited $53,130 into the Housing Asset Fund during FY 2022-23. Revenues were mainly from investment income, interest income, and rents as shown in Table 3.
Property1,2 Senior Units % Non-Senior
Units % Total Units
817 Walnut Street 0 0% 24 100% 24
Total 0 0% 24 100% 24
Total Deed-Restricted Senior Units: 0%
1 This list only includes units identified as senior-restricted living in the Housing Element. 2 This list only includes units that had a ground lease executed within the last 10 years.
Source: City of San Carlos
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 337
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 8
Table 3: Housing Asset Fund Deposits, FY 2022-23
The Housing Asset Fund balance as of June 30, 2023, was $8.7 million as summarized in Table 4. Of this amount, the cash balance was $13,588.
Table 4: Housing Asset Fund – Ending Balance as of June 30, 2023
EXCESS SURPLUS
The Housing Asset Fund may not accumulate an “excess surplus”, or an unencumbered cash balance that exceeds the greater of either $1 million or the sum of deposits in the prior four fiscal years. This requirement ensures that housing successors are actively spending available Housing Asset Funds on affordable housing.
As shown in Table 5, The Housing Successor does not have an excess surplus. Under the terms of a Disposition Development and Loan Agreement ("DDLA") executed in FY 2018 -19 for the 817 Walnut Balance Type Amount
Investment Income 13,306$
Interest Income 4,167$
Rents 35,628$
Miscellaneous 29$
Total 53,130$
Source: City of San Carlos
Balance Type Amount
Cash 13,588$
Notes Receivable 9,679,114
Accounts Receivable 364,067
Bond Proceeds -
Accounts Payable -
Miscellaneous -
Land Held for Resale1 972,829
Deferred Revenue (2,300,471)
Deposits due from Tenants (1,529)
Ending Balance 8,727,597$
Source: City of San Carlos, Fund 31 accounting records
1Excludes the value of 817 Walnut reported in Table 3 that is accounted for outside of Fund 31.
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 338
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 9
project, the City committed $7.3 million to assist with constructing extremely low-income and very low- income rental units, with the majority of the funding coming from the Housing Successor. Approximately $4 million was expended in FY 2019-20, $21,100 was expended in FY 2021-22, and $3 million was expended in FY 2022-23.
Table 5: Excess Surplus Calculation FY 2022-23
The Housing Successor did not have an excess surplus at the end of FY 2022-23.
TRANSFERS TO OTHER HOUSING SUCCESSORS
There were no transfers to another housing successor entity for a joint project pursuant to HSC Section 34176.1.
HOUSING SUCCESSOR PORTFOLIO
The Housing Successor Portfolio includes four properties and four loans receivable transferred from the former Agency. The Portfolio had a value of $23,425,077 as of FY 2022-23, as detailed in Table 6.
Step 1: Determine Unencumbered Cash Balance From Financials FY 22-23 Beginning Cash Balance 1,848,412$
Less: Encumbered Funds 1,848,412$
Unencumbered Amount -$
$1 Million, or 1,000,000$
Last 4 years' deposits 1,699,547$
2021-22 29,843$
2020-21 234,163$
2019-20 1,258,114$
2018-19 177,427$
Result: Larger Number 1,699,547$
Step 3: Excess Surplus is Amount Step 1 Exceeds Step 2, if Any (1) Unencumbered Amount -$
(2) Less: Larger Number From Step 2 1,699,547$
Excess Surplus None
Source: City of San Carlos
Step 2: Determine Greater of $1M or Last 4 Deposits
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 339
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 10
Table 6: Portfolio Value of Real Properties and Loans Receivable FY 2022-23
The City, as housing successor, owns four properties that had a book value of $13,745,962 as of June 30, 2023. The 633 Elm Street Unit #305 was transferred from the former Agency, while two properties, 633 Elm Street Unit #405 and 1001 Laurel Street Unit #207, are Below Market Rate units purchased by the Housing Successor in FY 2016-17 and FY 2017-18.
In FY 2019-20, the City entered into a DDLA with a developer to ground lease the 817 Walnut property to allow for new affordable development. The City loaned an additional $3.3 million to the developer in FY 2022-23, and accrued interest was 248,743. This increased the loans receivable held by the City to a total of $9,679,114.
PROPERTY DISPOSITION STATUS
HSC Section 34176(e) requires that all real properties acquired by the Agency prior to February 1, 2012 and transferred to the Housing Successor be developed for affordable housing purposes or disposed of within five years from the date DOF approved the HAT, or September 5, 2017. The City has met this requirement.
The Agency transferred four real properties to the City on the HAT:
Asset Amount
Real Properties
633 Elm Street Unit 305 354,999$
633 Elm Street Unit 405 377,987
1001 Laurel Street #207 239,843
817 Walnut Street 12,773,133
Subtotal 13,745,962$
Loans Receivable
Laureola Oaks 1,402,897$
1244 Cherry Street 100,000
717 Cedar 293,962
817 Walnut Street 7,882,255
Subtotal 9,679,114$
Total Portfolio Value 23,425,077$
Source: City of San Carlos, Fund 31 and Fund 90 accounting records
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 340
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 11
• 817 Walnut Street : The property was formally transferred to the City via a grant deed dated January 5, 2015. In FY 2019-20 the City entered into a DDLA with Walnut Street L.P. to redevelop the site from a 6-unit to a 24-unit apartment complex, of which 6 units are affordable to extremely low-income households.
• 633 Elm Street, Unit 305: This condominium unit continues to be operated as affordable housing and is leased to a low-income tenant.
• 657 Walnut Street: This 7-unit multi-family apartment complex was transferred from the Housing Successor to a developer in January 2017 for the Wheeler Plaza development project. The sales proceeds were deposited to the Housing Asset Fund.
• 1245-1265 San Carlos Avenue: This is a commercial property that was included on the HAT in error. It was subsequently included in the Successor Agency’s Long Range Property Management Plan and sold pursuant to a compensation agreement approved by DOF and affected taxing entities.
HOMEOWNERSHIP UNIT INVENTORY
Table 7 presents an inventory of homeownership units assisted by the Housing Successor that require restrictions, covenants, or an adopted program that protects Housing Asset Fund monies.
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 341
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 12
Table 7: Homeownership Unit Inventory
Address # Units
Covenant
Recorded
Covenant
Expires
3327 Brittan #7 1 1/13/07 1/13/52
641 Cedar Street #101 1 8/5/06 8/5/51
641 Cedar Street #202 1 6/14/06 6/14/51
633 Elm #106 1 3/20/02
633 Elm #107 1 2/12/00
633 Elm #206 1 ???
633 Elm #207 1 1/21/00
633 Elm #215 1 4/27/00
633 Elm #216 1 1/14/00
633 Elm #305 1
633 Elm #306 1 1/21/00
633 Elm #307 1 4/2/05
633 Elm #316 1 1/28/00
633 Elm #405 1 12/21/02
618 Walnut #303 1 11/18/04
618 Walnut #305 1 8/17/01
#102 1 7/2/19 7/2/64
#105 1 11/15/18 11/15/63
#106 1 8/18/06 8/30/51
#107 1 9/21/06 9/29/51
#109 1 1/2/07 1/12/52
#203 1 6/20/06 6/29/51
#204 1 6/20/06 6/29/51
#205 1 6/20/06 6/29/51
#207 1 11/16/05 12/3/50
#209 1 8/2/06 8/22/51
#213 1 11/27/07 1/12/53
#218 1 11/27/07 12/12/52
#222 1 3/29/07 4/13/52
#225 1 1/8/08 1/22/53
#322 1 6/20/06 6/28/51
#325 1 6/20/06 6/29/51
#203 1 9/11/18 9/11/63
#304 1 8/10/18 8/10/63
#306 1 8/13/18 8/13/63
Total Restricted Units 35
Source: City of San Carlos
777 Walnut Street
In perpetuity w/
Resale Purchase
Option
Pacific Hacienda
1001 Laurel Street
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 342
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 13
APPENDIX 1 – HOUSING ASSET TRANSFER FORM
The Housing Asset Transfer Form is attached as a separate document.
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 343
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 14
APPENDIX 2 - HOUSING SUCCESSOR ANNUAL REPORT
REQUIREMENTS
Health and Safety Code Section 34176.1(f)
Housing Asset
Fund
Revenues &
Expenditures
Total amount deposited in the Housing Asset Fund for the fiscal year.
Amount of deposits funded by a Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule (“ROPS”).
Statement of balance at the close of the fiscal year.
Description of Expenditures for the fiscal year, broken out as follows:
• Homeless prevention and rapid rehousing
• Administrative and monitoring
• Housing development expenses by income level assisted
Description of any transfers to another housing successor for a joint project.
Other Assets
and Active
Projects
Description of any project(s) funded through the ROPS.
Update on property disposition efforts (note that housing successors may only hold property for up to five years, unless it is already developed with affordable housing).
Other “portfolio” balances, including:
• Statutory value of any real property either transferred from the former Agency or purchased by the Housing Asset Fund
• Value of loans and grants receivable
Inventory of homeownership units assisted by the former Agency or the housing successor that are subject to covenants or restrictions or to an adopted program that protects the former Agency’s investment of monies from the Low and Moderate Income Housing Fund.
Obligations &
Proportionality
Description of any outstanding production obligations of the former Agency that were inherited by the Housing Authority.
Compliance with proportionality requirements (income group targets), which must be upheld on a five-year cycle.
Percentage of deed-restricted rental housing restricted to seniors and assisted by the former Agency, the Housing Authority, or the City within the past ten years compared to the total number of units assisted by any of those three agencies.
Amount of any excess surplus, and, if any, the plan for eliminating it.
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 344
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 15
APPENDIX 3 – HOUSING ASSET FUND EXPENDITURE
REQUIREMENTS
Housing Asset Fund Expenditure Requirements
Health and Safety Code Section 34176.1
Expense
Category Limits Allowable Uses
Administration
and
Compliance
Monitoring
$1,171,254
maximum for
FY 2022-23
(limit varies
each year)
Administrative activities such as:
• Professional services (consultant fees, auditor fees, etc.) • Staff salaries, benefits, and overhead for time spent on Housing Successor administration
• Compliance monitoring to ensure compliance with affordable housing and loan agreements
• Property maintenance at Housing Successor -owned
properties
Capped at $200,000 adjusted annually for inflation or 5% of the statutory value of real property owned by the housing successor and the value of loans and grants receivable from the HAT (“Portfolio”), whichever is greater.
Homeless
Prevention
and
Rapid
Rehousing
Solutions
$250,000
maximum per
fiscal year
Services for individuals and families who are homeless or would be homeless but for this assistance, including:
• Contributions toward the construction of local or regional homeless shelters
• Housing relocation and stabilization services including housing search, mediation, or outreach to property owners • Short-term or medium-term rental assistance
• Security or utility deposits
• Utility payments
• Moving cost assistance
• Credit repair
• Case management
• Other appropriate activities for homelessness prevention and rapid rehousing of persons who have become homeless.
Affordable
Housing
Development
No spending
limit, but must
comply with
income and
age targets
“Development” includes:
• New construction
• Acquisition and rehabilitation
• Substantial rehabilitation
• Acquisition of long-term affordability covenants on multifamily units
• Preservation of at-risk units whose affordable rent restrictions would otherwise expire over the next five years
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 345
San Carlos Housing Successor Annual Report 2022-23 16
Housing Asset Fund Expenditure Requirements
Health and Safety Code Section 34176.1
Expense
Category Limits Allowable Uses
Income
Targets
Every five years (currently FYE 2020-2024), Housing Asset Funds must meet income targets:
• At least 30% on extremely low income rental households (up to 30% AMI or “Area Median Income”)
• No more than 20% on low income households (60-80% AMI)
Moderate and above moderate income households may not be assisted (above 80% AMI).
Failure to comply with the extremely low income requirement in any five-year compliance period will result in having to ensure that 50 percent of remaining funds be spent on extremely low income rental units until in compliance.
Exceeding the expenditure limit for low households earning between 60-80% AMI in any five-year reporting period will result in not being able to expend any funds on these income
categories until in compliance.
Age Targets For the prior ten years (resets every year), a maximum of 50% of deed-restricted rental housing units assisted by the Housing Successor or its host jurisdiction may be restricted to seniors.
If a housing successor fails to comply, Housing Asset Funds may not be spent on deed-restricted rental housing restricted to seniors until in compliance.
8.f
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 346
CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: April 22, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Adopt a Resolution Authorizing the City Manager to Take Action Necessary to Participate in the Employment Risk Management Authority Joint Powers Authority (ERMA JPA).
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a Resolution authorizing the City Manager to take action necessary to participate in the Employment Risk Management Authority Joint Powers Authority (ERMA JPA).
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
There is no fiscal impact and no additional appropriation is necessary at this time.
The total cost to participate in the ERMA JPA is approximately $106,000 for Fiscal Year 2024-25 for the $50,000 self-insured retention level. These costs are paid for from the Risk Management Internal Service Fund (Fund 0033). There are sufficient funds available to cover these costs.
BACKGROUND:
The City of San Carlos is a member of the Pooled Liability Assurance Network Joint Powers Authority (PLAN JPA). The PLAN JPA allows members to benefit the citizens of their community by establishing a stable, cost-effective self-insurance, risk sharing, and risk management program.
However, the PLAN JPA Liability Memorandum of Coverage does not include coverage for employment practices liability (EPL), which includes coverage to protect against certain employment-related practices that are not covered by general liability insurance, such as harassment, discrimination, violence, and other workplace misconduct.
ERMA is a statewide risk sharing pool comprised of ten joint powers authorities that provides coverage and loss prevention services to California public entities. It has been in operation since July 1999, and provides programs and coverage for more than 200 public entities throughout the state. In February 2020, PLAN JPA joined ERMA. PLAN JPA gave options to individual PLAN members to decide whether to participate in the ERMA program. Currently, there are five PLAN members in the ERMA program.
ANALYSIS:
ERMA is a self-insured joint powers authority created for the sole purpose of Employment Practices Liability Coverage. ERMA is comprised of various public entities who risk share up to $1 million against potentially unlawful employment practices and discrimination claims. Members also have additional excess Employment Practices Liability of $3 million, totaling $4 million in
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 347
coverage.
Aside from administration and litigation of workplace misconduct claims such as harassment, discrimination, or unlawful hiring practices, ERMA reduces employment practices liability risk through the following member services:
Attorney Hotline: ERMA partners with the law firms Liebert Cassidy Whitmore and Jackson Lewis, P.C., to provide an attorney hotline service. Members can ask questions and receive professional consultation regarding labor and employment law related issues.
Each member is assigned to one of the two law firms for hotline services and receives up to one hour of free legal advice per month.
Training: ERMA offers live training workshops on topical employment-related issues conducted by staff and partner law firms. These include but are not limited to AB1825 and SB1343 harassment and discrimination prevention training as well as AB1234 Ethics training. This service also includes access to a host of online training modules. ERMA also provides members with access to a training and loss control reimbursement program.
Each member is allowed reimbursement of up to $2,500 annually for eligible human resource and employment-related training and loss control expenditures. Anonymous Employee Reporting: ERMA provides employees with a toll-free number to report anonymous incidents of employment-related workplace misconduct such as harassment, discrimination, and retaliation.
ERMA formed primarily because government entities have not historically been able to secure EPL coverage at a competitive cost through the commercial insurance marketplace. ERMA has met all the high professional standards established by the California Association of Joint Powers Authorities (CAJPA) in the areas of governance, finance, claims control, safety, and loss control and ERMA is fully accredited by CAJPA. CAJPA’s accreditation process requires reviews by independent consultants in the areas of accounting, claims adjusting, and actuarial analysis.
Participation in a risk sharing pool like ERMA is financially beneficial as members help spread the risk, which helps reduce fluctuations and stabilize expenses related to employment liability costs.
Services in this program also help reduce employment practices liability. It is in the best interest of the City to become a member of ERMA for the purpose of obtaining Employment Practices Liability coverage.
In order to be considered by the ERMA Board of Directors for inclusion, the City is required to submit a letter of intent to participate, complete a liability application, submit seven years of audited financial statements, and provide employment practices loss information. In addition, ERMA also requires that City of San Carlos pass a resolution expressing its desire and commitment to participate in ERMA, which requires a three-year minimum participation period. If approved, coverage will start July 1, 2024.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternatives available to the City Council include:
1. Adopt a Resolution authorizing the City Manager to take action necessary to participate in the Employment Risk Management Authority Joint Powers Authority (ERMA JPA); or
2. Do not adopt the Resolution; or
3. Provide staff with alternative direction.
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 348
Respectfully submitted by:
Rebecca Mendenhall, Administrative Services Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):
1. Resolution to Participate in ERMA
2. ERMA Quick Reference Handbook
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 349
RESOLUTION NO. 2024 – ____
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS
AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO TAKE ACTION NECESSARY TO PARTICIPATE IN THE EMPLOYMENT RISK MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY (ERMA JPA).
WHEREAS, the City of San Carlos wishes to obtain Employment Practices Liability coverage beginning July 1, 2024; and
WHEREAS, Employment Risk Management Authority (ERMA) is a self-insured joint powers authority created for the sole purpose of employment practices liability coverage; and WHEREAS, ERMA is comprised of various public entities who risk share up to $1 million against potentially unlawful employment practices and discrimination claims; and WHEREAS, ERMA was formed primarily due to the fact that government entities have not historically been able to secure employment practices liability (EPL) coverage at a competitive cost through the commercial insurance marketplace; and
WHEREAS, ERMA has met all of the high professional standards established by the California Association of Joint Powers Authorities (CAJPA) in the areas of governance, finance, claims control, safety, and loss control and ERMA is fully accredited by CAJPA. CAJPA’s accreditation process requires reviews by independent consultants in the areas of accounting, claims adjusting, and actuarial analysis; and
WHEREAS, ERMA provides services to both joint powers insurance authorities and individual public entities; and
WHEREAS, the City of San Carlos has determined that it is in its best interest to become a member of ERMA for the purpose of obtaining EPL coverage; and WHEREAS, ERMA requires the City of San Carlos to pass a Resolution expressing its desire and commitment to participate in ERMA, which requires a three year minimum participation period. The City of San Carlos also understands it will be bound by the provisions in the ERMA Joint Powers Agreement just as though it were fully set forth and incorporated herein whether our entity had signed it individually or through an underlying joint powers insurance authority.
NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby approves participation in ERMA and that the City Manager, on behalf of the City of San Carlos, is hereby authorized to take any and all actions necessary to implement the foregoing Resolution. * * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 22nd day of April 2024, by the following vote:
AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 350
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 351
Updated June 2023
Quick
Reference
Handbook
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 352
Updated June 2023
WELCOME TO ERMA
On behalf of the Board of Directors of the Employment Risk Management Authority (ERMA), we would like to welcome you to ERMA. As set forth in our mission statement, ERMA is the premier authority for employment liability coverage protecting California public entities. ERMA reduces employment practices liability (EPL) risk through comprehensive and innovative training and the valuable resources provided to our members.
This Quick Reference Handbook contains information about the scope of services available to members, ERMA’s Litigation Management Program, Claim Reporting Procedures, and other important information about the program. We are also pleased to offer an up- to-date and user - friendly website that allows members to view the calendar, access governing documents, access claim reporting forms, and print agendas and minutes of the Board of Directors’ meetings. Staff is always available to answer any questions you may have.
Through our commitment to preventative training, member relationships, and active litigation management, ERMA is fulfilling its mission. We look forward to working with you!
John Gillison, President
Rob Kramer, Executive Director
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 353
Updated June 2023
ABOUT ERMA
ERMA is a Joint Powers Authority organized and existing in accordance with the laws of the State of California. For more information about the program and the services available to members, visit our website. To register for access to the member portal, select “ Reach Us ” and complete the requested fields.
Staff:
Rob Kramer, Executive Director
(916) 244-1117, [email protected]
Yvette Flama, Analyst
(916) 290-4629, [email protected]
Stacey Sullivan, Litigation Manager
(916) 244-1125, [email protected]
Julia Byrd, Litigation Analyst
(916) 290-4627, [email protected]
Chee Xiong, Finance Manager
(916) 290-4620, [email protected]
Annette DuRand, Senior Accountant
(916) 244-1157, [email protected]
For training-related inquiries, please email [email protected].
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 354
Updated June 2023
MEMBER SERVICES
We are pleased to offer our members a variety of services to help them reduce and manage their EPL risk.
Attorney Hotline
ERMA partners with the law of firms Liebert Cassidy Whitmore and Jackson Lewis, P.C., both of whom specialize in public entity employment law, to provide an attorney hotline service. The hotline provides members with an avenue to a sk questions and receive professional consultation regarding labor and employment law related issues. Each member is assigned to one of the two law firms for hotline services and receives up to one-hour of free legal advice per month.
Both law firms will assist members with day -to-day employment related issues. Hotline questions should be those of a routine nature regarding terminations, leaves of absence, harassment allegations, etc., and are restricted to the issues and areas of law that could become cov ered occurrences under the Memorandum of Coverage (MOC). The attorney will inform the caller if the subject of a hotline call is not covered by the service. The firms will not provide policy or handbook reviews, conduct legal research on more than a simple question, or write letters of opinion, etc., as part of the hotline service. If you are uncertain as to your assigned attorney firm, please contact [email protected]
.
Attorney Hotline contact information for Liebert Cassidy Whitmore and Jackson Lewis, P.C.:
Liebert Cassidy Whitmore
(800) 645-2696
Jackson Lewis, P.C.
(888) 375-3762
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 355
Updated June 2023
Training
Employment-related training is a hallmark of our loss prevention program. We offer live training workshops on topical employment-related issues conducted by staff and our partner law firms. We also provide members with access to a host of online training modules via ERMANet.
Live Training (Individual/Regional)
Each program year, we offer in-person or webinar-based regional trainings throughout the state on harassment and discrimination prevention. The workshops are AB 1825 and SB 1343- compliant and focus upon preventing the behaviors that can lead to harassment and discrimination claims, as well the problem-solving skills necessary for creating positive workplace environments. A schedule of the regional dates and locations is available on the website.
Additionally, to meet the needs of individual members, we offer a limited number of individual trainings each program year. These works hops will be scheduled based upon member needs, requests and availability.
Online Training
We also offer several on -line training modules through ERMANet . These include AB 1825 and SB 1343 (English & Spanish) harassment training, AB 1234 ethics training, and a suite of modules related to human resources and supervisory skills
Training & Risk Management Program
ERMA provides member agencies with access to a training and loss control reimbursement program. Each member is allowed reimbursement of up to $2,500 annually for eligible human resource and employment -related training and loss cont rol expenditures. Please visit the ERMA website to review Frequently Asked Questions and/or submit a request for reimbursement. If you are uncertain if your expenditure is eligible for reimbursement, please review the contact [email protected].
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 356
Updated June 2023
Anonymous Employee Reporting
ERMA provides employees of member agencies with a toll- free number to report anonymous incidents of employment-related workplace misconduct such as harassment, discrimination, and retaliation.
Each agency is assigned a unique code for use of the Employee Protection Line (“reporting line”). Employees may make anonymous reports , but will need to supply their designated entity code so the report may be routed to the appropriate agency.
Any messages received are transcribed and transmitted to the appropriate a gency representative.
Each member’s designated reporting line contact may download a variety of materials and resources from ERMANet, including a poster that populates a QR code with unique entity code.
If you are uncertain as to your agency’s reporting line code or would like assistance with accessing these resources, please contact [email protected].
The toll-free Employee Protection Line may be accessed by calling (800) 576-5262.
Employees may also make a report online.
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 357
Updated June 2023
Compliance with AB 1825 and SB 1343
Pursuant to Government Code §12950.1, and ERMA Resolution No. 2021-5, all members are required to comply with state-mandated harassment and discrimination prevention training AND training record retention requirements. Members are required to maintain the required records of all AB 1825 and SB 1343 training, ERMA does not separately maintain these records.
Effective July 1, 2010, for any claim that is submitted which relates to sexual harassment, the member is required to provide documentation evidencing they have substantially complied with harassment training as mandated by Government Code Section 12950.1. Substantial compliance is defined as having 90% of all supervisory, non -supervisory and elected and/or appointed officials trained as of the date of occurrence of the claim. For members with less than ten supervisory and non-supervisory employees and/or local agency official, substantial compliance is defined as having all but one employee or local agency official trained. any member that fails to comply with the mandated harassment training or that fails to provide documentation evidencing compliance shall be subject to an increase imposed upon its self-insured retention (SIR) for the submitted claim.
In addition, the Board of Directors will have discretion to consider lac k of compliance as a factor in determining whether a member should be subject to a risk assessment.
As the live trainings are sponsored by ERMA, members are strongly encouraged to attend regional trainings in their area.
Regular training of all employees and local agency officials in the area of EPL prevention has the positive effect of improving the identification, response and prevention of wrongful employment conduct.
Please consult the website for additional resources and services as well as a link to the training compliance survey (open from January 1st – June 30th).
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 358
Updated June 2023
REPORTING CLAIMS
Notifying ERMA of a Claim
Members have a duty and obligation to notify ERMA in writing of a claim within thirty (30) days of receipt by the member of such notice by an employee. The definition of a Claim is set forth in the MOC in Section II. Claim is generally defined to mean an oral or written notice to the covered party, which asserts allegations of wrongful employment practices (including but not limited to harassment, discrimination, wrongful termination or demotion, invasion of privacy, violation of constitutional rights and defamation).
Claims include, for example, notice of an administrative charge filed with the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the California Department of Labor, a government tort claim that alleges a wrongful employment practice as defined in the MOC (such as harassment, discrimination, or wrongful termination), a letter from an attorney or other employee representative alleging a wrongful employment practice, and internal claims by an employee of harassment, discrimination, retaliation, or other wrongful employment practices. In general union grievances and administrative appeals by employees are not covered; however, if a grievance or appeal of a disciplinary decision alleges a wrongful employment practice, it is advisable to notify the Litigation Manager for an evaluation as to whether the claim should be reported.
The written notice to ERMA (Claim Reporting Form) shall contain the following information:
• Member entity
• Identity of the claimant employee(s) and the identity of any accused employee(s) • Time, place, and circumstances surrounding the incident • Names and addresses of witnesses (if any)
Notifying ERMA of a Lawsuit
If a member is served with a lawsuit, in addition to the information above, the member is obligated to immediately forward every demand, notice, summons, or other process received by it or its representative. In practically all circumstances, ERMA will be aware of potential litigation by a previously reported claim; however, ERMA must be immediately notified of any employment- related lawsuit filed against a member. Please email your notice to Stacey Sullivan, ERMA Litigation Manager, at [email protected].
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 359
Updated June 2023
Late Reporting
Pursuant to the MOC, failure to comply with the reporting requirements can result in a claim or lawsuit not being covered. Therefore, it is important to notify ERMA of all claims within the 30- day time period. If a claim is deemed late, you will be notified, and you will have a right to appeal the determination to the Board of Directors. For additional information, the MOC and other governing documents may be accessed on the website.
In order to assist members in reporting claims on a timely basis and to answer questions you may have regarding what types of employee complaints are covered, and how and when to report a claim, please contact the Litigation Manager.
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 360
Updated June 2023
INVESTIGATION AND DEFENSE OF A CLAIM
Investigations
In cases where investigation of a claim by an independent third party is warranted, members must first report the claim and obtain approval from the Litigation Manager prior to engaging an investigator, in order for any expenses related to the investigation to count toward the member’s SIR. ERMA limits the hourly rate that may be charged by independent investigators. Please submit the desired investigator’s resume to the Litigation Manager prior to retention. Upon approval of the investigator by the Litigation Manager, the member will be provided a form “Scope of Investigation” letter which will set forth the parameters of the investigation. ERMA has a list of investigators on its website who have experience in employment -related investigations and who have agreed to contract rates. The Investigators list is provided as a resource for members when choosing a workplace investigator. This is not a pre-approved list, and approval for the use of an investigator is provided on a claim -by-claim basis. Please note that fees incurred for the use of a non-approved investigator will not apply to the member’s SIR for the claim.
Defense of the Claim
When a claim is reported, ERMA will acknowledge the claim and open a file. The Litigation Manager will assign defense counsel to the claim after consulting with the member entity.
ERMA maintains a panel of Approved Defense Counsel, all of whom are employment law experts. All panel defense firms have been appointed by the Board of Directors and have agreed to bill for their services at approved billing rates. Members must use a member of the Defense Panel on all claims for any legal fees and costs to count toward the member’s SIR. ERMA’s governing documents provide that if a member retains its own counsel who is not one of the defense panel firms, the member shall be solely responsible for that counsel’s fees and costs, and the member shall be deemed to have waived any rights to defense and indemnity coverage for that particular litigation.
Please contact the Litigation Manager for further information.
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 361
Updated June 2023
LITIGATION MANAGEMENT
Pursuant to the MOC, claims and litigation are directed and managed by the Litigation Manager.
A Litigation Management Program (LMP) which establishes guidelines to ensure professional, competent, and cost-effective handling of the defense of claims and lawsuits has been established pursuant to Resolution 2020-3.
The following are some of the requirements of the LMP:
• Member must use approved service providers;
• Assignment to defense counsel shall be made by the Litigation Manager after consultation with the entity;
• Member shall bear the financial responsibility of the defense expenses, including fees, until such time as its retained limit is exhausted;
• Defense Counsel must agree to and comply with the requirements of the LMP (status reports, billing guidelines prior approval for certain expenses, self-performance evaluations, etc.); and
• Settlements must have prior approval of both the entity and the Litigation Manager.
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 362
Updated June 2023
PROCEDURE FOR TRACKING
EXHAUSTION OF SIR (NON-VCJPA MEMBERS)
Every member has an SIR established each year at the time of the adoption of the MOC.
Each member is responsible for all fees, costs, and expenses associated with the defense of a claim until the member’s SIR has been satisfied. Approved defense firms are required to provide ERMA with copies of all billings, including those within the members’ SIR, in order to ensure that ERMA can properly track the expenditures on all claims. Once a member has satisfied their SIR, ERMA will begin making claim expense payments on behalf of the member. If a member is required to make a payment that exceeds the SIR in order to fully satisfy the SIR, ERMA will reimburse the member for any overpayments.
Expenses and costs incurred by a member will only be credited toward the member’s SIR if they used approved service providers (e.g., investigators, defense counsel, etc.). Failure to use approved counsel or service providers may not only result in no credit being given toward SIR satisfaction but also may result in loss of coverage for the claim.
PROCEDURE FOR TRACKING
EXHAUSTION OF SIR (VCJPA MEMBERS ONLY)
Participating VCJPA members have an SIR of $25,000, which is paid by the VCJPA general liability pool.
The VCJPA is responsible for all fees, costs, expenses, etc., associated with the defense of a VCJPA claim until the member’s SIR has been satisfied. Approved defense firms provide both the member agency and ERMA with copies of all billings, including those within the member’s SIR, in order to ensure that ERMA can properly track the expenditures on all claims. Once the VCJPA SIR has been satisfied, ERMA will begin making claim expense payments on behalf of the member.
IT IS IMPORTANT TO NOTE THAT NO VCJPA MEMBER SHOULD PAY OUT OF POCKET FOR ANY ERMA-COVERED CLAIM.
Expenses and costs incurred by a member will only be credited toward the VCJPA SIR if the member used approved service providers (e.g., investigators, defense counsel, etc.). Failure to use approved counsel or service providers may not only result in no credit being given toward SIR satisfaction but also may result in loss of coverage for the claim.
Staff will work with all members to resolve any SIR tracking issues and to answer any questions.
8.g
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 363
CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: April 22, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Deny Claim of John Hickey.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that the City Council deny the claim of John Hickey as recommended by the Sedgwick representative.
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
None for this action.
BACKGROUND:
This item is coming before the Council to act on the claim submitted by John Hickey. Staff recommends that the City Council deny the claim based on Sedgwick’s guidance.
The Tort Claims Act. California Government Code Sections 900, seq., mandates that all claims for money or damages against a public entity must be presented in writing to the public entity prior to filing suit. Generally, claims concerning personal injury, wrongful death, damage to personal property, or damage to crops must be presented to the public within six (6) months of the accrual of the claim. All other claims, principally claims on contracts and damage to real property, are subject to a one-year statute of limitations for presentation of the tort claim. Once a tort claim is received by the public entity, the entity has forty-five (45) days to act on the claim. A claim can be settled or rejected. If no action is taken within 45 days, the claim is deemed rejected by operation of law on the last day.
Claims Processing in San Carlos. When the City receives a claim, the claim is immediately forwarded to claims examiners at Sedgwick for investigation. After Sedgwick investigates the claim, Sedgwick provides a recommendation to the City on the handling of the claim.
About Sedgwick. Sedgwick is a leading global provider of technology-enabled risk, benefits and integrated business solutions. In July 2019, Sedgwick acquired York Risk Services Group (“York”).
York was originally hired through the Pooled Liability Assurance Network Joint Powers Authority (“PLAN JPA”), and Sedgwick will continue claims administration services to provide claims administration services to the City. The City Council approved the City’s participation in the PLAN JPA (previously known as the Association of Bay Area Government Pooled Liability Assurance Network or “ABAG PLAN”) on November 27, 2017 and designated the Administrative Services Director and Senior Management Analyst as primary and alternate PLAN JPA Board members.
8.h
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 364
ANALYSIS:
Claimant John Hickey filed a claim against the City for bodily injury when he tripped and fell on a crosswalk. The claimant alleges that on February 15, 2024, he tripped and fell over a “defect" in the crosswalk at Laurel Street and San Carlos Avenue. He is claiming $420 for Kaiser Hospital emergency charges and an ambulance co-pay.
Public Works staff patched the crosswalk immediately after the incident. However, the City did not have any prior complaints about the condition of the crosswalk at the loss location.
Government Code Section 835 provides immunities when there was no known prior notice to the City of a “hazardous condition“. Therefore, the City does not have any liability. For that reason, Sedgwick recommends formal rejection of John Hickey‘s claim.
The Council’s rejection of this claim does not prevent City staff or the staff of Sedgwick from continuing to work with the claimant to resolve the dispute.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternatives available to the City Council include:
1. Deny claim of John Hicky; or
2. Do not deny claim of John Hickey; or
3. Provide staff with alternative direction.
Respectfully submitted by:
Rebecca Mendenhall, Administrative Services Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):
1. Hickey, J. Claim Form
8.h
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 365
DocuSign Envelope ID: 02140C01-66E3-4ABA-8971-671D7D6EDBBA City of San Carlos
City Claim Form for all
Persons or Property
MAIL TO: CITY OF SAN CARLOS
ATTN: Crystal Mui, City Clerk
600 Elm Street
San Carlos, CA 94070-1309
1. CLAIMS FOR DEATH, INJURY TO PERSON, OR TO PERSONAL PROPERTY MUST BE FILED NOT LATER THAN SIX (6) MONTHS AFTER THE OCCURRENCE (GOV'T. CODE, SEC. 911.2).
2. CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES TO REAL PROPERTY MUST BE FILED NOT LATER THAN ONE YEAR AFTER THE OCCURRENCE (GOV'T. CODE SEC. 911.2).
3. ATTACH SEPARATE SHEETS, IF NECESSARY TO GIVE FULL DETAILS.
NAME OF CLAIMANT: 20h" Hickey
CLAIMANT’S ADDRESS!
Street Apt. No City State Zip
EMAIL: hii
HOME PHONE: i CELL PHONE: WORK PHONE:
ADDRESS WHERE NOTICES SHOULD BE SENT IF DIFFERENT FROM ABOVE:
Name Street Apt. No City State Zip
EMAIL IF DIFFERENT FROM ABOVE:
AMOUNT OF CLAIM ¢ 9420 Kaiser ER charge plus ambulance co-pay (477 ach COPIES OF BILLS/ESTIMATES) IF AMOUNT CLAIMED IS MORE THAN $10,000, INDICATE WHERE JURISDICTION RESTS:
LIMITED CIVIL CASE UNLIMITED CIVIL CASE
DATE OF INCIDENT: 02/15/2024 Time: 04:30PM
Crosswalk at Laurel and San Carlos going to The UPS Store. See photo.
LOCATION OF INCIDENT:
DESCRIBE THE INCIDENT OR ACCIDENT INCLUDING YOUR REASON FOR BELIEVING THAT THE CITY IS LIABLE
FOR YOUR DAMAGES
In the afternoon around 4 PM on 02/15/2024, | was carrying a large, but lightweight box, to the UPS Store on San Carlos Avenue when | tripped and fell. A defect in the crosswalk was the culprit. See attached photo.
DESCRIBE ALL DAMAGES WHICH YOU BELIEVE YOU HAVE INCURRED AS A RESULT OF THE INCIDENT Lacerations to ring and pinky fingers of both hands requiring 6 stitches and an overnight stay in Kaiser Hospital.
NAME(S) OF PUBLIC EMPLOYEE(S) CAUSING THE DAMAGES YOU ARE CLAIMING:
WERE POLICE AT SCENE? YES. no__*
DATED: _March 3, 2024 SIGNED: a
ANY PERSON WHO, WITH INTENT TO DEFRAUD, PRESENTS ANY FALSE OR FRAUDULENT CLAIM MAY BE PUNISHED BY IMPRISONMENT OR FINE OR BOTH.
8.h
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 366
CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: April 22, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Adopt Ordinance 1614 Amending San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter
2.24 - Commissions, to Update the Meeting Frequency for the Economic Development Advisory Commission.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that the Council adopt Ordinance 1614 amending San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 2.24 to state that the Economic Development Advisory Commission (EDAC) shall meet quarterly at a minimum.
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
None.
BACKGROUND:
San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 2.24.080 Meetings - Frequency, states that “Each commission or board shall hold regular meetings, not less than one each month, at the Council chambers of the City Hall of San Carlos or at such other place as may be convenient and necessary. The time and day of such meetings shall be as set from time to time by each commission or board.”
However, Chapter 2.24.260 C.2 states that “EDAC shall establish rules and regulations for its own procedures and shall meet a minimum of four times per year, and whenever else it determines to be necessary.”
Historically, EDAC met at City Hall on a monthly basis. At times, the Commission faced difficulty establishing a quorum at monthly meetings, requiring last-minute cancellations on the day of a meeting. When staff approached Commissioners on strategies to ensure more regular attendance at meetings, the Commissioners proposed reducing the number of regularly scheduled meetings.
In 2021, the Commission began meeting five times per year and now effectively meets on the fourth Tuesdays of January, March, May, August, and October.
On April 8, 2024, the City Council held the first reading of Ordinance 1614.
ANALYSIS:
Since adopting this reduced meeting schedule, staff has found attendance at EDAC meetings to be more stable and has not faced issues establishing a quorum at regularly scheduled meetings.
However, while SCMC Chapter 2.24.260 states that EDAC must only meet a minimum of four times per year, Chapter 2.24.080 states that all commissions must meet no less than once a
8.i
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 367
month, with the exception of the Parks, Recreation and Culture Commission. For this reason, EDAC has continued to send out cancellation notices for the months during which it does not meet.
Staff proposes an amendment to the Municipal Code to add EDAC as an exception to the monthly meeting requirement alongside the Parks, Recreation and Culture Commission and aligning Chapter 2.24.260 with Chapter 2.24.080. This amendment will also mean that the City is no longer required to send cancellation notices for the months during which EDAC is not scheduled to meet.
If approved, EDAC’s regular meeting times will be the fourth Tuesdays of January, March, May, August, and October at 4:00 p.m.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternatives available to the City Council include:
1. Adopt Ordinance 1614 amending San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 2.24 - Commissions to update the meeting frequency for the Economic Development Advisory Commission; or
2. Do not adopt the proposed Ordinance; or
3. Provide staff with alternative direction.
Respectfully submitted by:
Al Savay, Community Development Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):
1. Ordinance 1614 with Exhibit A
8.i
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 368
2 3
9 5
ORDINANCE NO. 1614
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS AMENDING SAN CARLOS MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 2.24 – COMMISSIONS, TO UPDATE THE MEETING FREQUENCY FOR THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ADVISORY COMMISSION.
SECTION 1. Findings. The City Council of the City of San Carlos does hereby find and declares as follows:
WHEREAS, San Carlos Municipal Code Section 2.24 establishes the Commissions and Boards in San Carlos; and
WHEREAS, the City Council desires to provide more opportunities for residents of San Carlos to serve on commissions, committees, and boards and to hear more diverse opinions and input when considering issues that come before the City Council; and WHEREAS, the Economic Development and Advisory Commission has effectively been meeting five times per year for the last three years and the City Council deems this an appropriate time to formally adjust the Commissions meeting frequency to a minimum of four times per year.
NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of San Carlos as follows:
SECTION 2: The City Council hereby approves the Municipal Code Ordinance amendment attached as Exhibit A.
SECTION 3: CEQA. This Ordinance is exempt from additional environmental review pursuant to California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3); under the general rule that CEQA applies only to projects, which have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Where it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment, the activity is not subject to CEQA.
SECTION 4: Severability. The City Council hereby declares that it would have passed this Ordinance sentence by sentence, paragraph by paragraph, and section by section, and does hereby declare that any provisions of this Ordinance are severable and if for any reason any sentence, paragraph or section of this Ordinance shall be held invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining parts of this Ordinance.
SECTION 5: Publication and Effective Date. This Ordinance shall be published and posted according to law and shall take effect and be in force from and after 30 days after its passage and adoption.
* * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance was introduced on the 8th day of April, 2024 and passed and adopted as an Ordinance of the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a regular meeting thereof held on the 22 nd day of April, 2024 by the following vote:
8.i
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 369
2 3
9 5
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
____________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
Exhibit A: Amendments to San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 2.24 AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:
8.i
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 370
2 3
9 5
EXHIBIT A – AMENDMENT TO SAN CARLOS MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 2.24 –
COMMISSIONS
(New language is shown with bold underline. Removed language is shown in strikethrough)
2.24.080 Meetings—Frequency.
Each commission or board shall hold regular meetings, not less than one each month, at the Council chambers of the City Hall of San Carlos or at such other place as may be convenient and necessary. The time and day of such meetings shall be as set from time to time by each commission or board. Each commission or board shall hold such additional meetings as it deems advisable. If at any time any regular meeting falls on a holiday, such regular meeting shall be held on the next business day. The Parks, Recreation and Culture Commission and the Economic Development Advisory Commission shall be required to meet only quarterly.
2.24.260 Economic Development Advisory Commission.
C. Organization and Terms of Office.
1. At the initial meeting of EDAC, and yearly thereafter, the Commissioners shall elect the Chairperson, Vice Chairperson, a Secretary and other such officers as deemed necessary by the Commissioners. The Chairperson shall preside at all meetings of EDAC.
The Vice Chairperson shall perform the duties of the Chairperson when the Chairperson is absent. In the event of a vacancy in the Chairperson’s position, the Vice Chairperson shall succeed as Chairperson for the balance of the Chairperson’s term and the Commission shall elect a successor to fill the vacancy of the Vice Chairperson.
2. EDAC shall establish rules and regulations for its own procedures and shall meet a minimum of four times per year quarterly at a minimum, and whenever else it determines to be necessary.
8.i
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 371
CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: April 22, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Receive the Annual Update on Police Services 2023.
RECOMMENDATION:
This report is submitted for information purposes only.
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
None.
BACKGROUND:
The San Mateo County Sheriff’s Office has been contracted to provide law enforcement services to the City of San Carlos since October 2010. A provision of the contract requires the Sheriff’s Office to provide a report to the City Council with an overview of police services and an annual summary of crime data. This report will satisfy that requirement.
In 2023, Captain Kristina Bell departed from the San Carlos bureau of the Sheriff’s Office, and we welcomed Captain Mark Myers as the Chief of Police Services. Captain Myers' strategic goals for police services in 2023 were to reduce traffic collisions, prevent crime through enforcement and education, improve bicycle and pedestrian safety, and prioritize personnel wellness. The Bureau's efforts were focused on developing effective strategies and allocating resources to enhance enforcement and educate the community.
The 2023 report will offer a comprehensive overview of public interest information, crime trends, traffic statistics, and an overview of community initiatives and involvement. We hope this report will demonstrate our ongoing efforts and commitment to transparency and accountability. We are developing a strategic plan to anticipate our community’s public safety needs in the next few years. The bureau will continue to utilize technology and tools responsibly, which we believe are in the best interest of protecting our community. In addition, we have increased efforts to invest in our staff with new wellness initiatives and professional development opportunities.
ANALYSIS:
CRIME SUMMARY:
As of September 1, 2021, the Sheriff's Office has moved to the National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS). NIBRS was implemented to enhance the quality of crime data collected by law enforcement, promising remarkable benefits to policymakers, public safety professionals, researchers, and the public. NIBRS captures totaling 22 crime categories, including homicide,
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 372
rape, burglary, identity theft, drugs, and weapon offenses. Compared with the Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) system's eight Part 1 index crimes, NIBRS expands the range of offenses collected and provides a comprehensive picture of crime and victimization in a community.
NIBRS also offers demographic data about victims and offenders, including age and race, that was previously unavailable through UCR. Additionally, NIBRS documents hate crimes, registering details such as the crime's time and location, the victim's characteristics, and whether an arrest was made. NIBRS also collects additional information about relationships, bias motivation, gang involvement, and suspected drug and alcohol use by the offender. These changes will bring improved detail and a more transparent approach to crime reporting for the public in the future.
As we transition to NIBRS, our historical UCR crime data will no longer serve as valid comparisons due to new reporting requirements.
For additional information on NIBRS:
https://www.fbi.gov/how-we-can-help-you/more-fbi-services-and-information/ucr/nibrs For offense definitions:
https://ucr.fbi.gov/nibrs/2018/resource-pages/nibrs_offense_definitions-2018.pdf Group A Offenses:
Crimes Against Persons
Number of Cases
2022
Number of Cases
2023
Homicide Offense
Murder/Non-Negligent Manslaughter 1 0
Negligent Manslaughter 0 1
Justifiable Homicide 0 0
Sexual Offenses
Forcible Rape 12 6
Forcible Sodomy 4 3
Sexual Assault with An Object 2 5
Forcible Fondling 10 8
Assault Offenses
Aggravated Assault 34 31
Simple Assault 49 69
Intimidation 15 18
Kidnapping/Abduction 4 4
Sex Offenses (Non-Forcible)
Incest 0 0
Statutory Rape 1 1
Human Trafficking
Commercial Sex Acts 0 0
Involuntary Servitude 0 0
Crimes Against Persons Total 132 146
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 373
132
776
276
146
820
263
0 100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Crimes Against Persons Crimes Against Property Crimes Against Society 2022 2023
Group A Offenses
Group A Offenses:
Crimes Against Property
Number of Cases
2022
Number of Cases
2023
Robbery 11 10
Burglary/B&E 77 82
Residential Burglaries* 28 26
Commercial Burglaries* 49 56
Larceny/Theft Offenses 367 393
Vehicle Burglaries* 77 52
Motor Vehicle Theft 59 59
Arson 0 2
Destruction of Property 109 114
Counterfeiting/Forgery 19 14
Fraud Offenses 109 101
Embezzlement 1 7
Extortion/Blackmail 1 1
Bribery 0 0
Stolen Property Offenses 23 37
Crimes Against Property Total 776 820
*The highlighted offenses are informational only and are not included in the total number of cases Group A Offenses:
Crimes Against Society
Number of Cases
2022
Number of Cases
2023
Drug/Narcotics Offenses
Drug/Narcotic Violations 130 125
Drug/Narcotic Equip. Violations 142 136
Gambling Offenses 0 0
Prostitution Offenses 4 2
Crimes Against Society Total 276 263
Below is a graph of the City of San Carlos’ Group A Offenses for the past two years:
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 374
DISCUSSION:
As seen in the above data, crime rates have remained consistent overall from 2022 to 2023, with some noted differences in specific offenses. The data points towards an 11% increase in crimes against persons during this period. Interestingly, this includes a 21% reduction in sexual offenses and an 8% drop in aggravated assaults. There was also a substantial 41% increase in cases of simple assault. It is unclear what factors led to these increases in certain crimes, but it is possible that behavioral health challenges like substance abuse and mental health could have contributed.
Furthermore, it is worth noting that rising social and economic challenges, such as the state's growing homelessness problem, may be a factor. In short, crime trends do not occur in isolation from broader social and economic forces.
Property crimes have increased by a modest 6% between 2022 and 2023. However, San Carlos has observed a decline in residential and vehicle burglaries during this time. We have implemented numerous burglary deterrence measures, including using automated license plate reader (ALPR) cameras and deploying burglary suppression details. Also, the importance of the residents employing basic crime prevention actions cannot be overemphasized. This includes not leaving valuables in vehicles, being mindful of one’s surroundings, and promptly reporting criminal activity.
There has been a notable decrease in reported crimes against society overall, with a significant decline in drug and narcotic offenses between 2022 and 2023. The sustained reduction in such crimes warrants further investigation; however, it is worth mentioning that the police bureau has been consistently conducting proactive patrols. Additionally, there have been increased efforts to arrest individuals caught with narcotics rather than simply citing and releasing them. This approach allows the individuals to receive the necessary aid and resources to address their addictions.
When analyzing these crime statistics, it's important to consider the challenges of transitioning from UCR to NIBRS and introducing personnel to a new crime data collection method. NIBRS requires a greater level of data entry and understanding of the new code values. Some may find the NIBRS fields to be less user-friendly, which could result in challenges with accurate coding during its induction. It's important to remember that the accuracy of the data is dependent on the quality of the input, and we will continue to support personnel with using the NIBRS system and expect to see an increase in data accuracy and our ability to predict trends in the years to come.
CLEARANCE RATES:
Group A Offenses under NIBRS clears crimes through arrest or exceptional means. An incident can be cleared by arrest if one offense is part of a multiple-offense incident. Offenses may also be administratively closed.
1) Cleared by Arrest – An incident cleared by arrest must meet the following conditions:
a) At least one suspect is arrested
b) The arrestee is charged with the commission of the offense c) The arrestee is turned over to the court system for prosecution and adjudication 2) Cleared by Exceptional Means – The following four (4) conditions must be met to clear an offense by this category:
a) Clearly and definitely established the identity of at least one (1) offender
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 375
67%
19%
97%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
Crimes Against Persons Crimes Against Property Crimes Against Society 2023
Clearance Rates
b) Sufficient probable cause to support an arrest, charge, and turn the offender over to the court for prosecution
c) The offender’s exact location must be identified so that they may be taken into custody d) Circumstances outside the control of law enforcement that prevent the arrest, charge, and prosecution of the offender. Examples of exceptional clearance include but are not limited to, the following: (1) Death of the offender, (2) Victim’s refusal to cooperate with the prosecution after the offender has been identified (3) Prosecution declined for a reason other than lack of probable cause
The clearance rates are calculated by dividing the number of crimes that are "cleared" by the total number of crimes recorded and multiplying the result by 100.
Below is a graph of the 2023 clearance rates for Group A Offenses in San Carlos:
ADDITIONAL CRIME STATISTICS:
Data from calendar year 2023, unless otherwise noted
1976 683
Original Reports Documented Total Arrests
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 376
4:09
3:54
4:07
4:02 4:03
4:10
4:17 4:16
4:07
4:23
3:36
3:43
3:50
3:57
4:04
4:12
4:19
4:26
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023
Emergency Response Times
PUBLIC SAFETY COMMUNICATIONS (DISPATCH):
The communications center answers both 911 and non-emergency calls from the public and provides dispatching services to the City of San Carlos. Dispatchers are a critical component of communicating with our community. In addition to communicating with deputies and bureau staff, dispatchers direct the appropriate resources (medical aid, law enforcement, etc.) to emergencies and other calls for service.
11,992
Total 911, Emergency and
Non-Emergency Calls
Received by Dispatch for
San Carlos
117 11,875
Total Number of Emergency Calls Total Number of Non-Emergency Calls RESPONSE TIME:
The graph below lists our response times to emergency calls for service within the City of San Carlos over the past ten years. Emergency calls are defined as “Immediate” (Priority 1) calls in progress that require an immediate response, and there is reason to believe that the immediate presence of the police is essential to save a life. According to the Department of Justice, several studies have found that if the police take less than 5 minutes to respond to a call involving a crime, the probability of making an arrest is 60 percent. When the time exceeds 5 minutes, the arrest probability drops to approximately 20 percent. We have consistently responded to emergency calls with an average time significantly below five minutes. These response times are excellent by any standard, and this metric is critical to community safety.
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 377
INVESTIGATIONS BUREAU:
The Investigations Bureau is composed of a team of expertly trained and specialized personnel who use their expertise to conduct crucial investigations into crimes that affect San Carlos. While only two detectives from the bureau are assigned to San Carlos, it is important to note that they have access to the entire bureau's resources to investigate any crime. 539
Total Number
of Cases Investigated in San Carlos
Investigative case highlights for 2023 are as follows:
1. Large-Scale Bank Fraud Scheme Identified
In January of 2023, detectives were informed of several suspects who were suspected of passing fraudulent checks totaling $138,000 at a Wells Fargo branch. The crimes were committed over a few months and involved six suspects. Five suspects were identified through video surveillance and information from fraudulent checks, and the sixth suspect was believed to be a bank teller.
The bank teller agreed to a phone search, which revealed photos and social media posts with one of the suspects who had cashed a fraudulent check. Search warrants were then authorized for social media accounts, phone records, and cell phones over several months. These warrants revealed that the suspects had cooperated and conspired with the bank teller to commit these crimes. The bank teller would identify business accounts with high balances and provide this information to the suspects, who would then pass fraudulent checks through those accounts. A judge issued felony arrest warrants for all six suspects.
2. Home Depot Robbery and Security-Involved Shooting
While on patrol near the Home Depot parking lot, a deputy heard two gunshots and quickly responded to the scene. Upon arrival, the deputy found a man with a gunshot wound and called for medical assistance. Through investigation, it was discovered that the injured man had committed theft inside the store and was confronted by a security guard when he tried to leave with concealed items. The suspect became violent and attacked the security guard, causing significant injuries. The guard attempted to defend himself with a baton, but the suspect disarmed him and continued to resist. In an act of self-defense, the guard opened fire on the suspect and was later found to have acted appropriately based on video surveillance and witness statements.
The suspect was arrested after receiving medical attention for his gunshot wound.
3. Embezzlement Scheme
In June 2023, a business owner reported suspicions of embezzlement by a former office manager.
Upon investigation, it was discovered that the suspect had been endorsing checks meant for the
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 378
company to her personal bank account and altering bookkeeping entries to cover her tracks.
Further investigation revealed that the suspected embezzlement may have been ongoing since 2018, costing well over $700,000. A judge issued a felony warrant for the suspect's arrest in December 2023, and the suspect was apprehended in North Bay and brought back to San Mateo County in March 2024.
COMMUNITY SERVICES OFFICERS:
17vehicles Towed
439 vehicles Tagged 228 Total Reports Written 4,834
Total Parking Citations
Issued in San Carlos in 2023
In San Carlos, Community Services Officers (CSOs) work alongside sworn personnel to ensure the police bureau operates with maximum efficiency. These non-sworn individuals handle service calls that do not require the presence of an armed deputy, freeing up their colleagues to focus on more pressing matters.
CSOs also play an active role in the community, participating in events such as Hometown Days, Art and Wine Faire, and Night of Holiday Lights. In 2023, they worked closely with the bureau to assist with duties such as conducting community outreach with downtown businesses and residents, investigating vandalism, enforcing traffic and parking ordinances, towing abandoned vehicles, performing traffic control, and issuing parking and equipment violation citations. They also played a crucial role in assisting deputies with taking non-suspect information and non-violent crime reports and participating in local DUI checkpoints.
MOTOR UNIT:
The City of San Carlos currently has two dedicated motorcycle traffic deputies who work full-time in traffic enforcement, covering Monday to Friday. Over the course of 2023, these deputies have been involved in several important initiatives, including bicycle and pedestrian safety operations, sobriety and driver's license checkpoints, and distracted driving operations.
Additionally, they actively participate in community events by assisting with traffic and crowd control. As part of the Major Accident Investigation Teams (MAIT), they conduct thorough investigations into major traffic collisions. In November 2023, they also had the honor of escorting
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 379
0 5
50 60
1 6
42 70
0 7
63 86
1 7
48 76
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
Fatal Major Injury Minor Injury Non-Injury
2020 2021 2022 2023
Traffic Collision Summary
esteemed dignitaries, such as presidents, to the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) Leaders' Summit.
4,013 2,137
Total Traffic Citations Issued Traffic Citations Issued in San Carlos in 2023 by Motor Deputies TRAFFIC TRENDS AND RESPONSES:
San Carlos traffic enforcement is a collaborative effort among Deputies, Motor Deputies, and Community Service Officers. The goal is to reduce traffic-related fatalities and injuries. This is achieved through a combination of education, engineering, and enforcement to address hazardous driving behaviors. The San Carlos Police Bureau is committed to ensuring the safety of all road users and continuously focuses on areas with high traffic collisions.
The following data categories for motor vehicle traffic collisions were used: fatal injury, major injury, minor injury, and non-injury collisions.
•Fatal injury: resulting in the death of one or more persons within 30 days of the collision. •Major injury: including severe wounds, other visible injuries, or complaints of pain. •Minor injury: any injury that is evident at the scene of the collision other than fatal or major injuries.
•Non-injury: no complaint made, or treatment required by the persons involved.
The graph below contains traffic collision data related to reported collisions in the last four years.
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 380
According to the data, there has been minimal
fluctuation in significant collisions within the
last four years. Nevertheless, there has been a
24% decline in minor collisions and a 12%
decrease in non-injury collisions from 2022 to
2023. Ensuring the roads remain secure for all
individuals is a continuous focus for the San
Carlos Police Bureau. The decline in minor and
non-injury collisions may be attributed to the
latest enforcement initiatives in traffic collision-
prone areas in San Carlos.
TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT STRATEGIES:
The City of San Carlos takes a comprehensive approach to traffic safety in partnership with the Sheriff's Office and other City staff. This approach includes three components: education, enforcement, and engineering. To ensure effective traffic enforcement, two full-time motorcycle traffic deputies are assigned to San Carlos, working Monday through Friday. These deputies participate in the Saturation Traffic Enforcement Program (S.T.E.P.) on a rotating basis, allowing for a team of four to five motorcycle deputies to conduct targeted traffic enforcement collectively.
Additionally, the remaining three deputies per shift working on patrol assignments also assist with traffic enforcement when possible.
Various channels are available for community members to voice their traffic complaints, including the online platform Inform San Carlos, or by contacting or visiting the police bureau, or engaging with a Deputy while in the field. These complaints are logged, reviewed, and posted on the patrol board for complaint-driven traffic enforcement.
To ensure a coordinated response to community concerns about traffic safety, the Sheriff’s Office collaborates with the Department of Public Works Director and the City Engineer. Together, they develop a strategic plan based on specific engineering and traffic survey findings to direct traffic enforcement efforts.
As a third component of our traffic enforcement and safety approach, our office prioritizes public safety education through participation in the National Highway Traffic Safety Awareness (NHTSA) campaigns. We partner with the California Office of Traffic Safety to participate in various campaigns throughout the year.
Also, the Sheriff's Office is involved in the Countywide Saturation Traffic Enforcement Program (“S.T.E.P”), a joint initiative with other local agencies to enhance traffic safety and awareness in problem areas of San Mateo County. These events are organized to focus on the City of San Carlos twice a year, where a significant number of traffic stops and citations take place in a coordinated effort.
The police bureau also operates and dispatches electronic message boards that illustrate speed data. These message boards aid in raising driver awareness about speed-related issues. Finally, speed surveys play a vital role in collecting speed data, which helps us to address resident complaints and increase deputy presence in areas that require more enforcement.
Top 3 Collision Factors in 2023
Unsafe Lane Change
Speeding
Unsafe Starting or Backing
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 381
PEDESTRIAN AND BICYCLE COLLISION DATA:
Pedestrian and bicycle safety was a top priority for the police bureau in 2023. Although we saw a slight reduction in bicycle collisions, there was an uptick in pedestrian collisions. We recognize that unlike those traveling in vehicles, bicyclists and pedestrians are more vulnerable due to the lack of protection. Our commitment to keeping the community safe led us to host numerous bicycle and
pedestrian safety operations in San Carlos last year. We continue to raise awareness about traffic rules, rights, and responsibilities for all drivers, walkers, and bicyclists. Our deputies and sergeants attended the Family Bicycle
Safety Event and the Public Safety Fair, where they
provided educational material and engaged in open
dialogue with community members about safety issues in
San Carlos. At the police bureau, we believe that traffic safety is a shared responsibility, and our proactive approach is designed with this in mind. We
understand that accidents can happen, but we are
committed to doing everything possible to prevent them.
An important development occurred in 2023 when a Grand
Jury Report was released, highlighting the need for
improved safety measures for bicyclists in the County.
Responding proactively to this issue, the Sheriff's Office took the initiative to create a convenient crime portal for bicyclists to report any incidents of vehicles operating unlawfully. Additionally, the Sheriff's Office personnel were equipped with a detailed 3-foot Rule Violation Guide
outlining the appropriate procedures for handling and
following up on report submissions.
DUI-RELATED COLLISIONS:
In 2023, San Carlos implemented two checkpoints for
driver's licenses and sobriety. The primary objective of these checkpoints is to ensure public safety, raise
awareness of the risks associated with operating a
vehicle while under the influence of alcohol or drugs,
and act as a preventative measure against potentially
impaired drivers.
Total Results:
1945 Vehicles Screened
40 Sobriety Tests Conducted
We observed an overall decline in collisions related to DUI incidents. Our deputies have taken a proactive
approach by patrolling problematic areas in San
Carlos, aiming to both dissuade and educate the
community regarding the severe ramifications of drinking and driving. 8 19 18
16 0
5 10
15 20
2020 2021 2022 2023
DUI-Involved Collisions
11 5
8 11
0 2
4 6
8 10
12 2020 2021 2022 2023
Auto/Pedestrian Collisions
9 6
10 9
0 2
4 6
8 10
12 2020 2021 2022 2023
Auto/Bicycle Collisions
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 382
3 Electronic Signboard
Trailers
26 Body Worn
Cameras
11 In Car/Dash
Cameras
EQUIPMENT DEPLOYMENT:
San Carlos has a network of 21 fixed automatic license
plate readers (ALPR) cameras, which the City owns and
contracts through Flock Safety. Thanks to the advanced
camera network, we can now enhance vehicle
recognition and quickly search for crime-related vehicles based on various characteristics such as vehicle type,
make, color, state of license plate, and other distinctive features like bumper stickers, decals, and roof racks.
This feature will assist our bureau and allied agencies in searching for vehicles that may be involved in criminal activity and will also provide real-time alerts regarding their movements. Utilizing ALPR technology, frequent
patrols, and responding to public reports of criminal
activity are crucial components of the San Carlos Police Bureau's efforts to prevent crime.
ALPR technology assisted in 14 investigations in the second half of 2023. 2023 SUCCESS STORIES OF ALPR CAMERAS IN SAN CARLOS
SUCCESS STORY #1
A local business on the 100 block of Glen Way in San Carlos was burglarized, resulting in the loss of thousands of dollars worth of equipment, including drones, a carbon fiber bicycle frame, a Hydrology computer model, and various other items. Fortunately, video surveillance footage identified a vehicle that matched the description of the suspect's car. Thanks to Flock cameras, the stolen property was even visible in the bed of the truck in images captured after the crime.
Subsequently, the suspect's vehicle was located in South San Francisco, still containing stolen items. The suspect was apprehended for possession of the stolen property and later admitted to the burglary during an interview with authorities. The suspect also revealed the location of a storage locker in Burlingame where additional stolen property was being held. Furthermore, the suspect provided information on a second suspect with a storage locker in San Carlos. This individual was located at a nearby storage facility and was found to be in possession of items stolen from the same burglary. The second suspect was also placed under arrest for possession of stolen property. Search warrants were executed at both storage facilities, and most of the stolen property was recovered and returned to the rightful owners. 21 3
Fixed ALPRs Mobile ALPRs
Automatic License Plate
Readers
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 383
SUCCESS STORY #2
In August 2023, a business on the 1000 block of Bing Street in San Carlos experienced a break- in resulting in the theft of thousands of dollars worth of tools and electrical equipment. Flock cameras identified a vehicle that matched the description of the burglary vehicle from video surveillance. Detectives located the suspect vehicle in Hayward and obtained a GPS tracker warrant from a judge. Over a one-month period, detectives conducted surveillance and positively identified the suspect driving the vehicle through physical surveillance. During this time, the suspect committed multiple burglaries in Fremont, San Leandro, and Hayward. A felony arrest warrant was issued, and the suspect was apprehended. A subsequent search warrant led to the discovery of clothing matching the description from the video and property taken from the Hayward burglary. The suspect was later linked to other burglaries in Rohnert Park, Santa Clara, Fremont, Pinole, San Leandro, and Hayward. The suspect is currently in custody for burglary- related offenses in various counties around the Bay Area.
SUCCESS STORY #3
A series of thefts occurred over several weeks at an apartment complex located on the 700 Block of Walnut Ave in San Carlos. The individual responsible broke into the mail room and stole multiple items. Video surveillance revealed both the suspect and their vehicle, and Flock Cameras helped identify the suspect's car. Sadly, the same suspect and vehicle continued to break into other apartment complex mail rooms or secured areas in San Mateo and Redwood City for the next two months. Eventually, a felony arrest warrant and search warrant were issued. During the execution of the search warrant, deputies were able to locate items that had been stolen from the San Carlos burglaries in the suspect's residence.
PSYCHIATRIC EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAM (PERT):
The Psychiatric Emergency Response Team (PERT) is a partnership between the San Mateo County Sheriff’s Office and San Mateo County’s Behavioral Health and Recovery Services (BHRS). PERT’s goal is to provide resources and support to individuals and families living with mental illness to help manage acute crises and reduce violent interactions and tragic outcomes involving law enforcement and those experiencing crises. PERT supports individuals and families to reduce jail recidivism of those living with mental illness and reduce psychiatric emergency hospitalizations by proactively diverting people to other applicable services and resources in the community. When the team was initially established in 2015, it consisted of one Sheriff’s Office detective and one BHRS clinician. In 2019, PERT expanded to include two detectives and two clinicians.
PERT coordinates San Mateo County’s Crisis Intervention Training (CIT) and Enhanced Crisis Intervention Training (ECIT). CIT was started in 2005 and is a foundational training focused on mental health systems, resources, recognizing signs and symptoms of mental illness, and de- escalation. ECIT is a new course that started in 2021 and focuses on bringing modern best practices for mental health crisis response to law enforcement. This includes alternative strategies such as delayed contact, maintaining time and distance, disengagement, and teaching crisis communication techniques.
PERT reviews all mental health cases within the Sheriff’s Office. This includes cases where an individual is determined to meet criteria for Welfare and Institutions (“W&I”) Code 5150, which is an involuntary hold, by being a danger to themselves, danger to others, or gravely disabled. Patrol deputies also refer cases where mental health is suspected to be a factor, but the individual does not meet the criteria for W&I 5150.
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 384
346
0 50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Yes
Family Contact
56 5
36 11
1 38
4 0
20 40
60 San Carlos Patrol Bureau
5150 Report Family
FI Other SMCSO Referral
Outside Agency RIMS PERT Referral
Self
Referral Source by Bureau
From January 1, 2023 through December 31, 2023, there were 56 W&I 5150 holds in San Carlos. An additional 85 cases were referred by deputies or command staff. 10 cases were referred by outside agencies or previous clients who recontacted PERT for support. Overall, PERT received 151 total referrals for the City of San Carlos. After investigating all referred cases, 85 of those referrals, or 56%, were deemed to need follow-up and were assigned to the PERT caseload.
The following are examples of some of the work PERT has done in San Carlos:
•Dealing with mental health crises is a common occurrence for law enforcement officers. In 2021, the Sheriff's Office implemented ECIT, a program that trains deputies to gather as much information as possible before approaching a person in crisis. This allows them to create a plan of action that considers any potential triggers or hooks that may exacerbate the situation.
Despite these efforts, it's important to recognize that emotions may still be running high during a 911 response. In cases where the safety of others is not immediately threatened, disengaging from the scene has proven to be an effective de-escalation strategy. This approach has yielded positive results in San Carlos and throughout the Sheriff's Office jurisdiction, and cases are referred to PERT for follow-up. PERT works closely with the individual, their family, or their care team to provide stabilization and connect them with the necessary resources.
•Worked with the County Attorney’s Office on the legal process to remove firearms from San Carlos residents who were hospitalized on mental health holds (8102(a) W&I). •Provide education to deputies, BHRS teams, outside agencies, and families on California’s Gun Violence Restraining Order (GVRO) law. PERT works with the County Attorney’s Office to prepare for GVRO court hearings.
•PERT met with an unsheltered individual living with mental illness who was generating multiple calls for service. PERT made several attempts to connect the individual to treatment and shelter, which the individual refused. The individual was eventually placed on a W&I 5150 hold by deputies and was taken to a local hospital for evaluation and treatment. •PERT provided follow up to an individual living with a serious mental illness and their parents.
The individual was unwilling to seek treatment. PERT met with the family and referred both the individual and parents to appropriate services.
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 385
26 28
17 59 60
67 49
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 Arroyo Arundel Brittan Acres Central Heather TL, Mariposa & Charter
White Oaks
2023
Calls for Service
Assigned to
Caseload
56%
Unable to
Contact
3%
Concern
Mitigated
39%
Out of
Jurisdiction
1%
Referral Outcome
5150
Report
37%
Family
3%
FI
24%
Other
SMCSO
Referral
7%
Outside
Agency
1%
RIMS
PERT
Referral
25%
Self
3%
Total Referral Sources
SCHOOL RESOURCE OFFICERS:
The San Carlos Police Bureau's deputies and sergeants work closely with School Resource Officers to establish a safe and supportive learning environment for students, parents, and faculty.
Our SROs play a crucial role in developing safety plans, engaging with students through meet- and-greets, and partnering with community-based organizations to provide education on crime prevention and drug safety. Furthermore, our SROs are responsible for investigating criminal activity, ensuring security and crowd control at school events, and conducting home visits when necessary.
The graph below displays the calls for service to schools during the year 2023:
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 386
PROPERTY BUREAU:
The Property Bureau's primary responsibility is to properly document, categorize, securely store, and release property to its lawful owner for court presentation, auction, or disposal, as required. •Evidence: The property is typically retained until any ongoing legal proceedings are resolved. Following this, the prosecuting attorney may file a court order for its return, certifying that the property is no longer needed as evidence and can be returned to its rightful owner.
•Found Property: Any found or unattended property is secured and held for at least 90 days while efforts are made to locate its lawful owner. 1,181
Digital Pieces Processed
1,450
Physical Items Processed
378 18
Drug-related Items Firearms Received
33 Firearm-related Items
(casings, ammo, magazines)
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT:
The Sheriff’s Office prioritizes building and nurturing a strong connection with the community we serve. We aim to effectively engage with the community to promote trust, communication, transparency, and mutual respect. We have developed strategic programs, organized special events, provided education, and disseminated public information to achieve this goal. Our staff and volunteers work tirelessly to interact with residents, businesses, youth, community organizations, and the media to foster a positive relationship that benefits everyone involved. We encourage and maintain a strong relationship with the community we serve.
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 387
The Sheriff’s Office has a significant presence at major community events, and the following is a list of events and meetings attended in 2023:
CONCLUSION:
On behalf of Sheriff Christina Corpus and the men and women of the San Mateo County Sheriff’s Office, it is an honor for us to provide law enforcement services to the people of San Carlos. We are committed to always doing our best and continually striving to improve our performance.
Respectfully submitted by:
Mark Myers, Police Captain
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
Holiday Toy Drive Hiller Aviation Kids’ Air Fair
Coffee with the Chief Strategic Communication Meetings
Eucalyptus Lighting Downtown Services Unit
Goblin Walk STAR Camp
Night of Holiday Lights 2+2 Committee Meetings
Public Safety Fair Special Olympics Torch Run
Shop with a Hero Women’s Bootcamp
Art and Wine Fair Gun Buyback
9.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 388
CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: April 22, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Consideration of Adopting a Resolution Authorizing Adjustments to the Cost of Services Schedule (User Fees), Park Facility Development Fee, Sewer Capacity Charge, Childcare Development Impact Fee, and Traffic Impact Fee for Fiscal Year 2024-25.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a Resolution authorizing adjustments to the City of San Carlos Cost of Services Schedule (“User Fees”) and certain impact fees for Fiscal Year (FY) 2024-25.
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
If adopted, these user fees and impact fees will result in a net revenue increase of approximately $353,437 across all City Funds (*excluding Fire fees) based on estimated activity determined during a fee study in 2022. The table below shows how this estimated revenue increase would be split among the departments and funds for the User Fees, as well as the split among the four impact fees. The new fees would be effective July 1, 2024, as a minimum 60-day notice is required for new development fees in accordance with California Government Code Section 66017. *Note - excludes Fire as fees were not part of the 2022 user fee study.
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 389
BACKGROUND:
All fee changes must be approved by the City Council. The proposed changes are coming before the City Council for consideration this evening.
Existing User Fee Schedule
Every spring, staff reviews the costs of providing fee-related services. The proposed fee schedule was derived from a comprehensive fee study performed by NBS Municipal Advisors (“NBS”) in June 2022. The study includes a full analysis of the total cost of providing services, including all applicable direct, indirect, and overhead costs associated with individual services. Such a study is usually only performed every three to five years.
As indicated in Resolution 2022-079 approved on June 27, 2022, the City Council chose to use the San Francisco – Oakland – San Jose (Bay Area) Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers Consumer Price Index (“CPI-W”) as a guideline for future annual increases. Staff is recommending increasing the User Fees (except those detailed in the Analysis section) by 2.9% CPI-W using the February 2024 index in accordance with prior practice for the FY 2024-25 fees.
The User Fee Schedule is included as Attachment 2.
Impact Fees
In accordance with the Municipal Code, four impact fees are also adjusted on an annual basis by applying the appropriate indices. These fees are described below and a summary of the changes are shown in Attachment 3. On April 12, 2024, the United State Supreme Court published a decision in Sheetz v. El Dorado County. The case involved impact fees imposed by User Fees Additional Revenue split by Fund
Department / Division
Estimated Annual Current Fee Revenue
Estimated Annual Recommended Fee Revenue
Additional revenue General Fund
Waste-water Fund
Capital Fund
Park-in-Lieu Fund
Parking-in-Lieu Fund
Child Care Fund TOTAL
Administrative Fees $ 325 $ 325 $ - -$ -$ Planning $ 1,395,381 $ 1,435,828 $ 40,447 40,447$ 40,447$ Public Works Engineering $ 844,990 $ 869,435 $ 24,445 23,389$ 1,056$ 24,445$ Building $ 6,225,441 $ 6,478,767 $ 253,326 253,326$ 253,326$ Police $ 133,770 $ 137,505 $ 3,735 3,735$ 3,735$ Recreation (permits/processing) $ 120,600 $ 122,364 $ 1,764 1,764$ 1,764$ Total $ 8,720,507 $ 9,044,224 $ 323,718 $ 322,662 $ - $ 1,056 $ - $ - $ 323,718 Impact Fees
Park Facility Development Fee 2,126$ 2,126$ 2,126$ Sewer Capacity Charge 17,239$ 17,239$ 17,239$
Traffic Impact Fee 3,850$ 3,850$ 3,850$
Child Care Development Impact Fee 6,504$ 6,504$ 6,504$ Total $ 29,719 $ - $ 17,239 $ 3,850 $ 2,126 $ - $ 6,504 $ 29,719 GRAND TOTAL $ 353,437 $ 322,662 $ 17,239 $ 4,906 $ 2,126 $ - $ 6,504 $ 353,437
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 390
a legislative body as a condition of development. The Supreme Court held that legislatively prescribed monetary fees are subject to same rules as ad hoc development projects and remanded the case to the California Court of Appeal to assess whether the County’s traffic impact fee meets the essential nexus and rough proportionality tests based on Nollan v.
California Coastal Commission, 483 U. S. 825 (1987), and Dolan v. City of Tigard, 512 U. S. 374 (1994).
In remanding the case back to the lower courts, the Supreme Court declined to address the parties’ other disputes over the validity of the traffic impact fee, including whether a permit condition imposed on a class of properties must be tailored with the same degree of specificity as a permit condition that targets a particular development.
The City’s fees under consideration would be considered legislatively prescribed monetary fees.
As with El Dorado County, the City’s fees are based on a fee study designed to recover no more than the reasonable cost of providing the service for which the fee is charged. The City conservatively reviews fees at a level to ensure the recovery is below the City’s actual costs. 1) Park Facility Development Fee. The fee shall be increased annually by the percentage increase of park construction costs cited in the Engineering News Record, for the San Francisco Bay Area. For FY 2024-25, this would result in an increase of 0.63%. 2) Sewer Capacity Charge. The sewer capacity charge shall be adjusted annually based on the change in the Engineering News Record – Construction Cost Index (20-Cities Average) from the March 2016 Index. For FY 2024-25, this would result in an increase of
2.7%, based on a 12-month comparison.
3) Traffic Impact Fee. The amount of the Traffic Impact Fee shall be adjusted annually based on the Construction Cost Index published by the Engineering News Record as approved under Ordinance #1562. For FY 2023-24, this would result in an increase of
0.63%.
4) Childcare Development Impact Fee. The amount of proposed fee shall be established by the City Council resolution and not exceed the fee established by the adopted Impact Fee Nexus Study dated July 14, 2021, or subsequent nexus studies which shall be adjusted annually based on the Construction Cost Index published by the Engineering News Record or a reasonable replacement index as approved under Ordinance #1585.
For FY 2024-25, this would result in an increase of 0.63%.
ANALYSIS:
Exceptions to CPI increases, Adjustments, and New Fee Requests As noted previously and based on prior practice, staff recommends increasing the User Fees (except those noted below) for the FY 2024-25 by 2.9% CPI-W, using the February index in accordance with prior practice. After seeking input from each department, the following exceptions to an increase and adjustments were received and have been incorporated into the proposed FY 2024-25 Schedule of Fees:
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 391
Fire Department
Fire prevention fees were separate from the Fee Study’s scope of review because these services are contracted from the City of Redwood City. As done in prior years, staff recommends adopting user fees based on the Redwood City User Fee Schedule upon its effective date, as applicable.
Parks and Recreation
Facility Attendant – Staff does not recommend an increase in this fee. The current and recommended fee is $31 per hour.
Janitorial Services – Staff does not recommend an increase in this fee. This fee is a pass- through cost recovery for the service. The current and recommended fee is $220/event or actual cost.
Security Guard Fee – Private Rentals Serving Alcohol – Staff does not recommend an increase in this fee. This fee is a pass-through cost recovery for the service. The current and recommended fee is $220/event or actual cost.
Corn Hole Game Area, Chestnut Picnic Site – Staff does not recommend an increase in this fee to keep it comparable to other jurisdictions. This fee was implemented in the prior year and is an add-on to a picnic rental permit.
Facility Rental Application Fee - Staff does not recommend an increase in this fee. This is a fee to ensure that any application submitted is genuine in their intent. The current and recommended fee is $25 per rental application.
Light Use (Fields) – Staff does not recommend an increase in this fee. This fee was analyzed in the 2022 comprehensive fee study and is a pass-through cost recovery for the service. The current and recommended fee is $32/hour.
Sports League Field Use Fee – This fee was studied during the 2022 comprehensive fee study. The City Council opted to phase the increase over two years, to land at a rate of $86 per player this year.
Special Event Permit Request Fees – Staff does not recommend an increase in these permit fees. This fee was evaluated through the 2022 comprehensive fee study and increased over 40% from previous years. Staff proposes to keep the fee the same so that it does not become cost prohibitive for community organizations to hold events. The current and recommended fee is $400 for a new event application and $375 for a repeat event application.
Sports Tournament Permit Request Fees – Staff does not recommend an increase in these permit fees. This fee was also evaluated through the 2022 comprehensive fee study and increased over 40% from previous years. Staff are proposing to keep the fee the same so that it does not become cost prohibitive for community organizations to hold events. The current and recommended fee is $350 for a new event application and $300 for a repeat event application.
Snack Shack Fee - Staff does not recommend an increase in this fee. This is a new fee established in 2022. Staff will continue to evaluate the staff time associated with this service.
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 392
The current and recommended Snack Shack Use Fee is $300 per season or $50 per week (outside of a season).
Community Development
Protected Tree Fees – Staff does not recommend increasing these fees. The categories are listed below which represent 100% of the staff and arborist’s time to complete.
Dead Tree - $100 per project
Risk or Health Rating – $500 per project
Species – $500 per project
Development – $500 + Planning Division staff hourly rate Utility Interference – $500 per project
Arborist Fee – $200 per hour
Emergency Removals – No charge
Protected Tree Notice – $150 each
Tree Protection Plan Review (Depending on complexity of application, additional arborist fees may be incurred at an hourly rate.) – $750 per project (five or fewer trees) and $1,250 per Project (six or more trees)
Beekeeping Fee – Staff does not recommend an increase in this fee. The purpose of the beekeeping permit is to provide appropriate review and consideration of small-scale beekeeping under the direction of the Community Development Director or his/her designee, and to ensure that beekeeping in single-family residential zones will not be detrimental or injurious to property and to the health, safety, and welfare of persons residing or working around the neighborhood of the proposed use. The current recommended fee is $150 and will cover approximately 50% of staff’s time. As discussed at the March 25, 2024 City Council meeting, staff recommends that applicants receive a $100 reduction in the permit fee if they provide proof that they have taken a beekeeping class.
Childcare Center Required Fees – Staff recommends waiving the following Use Permit planning fees if the applicant is a commercial childcare center:
Conditional Use Permit – Planning Commission - $9,701 per project Minor Use Permit – Zoning Administrator – $4,850 per project Use Permits (Development Standards) – $3,881 per project Temporary – $2,587 per project
Amendment – $3,881 per project
Police Services
Visa/Police Clearance Request Form – This fee was previously waived prior to FY 2023- 24 but was re-introduced by the San Mateo County Sheriff’s Office effective July 1, 2023.
The letter is often required to obtain a government-issued Visa or other documents. The County intends to keep the fee at $11.
General Plan Surcharge.
Included in the proposed fee schedule is a recommendation to reduce the General Plan Surcharge Fee. The General Plan Surcharge Fee is applied to new construction and additions to existing square footage as these projects have the largest relative impact on the
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 393
maintenance, update, and use of the City’s General Plan. This fee is allowed as provided in Government Code Section 66014 and cannot exceed the estimated reasonable cost of providing the service for which the fee is charged. The fee is based on the total building valuation to recover 50% of the total cost estimates. Included in the cost estimates are staff support and contract services support. The 50% cost recovery target established by City Council conservatively accounts for the fact that there are other uses of the General Plan document than policies and procedures that guide development decisions. For example, public safety, parks, and other elements of the general plan are used to guide operational practices and services to the existing community on an ongoing basis.
To determine the rate required to recover the estimated costs, the 2022 Fee Study used historical building permit valuations for the three years prior. Given the increase in valuations since the 2022 study, the information was updated and rolled forward to include larger development projects. As a result, staff recommends that the fee be reduced from 1.15% per building permit valuation to 0.74%. This will decrease the cost for all new construction and additions for single family residential, multi-family residential, and commercial buildings as shown in the table below.
In addition to the reduction in the rate, staff recommends that the total fee be capped at a project valuation of $50 million. This would cap the fee at $370,000 for any projects larger than $50 million.
This will result in a General Plan Surcharge cost recovery of less than 50% as determined by the City’s 2022 fee study. A survey of jurisdictions in San Mateo County found the following agencies who charge a General Plan Surcharge fee based on permit valuation. While this can be helpful as a comparison, agencies may or may not base their fees on the same criteria that was used in the 2022 fee study.
Current Fee Proposed Fee
1.15% 0.74%
$10,000 $115 $74
$25,000 $288 $185
$50,000 $575 $370
$100,000 $1,150 $740
$500,000 $5,750 $3,700
$1,000,000 $11,500 $7,400
$10,000,000 $115,000 $74,000
$20,000,000 $230,000 $148,000
$50,000,000 $575,000 $370,000
BPV
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 394
There are no requests for new fees to be added to the master user fee schedule for FY 2024-25.
Impact Fees
As noted above, staff also recommends that four impact fees (Park Facility Development Fee, Sewer Capacity Charge, Traffic Impact Fee, Childcare Development Impact Fee) be increased using the appropriate indices in accordance with the Municipal Code (see Attachment 3).
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternatives available to the City Council include:
1. Adopt a Resolution authorizing adjustments to the City of San Carlos Cost of Services Schedule (“User Fees”) and certain Impact Fees for FY 2024-25; or
2. Do not adopt the Resolution; or
3. Provide staff with alternative direction.
Respectfully submitted by:
Rebecca Mendenhall, Administrative Services Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
Fee name Fee
Burlingame
General Plan and Title 25 Zoning ordinace
Maintenance fee .005% of building valuation
Belmont General Plan Maintenance Fee 0.75% of building valuation San Mateo General Plan Maintenance Fee 0.59% of valuation Daly City General Plan Maintenance Fee 1.0% of project valuation Redwood City General Plan Maintenance Fee 0.39% of building valuation Foster City
General Plan and Title 15 Building and
Title 17 Zoning Ordinance Maintenance
Fees
0.50% of application value above $500
(Does not apply to ADUs and Afordable
hosuing projects
Palo Alto Comprehensive Plan Maintenance Fee $1.26 per $1,000 Valuation San Bruno General Plan Maintenance Fee 0.4% of building valuation Millbrae General Plan Maintenance Fee 0.39& of project valuation Pacifica General Plan Maintenance Fee 0.252% of construction value San Carlos General Plan Proposed Fee 0.74% of project valuation
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 395
ATTACHMENT(S):
1. Resolution
Exhibit A to Resolution - Proposed User Fee Schedule FY24-25 Exhibit B to Resolution - Impact Fees
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 396
RESOLUTION NO. 2024 – ____
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS
AUTHORIZING ADJUSTMENTS TO THE COST OF SERVICES SCHEDULE (USER FEES),
PARK FACILITY DEVELOPMENT FEE, SEWER CAPACITY CHARGE, CHILDCARE DEVELOPMENT IMPACT FEE, AND TRAFFIC IMPACT FEE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2024-25.
WHEREAS, the City Council adopted Resolution 2017-050, establishing certain fees for City services, and
WHEREAS, the City Council adopted Resolution 2018-052, authorizing index-linked adjustments to the cost of services schedule, Park Facility Development, and Sewer Capacity Charge impact fees for Fiscal Year (FY) 2018-19, and granted authority to the City Manager to waive user fees for non-profit agencies at his/her discretion, and WHEREAS, the City Council adopted Resolution 2019-026, authorizing index-linked adjustments to the cost of services schedule, Park Facility Development, and Sewer Capacity Charge impact fees for FY 2019-20, and establishment of a cost of service fee for industrial and commercial inspections for compliance with provision C.4 of the Municipal Regional Stormwater Permit (MRP); and
WHEREAS, the City Council adopted Resolution 2020-027, authorizing index-linked adjustments to the cost of services schedule, Park Facility Development, and Sewer Capacity Charge impact fees for FY 2020-21, and incorporating the cost of service fee for a Sidewalk Vendor Permit Program into the cost of services (user fee) master schedule subjecting it to future index-lined adjustments; and
WHEREAS, the City Council adopted Ordinance 1560, adding Chapter 15.60 – Construction Time Limits, to Title 15 of the San Carlos Municipal Code for construction time limits and penalties; and
WHEREAS, the City Council adopted Ordinance 1562, amending Chapter 8.50 – Traffic Impact Fee of the San Carlos Municipal Code and allowing the annual adjustment based on the Construction Cost Index published by the Engineering News Record; and WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to revise said fee schedule at this time; and WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to use the San Francisco - Oakland - San Jose (Bay Area) Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers Consumer Price Index (CPI-W) as a guideline for future annual increases for user fees; and
WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to use the Engineering News-Record Construction Cost Indices for future increases to the Park Facility Development and Sewer Capacity Charge impact fees; and
WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to use the Construction Cost Index for future increases to the traffic impact fees; and
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 397
WHEREAS, for Fire Department Fees, fire prevention fees were separate from the Fee Study’s scope of review because these services are contracted from the City of Redwood City. As done in prior years, the City Council wishes to adopt the fire user fees based on the Redwood City User Fee Schedule upon its effective date, as applicable.
NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby approves the amended User Fees (Exhibit A) and the amended Impact Fees (Exhibit B), effective July 1, 2024.
* * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 22nd day of April 2024, by the following vote:
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
Exhibits:
A. User Fee Schedule FY 24-25
B. Impact Fees FY 24-25
AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 398
City of San Carlos
Proposed
User Fee Schedule ‐ FY2024‐2025
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 399
FEE SCHEDULE PAGE
Schedule of Administrative Fees 3
Schedule of Community Development Department, Planning Division Fees 4 Schedule of Public Works Department Fees 9
Schedule of Community Development Department, Building Division Fees 13 Schedule of Police Department Fees 19
Schedule of Parks and Recreation Department Fees 21
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES FEE SCHEDULE
Table of Contents
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 400
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Administrative Services Fees
(Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Returned Check and eCheck [1]
First Item Per First Check 25 $
Each Additional Item Per Subsequent
Check 35$
Credit Card and eCheck Charges Each Transaction Actual Cost Copy Charges: Per Page $.10/page
Copy Charges ‐ CD Per CD $0.50/CD
Copies of City Subdivision Ordinances, Zoning Ordinances, Comprehensive Annual Financial Report, Municipal Code Book, Standard Bid Specifications, Standard Detail, Work Program Free/website, or
Copy Charge
Document Certification Per Request Fee Waived
Agenda or Minutes Subscription Free/website, or
Copy Charge
Research Per Hour, or
Fraction Thereof 208$
Wheeler Plaza Electrical Vehicle Charging Fee Per kWh $0.25/kWh For services requested of City Staff for which no fee is listed in this Master Fee Schedule, the City Manager or Department Director shall determine the appropriate fee based on the following hourly rates for staff time:
Finance Division Staff (Per Hour) Per Hour 208 $
City Clerk Department Staff (Per Hour) Per Hour 208 $
[Notes]
[1] Fee set by California Civil Code Ch. 522 Section 1719. Additional charges may apply if not paid within 30 days of receipt of written demand for payment letter
Proposed Fee /
DepositService Fee Unit / Type
Notes
3 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 401
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Community Development Department, Planning Division Fees (Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Appeal, Planning Commission Per Appeal 2,159$
Appeal, City Council Per Appeal 2,159$
Attorney's Fees
Support to Planning projects that require Deposit Per Project Actual cost / +
$2,500 minimum
deposit
Support to Projects on a "Fixed"/"Flat" Fee Basis Per Project Actual Cost ‐ 2 Hours Minimum
Below Market Rate (BMR), Housing Plan Per Project 2,264$ Below Market Rate (BMR), Builder Alternative Per Project 2,264$ Below Market Rate (BMR), Housing Agreement Per Project 2,910$ CEQA
Document Filing Per Project 324$
Categorical Exemption
City Processing Fee Per Project 647$
Department of Fish and Game / County Recording Fees Per Project Actual Cost of DFG / County Fees
Initial Study/Negative Declaration/Mitigated Negative/EIR City Processing Fee Per Project Actual Cost with
$3,000 deposit
Consultant Review Per Project Actual Cost with
$5,000 deposit
Mitigation Monitoring Per Project Actual Cost with
$1,000 deposit
Cell Tower Application [3]
6409 Application Each 1,293$
Other Applications Each Actual Cost / T&M
Creek Exception
City Processing Fee Per Project 4,850$
Consultant Review Per Project Actual Cost of
Consultant Study
Design Review ‐ Single Family
Single Family, New Home (RDRC) Per Project 11,318$
Single Family, First Floor Addition (RDRC) Per Project 8,084$ Single Family, Second Floor Addition (RDRC) Per Project 11,318$ Single Family, First Floor Addition (Staff) Per Project 3,234$ Single Family, Second Floor Addition (Staff) Per Project 4,850$ Design Review (MR, M/U, Comm, IND) ‐ Staff Review /
Approval
New Building Per Project 19,402$
Major Alteration Per Project 13,581$
Minor Alteration Per Project 10,347$
Proposed Fee /
DepositService Fee Unit / Type
Notes
4 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 402
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Community Development Department, Planning Division Fees (Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Proposed Fee /
DepositService Fee Unit / Type
Notes
Design Review (MR, M/U, Comm, IND) ‐ Planning Commission Review / Approval
New Building (Planning Commission) Per Project 22,958$ Major Alteration (Planning Commission) Per Project 17,138$ Minor Alteration (Planning Commission) Per Project 13,904$ Design Review (Other)
A ‐ Frames Per Project 162$
Accessory Structures (Includes large decks) Per Project 1,940$ Architectural Peer Review Per Project $3,000 Initial Deposit Mills Acts Designated Projects
City Processing Fee Per Project 1,940$
Historic Consultant Review Per Project [4] $5,000 Initial Deposit Miscellaneous (awnings, trash, replacement materials, site plan review, landscape) Per Project 647$
Outdoor Uses Dining & Retail Sales Per Project 1,940$
Sign Program Per Project 6,467$
Signs ‐ (Planning Commission) Per Project 4,850$
Signs (Staff) Per Project 1,293$
Temporary Banner Per Project 324$
Minor Alterations Per Project 1,293$
Document Imaging Per 1/2 Hour ‐ 1/2
Hour Minimum 162$
Domestic Fowl and Non‐Household Pets Per Project 1,940$ Excessive Noise Compliance Permit Per Project 647$
Final Inspection, Single‐Family Per Project 647$
Final Inspection, Other Per Project 1,293$
General Plan Amendment Per Project 12,935$
Grading and Dirt Haul Certificate Per Project 3,234$
Historic Preservation
City Processing Fee Per Project 647$
Historic Assessment ‐ Consultant Review Per Project Actual Cost with $2,000 deposit
Mills Act Contract Per Project 4,850$
Interdepartmental Plan Review
Building Per Project
See Building Fee
Schedule for Per
Review Charge
Engineering Per Project
See Engineering Fee
Schedule and / or
Hourly Rates Apply
Fire Per Project See Fire Fee
Schedule
Police Per Project
See Police Fee
Schedule and/or
Hourly Rates Apply
Economic Development ‐ Housing Per Project Planning Hourly Rate Applies
5 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 403
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Community Development Department, Planning Division Fees (Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Proposed Fee /
DepositService Fee Unit / Type
Notes
Other City Commission Review Per Project 1,293$
Plan Check for Building Permits
Major (New Multi‐Family, Mixed‐Use, Commercial,
Industrial) Per Project 3,881$
Moderate (New Single‐Family, Commercial
additions/alterations) Per Project 1,617$
Minor (Single‐Family Additions, Accessory Dwelling Units) Per Project 970$ Accessory Dwelling Units (Not a Part of The Previous
Approval) Per Project 970$
Pre‐Application Development Review
General/Initial Questions Per Project No Charge
Major Per Project [2] 9,701$
Minor Per Project [1] 6,467$
Protected Tree Fees
Protected Tree Removal Permit / Pruning Permit: Below flat fees are based on requested reason for removal. Depending on complexity of application, additional arborist fees may be incurred at an hourly rate.
Dead Tree Per Project 100$
Risk or Health Rating Per Project 500$
Species Per Project 500$
Development Per Project
$500 + Planning
Division Staff Hourly
Rate
Utility Interference Per Project 500$
Arborist Fee Per Hour 200$
Investigative Report Each $500 Initial Deposit
Illegal Tree Removal (additional arborist report fees apply) Penalty Double the
Application Fee, plus
assessed penalties
per Muni Code
Protected Tree Notice Each 150$
Tree Replanting Fee Per Tree [7] See Public Works Fee Schedule
Emergency Removals Per Tree No Charge
Tree Protection Plan Review (Depending on complexity of application, additional arborist fees may be incurred at an hourly rate.)
Per Project $750 (5 or fewer
trees)
$1,250 (6 or more
trees)
Beekeeping Fee Per Project 150$
Public Notice Fee
City Processing Fee Per Hearing 647$
Restrictive Covenants Each 647$
San Mateo County Recording Fees
City Processing Fee Each 647$
County Fee Each Per County fee
schedule
6 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 404
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Community Development Department, Planning Division Fees (Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Proposed Fee /
DepositService Fee Unit / Type
Notes
Subdivisions
Subdivision, Major (5 or more lots) Per Project 25,868$ Subdivision, Minor (up to 4 lots) or for Condominium Maps Per Project 3,881$ Lot Line Adjustment, Parcel Mergers Per Project 1,293$ Conditional Exceptions Per Project 6,467$
Lot Verification Per Project [5] 647$
Map Extension Per Project 1,293$
Transportation Demand Management (TDM) Plan
City Staff Review Per Project 4,527$
Consultant Review Per Project $700 Initial Deposit
Transportation Demand Management (TDM) Review
Annual Each $500 Initial Deposit
5‐Year Each $500 Initial Deposit
Consultant Review Deposit / Actual
Cost $700 Initial Deposit
Use Permits
Conditional Use Permit‐ Planning Commission Per Project [8] 9,701$ Minor Use Permit ‐ Zoning Administrator Per Project [8] 4,850$ Use Permits (Development Standards) Per Project [8] 3,881$ Temporary Per Project [8] 2,587$
Amendment Per Project [8] 3,881$
Variance Per Project 12,935$
Waivers Per Project 1,293$
Zoning Administrator Determination Per Project 2,587$
Zoning Ordinance Amendment
Major Rezone/PD/Map and Text Per Project 25,868$
Moderate Rezone/PD/Map and Text Per Project 12,935$
Minor Rezone/PD/Map and Text Per Project 6,467$
Minor staff review
ABC/DMV Zoning Affidavit Review Per Project 647$
Business Registration Per Project 109$
Home Occupations Per Project 109$
Home Occupation Revocation Hearing Per Project 2,587$
Massage Per Project 970$
Other Zoning Affidavit Review Per Project 1,293$
Parking Calculation Per Project 970$
Search and Determination Per Project [6] 647$
Code Compliance Per Project 1,293$
Technology Fee Per Permit 0.4% of Total
Permit Fee Amount
7 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 405
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Community Development Department, Planning Division Fees (Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Proposed Fee /
DepositService Fee Unit / Type
Notes
General Plan Maintenance and Update ‐ Staff Support Per Project 1% of Building
Project Valuation
for all New
Construction and
Additions; Fee is
Applied on Building
Permit
General Plan Maintenance and Update ‐ Contract Services Per Project
0.15% of Building
Project Valuation
for all New
Construction and
Additions; Fee is
Applied on Building
Permit
Credit Card and eCheck Charges Each Transaction Actual Cost SB‐9 Application
No Lot Split Each 11,318$
Lot Split Each 11,318$
For services requested of City Staff for which no fee/deposit is listed in this Master Fee Schedule, the City Manager or Department Director shall determine the appropriate
fee/deposit based on the following hourly rates for staff time involved in the service.
Planning Division Staff Per Hour 324$
[Notes]
[8] Existing required fees are waived if a Child Care Center is the applicant [6] Not charged for public records requests
[1} Includes up to 2, 1‐hour meetings with multiple departments [2] Other City department fees/deposits may apply
[3] Governed by FCC, section 6409
[4] Fees for historical consultants apply
[5] Public Works fees apply
[7] Per the City's Tree Ordinance, the arborist may request a fee in lieu of tree replanting if there is no possibility to plant on site 8 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 406
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Public Works Department Fees
(Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Final Map Review
(Includes up to 3 Reviews)
Parcel (4 lots or less)
City Processing Fee Per Project 2,577 $
Consultant Review Per Project Deposit / Actual
Cost
Subdivision (5 or more lots)
City Processing Fee Per Project 2,989 $
Consultant Review Per Project Deposit / Actual
Cost
4th and Subsequent Review
City Processing Fee Per Submittal 309 $
Consultant Review Per Submittal Deposit / Actual
Cost
Civil Plan Check [1]
(Includes up to 3 Reviews)
Minor Projects
City Processing Fee Per Project 2,062 $
Consultant Review Per Project Deposit / Actual
Cost
Moderate Projects
City Processing Fee Per Project 4,020 $
Consultant Review Per Project Deposit / Actual
Cost
Major Projects
City Processing Fee Per Project 5,875 $
Consultant Review Per Project Deposit / Actual
Cost
4th and Subsequent Review
City Processing Fee Per Submittal 515 $
Consultant Review Per Submittal Deposit / Actual
Cost
Utility Companies Plan Check: [2]
Minor Each 206 $
Moderate Each 412 $
Major Deposit / Actual
Cost 721$
Proposed Fee /
DepositService
Notes
Fee Unit / Type
9 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 407
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Public Works Department Fees
(Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Proposed Fee /
DepositService
Notes
Fee Unit / Type
Construction Inspection (Including Utilities) [3]
Minor Projects (1‐3 inspections) Per Project 464 $
Moderate Projects (4‐5 inspections) Per Project 773 $
Major Projects (6‐10 inspections) Deposit / Actual
Cost
Deposit / Actual
Cost
Additional Inspection Each 154 $
Post Construction Stormwater Device Monitoring Per Device, Every 5 Years 412$
Dirt Hauling Per CY 2.27 $
Planning & Building Dept. Plan Check:
Planning Referral
City Processing Fee Per Project 1,031 $
Consultant Review Per Project Deposit / Actual
Cost
Building Referral, Review of On‐site Civil Per Project 412 $ Debris Box/Storage Container Permit
Duration up to two weeks Per Permit 93 $
Monthly Per Permit 309 $
Encroachment Permit Administrative Fee Per Permit 103 $ Outside Sewer Agreement Fee Deposit / Actual
Cost Deposit $5,000
Community Banner (Hang & Remove):
for‐profit organization Each 206 $
non‐profit organization Each No Charge
Wide Load Processing Each [5] 16 $
Sidewalk Dining or Outdoor Display Approval
Initial Each Initial Review 309 $
Annual Each Annual
Review 309$
10 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 408
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Public Works Department Fees
(Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Proposed Fee /
DepositService
Notes
Fee Unit / Type
Temporary NO PARKING Signs Per Sign 1 $
Semi‐Annual Permit Parking in City Lots
Downtown Employee Parking Program Per Six Month
Permit 103$
East San Carlos Parking Permit Program‐Residential Part of the Program Each No Charge
East San Carlos Parking Permit Program‐Business part of the Program
Per Six Month
Permit 38$
Exception to the Winter Moratorium on Grading Per Week‐long Request 103$
"Street Cut" fee per Ordinance Section 12.08.310.C.2 Per Opening 648 $ Video Review of Existing Sewer Lateral Each 154 $
Starting Work Without a Permit Per Permit Actual Cost Grading Bond Policy (per 12.08.100)
<1,000 CY Per City Policy
Valuation of
Improvements +
20% Contingency
>1,000 CY Per City Policy
Valuation of
Improvements +
20% Contingency,
plus Performance
Bond
Industrial / Commercial Business Stormwater C.4 Inspection Fee
Per Hour ‐
Minimum 1.5
Hours
206$
Technology Fee Per Permit
0.4% of Total
Permit Fee
Amount
Credit Card and eCheck Charges Each Transaction Actual Cost 11 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 409
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Public Works Department Fees
(Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Proposed Fee /
DepositService
Notes
Fee Unit / Type
Parklet Program
Encroachment Permit Administrative Fee Per Permit 103 $ Encroachment Permit ‐ Downtown Area Per Permit / Per 6
Months 1,007$
Encroachment Permit ‐ Other Areas (Industrial Arts, etc.) Per Permit / Per 6 Months 1,007$
Cleaning Fee Per Linear Foot /
Per 6 Months 13.84$
Tree Replanting Fee Per Tree [4] 1,486$
For services requested of City Staff for which no fee is listed in this Master Fee Schedule, the City Manager or Department Director shall determine the appropriate fee based on the following hourly rates for staff time involved in the service.
Maintenance Staff per hr. 266 $
Engineering Staff per hr. 206 $
[Notes]
[1] Minor
One (1) single family residence
o < 1000 CY of grading
o >= 1000 CY of grading
Moderate
Abandonment of R/W or Easement
Two or more (2+) single family residences (<1 acre)
o C.3 Regulated
o Not C.3 Regulated
multi‐family/mixed‐use/commercial/industrial (< 1 acres) o C.3 regulated
o Not C.3 regulated
Major
Two or more (2+) single family residences (>= 1 acre)
Multi‐family/mixed‐use/commercial/industrial (>= 1 acres) Major project ‐ new main line installation or replacement including sewer, storm, water, gas, and electric, major point repair, major development projects including offsite improvements. [5] Set by Title 21 of California Code of Regulation Section 1411.3 [2] Minor project ‐ point repair or maintenance, service line repair or replacement, replacement of overhead utilities, traffic control only,
Moderate project ‐ installation of overhead utilities, installation of equipment at a specific location (not linear),
Major project ‐ installation or replacement of underground utilities, [3] Minor project ‐ sewer lateral repair or installation (outside of roadway), sidewalk, curb, gutter, driveway, traffic control (only), minor utility point repair, installation or maintenance (above ground), discharge, minor roadway improvement,
Moderate project ‐ sewer lateral repair or installation (within roadway), soil boring, moderate utility point repair, installation or maintenance (underground), [4] Amount of fee for the 24th box tree is subject to change based on actual vendor cost 12 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 410
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Community Development Department, Building Department Fees (Effective on July 1st, 2024)
2%
Less Than $5,000
Building Permit Fee base fee under $5,000 334$
Plan Check Fee base fee under $5,000 278$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $5,000 334$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 33.35$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $5,000 278$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 23.63$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $25,000 1,001$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 31.13$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $25,000 750$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 23.35$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $50,000 1,779$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 31.13$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $50,000 1,334$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 23.35$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $100,000 3,335$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 9.46$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $100,000 2,502$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 7.09$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $500,000 7,116$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 7.11$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $500,000 5,337$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 5.33$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $1,000,000 10,673$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 8.01$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $1,000,000 8,005$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 6.00$
$25,000 ‐ $49,999
$50,000 ‐ $99,999
$100,000 ‐ $499,999
$500,000 ‐ $999,999
$1,000,000 and Up
Service
Building Permits (single Family Residential)
$5,000 ‐ $24,999
Proposed Fee /
DepositFee Unit / Type
Notes
13 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 411
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Community Development Department, Building Department Fees (Effective on July 1st, 2024)
2%
Service Proposed Fee /
DepositFee Unit / Type
Notes
Less Than $10,000
Building Permit Fee base fee under
$10,000 556$
Plan Check Fee base fee under
$10,000 889$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $10,000 556$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 74.12$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $10,000 889$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 29.65$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $25,000 1,668$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 40.02$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $25,000 1,334$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 35.58$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $50,000 2,668$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 44.47$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $50,000 2,224$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 35.58$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $100,000 4,892$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 14.45$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $100,000 4,002$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 10.01$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $500,000 10,673$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 16.90$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $500,000 8,005$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 16.01$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $1,000,000 19,123$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 8.50$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $1,000,000 16,010$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 3.16$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $10,000,000 95,615$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 9.56$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $10,000,000 44,472$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 8.01$
$1,000,000 ‐ $9,999,999
$10,000,000 ‐ $19,999,999
$10,000 ‐ $24,999
$25,000 ‐ $49,999
$50,000 ‐ $99,999
Building Permits (Multi‐Family Residential / Commercial / Industrial) $100,000 ‐ $499,999
$500,000 ‐ $999,999
14 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 412
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Community Development Department, Building Department Fees (Effective on July 1st, 2024)
2%
Service Proposed Fee /
DepositFee Unit / Type
Notes
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $20,000,000 191,230$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 3.82$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $20,000,000 124,522$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 3.70$
Building Permit Fee base fee @ $50,000,000 305,968$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 4.59$
Plan Check Fee base fee @ $50,000,000 235,702$
each add'l $1,000 or
fraction thereof 4.72$
Permitted Values for Construction:
per sq. ft. 232$
Interior Remodels per sq. ft. 117$
per sq. ft. 48$
Decks per sq. ft. 39$
Commercial Shell per sq. ft. 57$
Tenant Improvements per sq. ft. 57$
Electrical Permit
Residential: New Single Family
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per sq. ft. 0.09$
Residential: Addition & Remodel
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per sq. ft. 0.09$
Residential: New Multiple Family
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per sq. ft. 0.09$
Commercial: New Shell Building
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per sq. ft. 0.09$
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per add'l sq. ft. 0.09$
Permit 3,000 sq. ft. min. 2,224$
Each additional sq. ft. per add'l sq. ft. 0.50$
Swimming Pool, Spa, or Hot Tub Per Permit 267$
Temporary Power Pole Per Permit 267$
Main Electrical Service Per Permit 267$
Per Permit 111$
New or Replacement Sub‐Panel Per Permit 267$
Miscellaneous Electrical Permit Per Permit 222$
PV Solar Fee Per Permit 334$
New or Replacement Circuit for HVAC or Other
Commercial: Addition, Remodel, Tenant Improvement
$20,000,000 ‐ $49,999,999
$50,000,000 and Up
New Residential and Additions
Garages and Accessory Structures
Commercial: Complex Tenant Improvements (Car Washes, Dry Cleaners, Laundries, Labs, R&D, Biotech, Restaurants, Spray Booths, Hazardous Areas)
15 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 413
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Community Development Department, Building Department Fees (Effective on July 1st, 2024)
2%
Service Proposed Fee /
DepositFee Unit / Type
Notes
Plumbing Permit
Residential: New Single Family
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per add'l sq. ft. 0.09$
Residential: Addition & Remodel
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per add'l sq. ft. 0.09$
Residential: New Multiple Family
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per add'l sq. ft. 0.09$
Commercial: New Shell Building
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per add'l sq. ft. 0.09$
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per add'l sq. ft. 0.09$
Permit 3,000 Sq. Ft. Minimum 2,224$
Each additional sq. ft. per add'l sq. ft. 0.50$
Miscellaneous Plumbing Permit Per Permit 222$
Swimming Pool, Spa, or Hot Tub Per Permit 222$
Water Heater Replacement Per Permit 112$
Gas Piping Extension for New FAU or HVAC Per Permit 111$ Mechanical Permit
Residential: New Single Family
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per add'l sq. ft. 0.09$
Residential: Kitchen & Bath Remodel Per Permit 111$
Commercial: New Shell Building
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per add'l sq. ft. 0.09$
Permit 1,700 sq. ft. min. 222$
Each additional sq. ft. per add'l sq. ft. 0.09$
Permit 3000 sq. ft. min. 667$
Each additional sq. ft. per add'l sq. ft. 0.15$
New FAU or HVAC Installations Per Permit 356$
Replacement FAU or HVAC Per Permit 222$
Miscellaneous Mechanical Per Permit 222$
Miscellaneous Building Fees
Grading Permit Fee for Swimming Pools Per Permit 111$
Grading Permit Fee for Other than Swimming Pools Per Permit 111$ Accessibility Plan Check of Building Permit 1 hour min. 222$ Each additional hour each add'l hr. 222$
Imaging Fees per page (standard size) Per Page 2.22$
Imaging Fees per page (oversize) Per Page 4.45$
Planning Application Review Per Permit 222$
During Normal Business Hours 1 hour min. 222$
Each additional hour each add'l hr. 222$
Outside Business Hours 2 hour min. 479$
Each additional hour each add'l hr. 240$
Code Enforcement‐City Attorney 1 hour min. [1] 318$
Each additional hour each add'l hr. [1] 318$
Commercial: Addition, Remodel, Tenant Improvement
Commercial: Complex Tenant Improvements (Car Washes, Dry Cleaners, Laundries, Labs, R&D, Biotech, Restaurants, Spray Booths, Hazardous Areas)
Commercial: Addition, Remodel, Tenant Improvement
Commercial: Complex Tenant Improvements (Car Washes, Dry Cleaners, Laundries, Labs, R&D, Biotech, Restaurants, Spray Booths, Hazardous Areas)
Fees for Second and Each Additional Re‐inspection:
16 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 414
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Community Development Department, Building Department Fees (Effective on July 1st, 2024)
2%
Service Proposed Fee /
DepositFee Unit / Type
Notes
Dirt Haul Permit n/a reference PW
fee schedule
Municipal Code Violation Fees
First Violation Per Violation 100$
Per Violation 200$
Per Violation 500$
GEO Plan Review / Soils Report Review n/a Actual Cost per Geologist
Per Instance 111$
Additional Plan Check Fee Per Hour 222$
Re‐Inspection Fee Per Hour 222$
Demolition Per Instance 222$
Address Change Per Instance 222$
Green Building Review Per Review 222$
Energy Calculation Review Fee Per Review 111$
Apartment Inspection Annual Fee
Per Residential Building Per Year 277$
Per Dwelling Unit within each Building Per Year 14$
Per Permit
0.4% of Total
Permit Fee
Amount
Per Project
1% of Building
Project Valuation
for all New
Construction and
Additions; Fee is
Applied on
Building Permit
Per Project
0.15% of
Building Project
Valuation for all
New
Construction and
Additions; Fee is
Applied on
Building Permit
Construction Time Limits Extension Fee
Fees for Additional Extensions
1st 60 Day Extension Per Project [2] 0.5% of Total
Value of Project
2nd 60 Day Extension Per Project [2] 1.0% of Total
Value of Project
3rd 60 Day Extension Per Project [2] 1.5% of Total
Value of Project
Construction Time Limits Completion Penalties
Period of Time That Projects Remain Incomplete Beyond Applicable Time Limits 30 Day Grace Period Per Project $0
31st Day Through 60th Day Per Project
0.01% Per Day of
Total Value of
Project
61st Day Through 120th Day Per Project
0.015% Per Day
of Total Value of
Project
Technology Fee
Add'l Violation of the same ordinance within 36‐mths
General Plan Maintenance and Update ‐ Staff Support
General Plan Maintenance and Update ‐ Contract Services GIS Mapping: New Construction, Addition, Alteration
Second Violation of the Same Ordinance within 36‐mths
17 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 415
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Community Development Department, Building Department Fees (Effective on July 1st, 2024)
2%
Service Proposed Fee /
DepositFee Unit / Type
Notes
121st Day & Every Day Thereafter Per Project
0.02% Per Day of
Total Value of
Project
Credit Card and eCheck Charges Each Transaction Actual Cost Building Division Staff Per Hour 222$
Each Additional Hour Each add'l hr. 222$
[Notes]
[1] Subject to change per City Attorney contract
[2] The Building Official may waive an extension fee in the event he/she finds the complexity or size of the project requires a greater time than allotted or the reason for the extension request may be considered beyond the owner's control For services requested of City Staff for which no fee is listed in this Master Fee Schedule, the City Manager or Department Director shall determine the appropriate fee based on the following hourly rates for staff time involved in the service:
18 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 416
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Police Department Fees
(Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Accident Report [1]
Property damage only per report 2$
Property damage with injuries per report 2$
Fatality per report 2$
County Jail Booking Fee County fee
Crime Report per report 2$
False Alarm Response
First Response first call Fee Waived
Subsequent Calls per call 221$
Impounded Vehicle [2]
Towed for criminal offenses per instance 109$
Towed for all other offenses (abandoned, blocking
driveways, etc.) per instance 109 $
Unruly Gatherings
First Call ‐$
Subsequent Calls per hour 330$
Alarm Permit
New initial fee Fee Waived
Processing Permit for Excessive Cats & Dogs per instance 109$ Processing Police Officer Subpoena per hour [3] $275/day deposit per GC
Tape of Radio/Video Transmission, Digital or Hard‐copy
Photographs Per Request actual cost of
materials
Credit Card and eCheck Charges Each Transaction Actual Cost Visa/Police Clearance Request Form Per Request 11$
Non‐Sworn Staff Members of the Police Department: per hour 109 $ Sworn Staff Members of the Police Department: per hour 330 $ For services requested of City staff which have no fee listed in this fee schedule, the City Manager or the City Manager's designee shall determine the appropriate fee based on the established hourly rates for this department/division. Additionally, the City will pass‐through to the applicant any discrete costs incurred from the use of external service providers if required to process the specific application.
Proposed Fee /
DepositService Fee Unit / Type
Notes
19 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 417
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Police Department Fees
(Effective on July 1st, 2024)
[Notes]
[1] CA VC 20012 allows for recovery of the actual cost of providing accident report copies
[2] Towing charges are separate
[3] As set by GC 68096
20 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 418
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Parks and Recreation Department Fees
(Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Parks, Facility, Room, and Amenity Rentals
Adult Community Center Room Rentals 3‐hour minimum
Park View Room [2] R 89$ 850$ 110$ NR 107$ 1,020$ 132$ NP 62$ 595$ 77$ Patio Room [2] R 70$ 509$ 110$ NR 84$ 610$ 132$ NP 49$ 356$ 77$ Park View Patio Room [2] R 110$ 1,055$ 110$ NR 132$ 1,266$ 132$ NP 77$ 738$ 77$ Game Room [2] R Not Available 509 $ 110$ NR Not Available 610 $ 132$ NP Not Available 356 $ 77$
Chestnut Room [2] R 70$ 509$ 110$ NR 84$ 610$ 132$ NP 49$ 356$ 77$ Loft [2] R 70$ 509$ 110$ NR 84$ 610$ 132$ NP 49$ 356$ 77$ Rental Application Fee : $25 (non‐refundable; will be applied to the rental fee) Patio Fee with ACC rental : $50 (may only be rented in conjunction with the Patio Room, Parkview Room, or Game Room) Kitchen Fee : $50 R, NR and NP (limited use; restrictions apply ‐ information included in the rental packet) Youth Center Facility Rentals 2‐hour minimum
Gym (Full) [2][3] R 117$ 321$ 127$ NR 139$ 424$ 152$ NP 81$ 224$ 89$ Gym (Half) [2][3] R 72$ Not Available Not Available NR 86$ Not Available Not Available NP 51$ Not Available Not Available Dance Studio [2][3] R 63$ 218$ 72$ NR 76$ 262$ 86$ NP 44$ 152$ 51$ Arts & Crafts Room [2][3] R 51$ 197$ 63$ NR 61$ 228$ 84$ NP 36$ 138$ 44$ Homework Room [2][3] R 51$ 197$ 63$ NR 61$ 228$ 84$ NP 36$ 138$ 44$ Rental Application Fee : $25 (non‐refundable; will be applied to the rental fee) Kitchen Fee : $25 R, NP and NR (limited use; restrictions apply ‐ information included in the rental packet) Additional Services as Required Per Rental (Adult & Youth Centers):
Facility Attendant $31 Per Hour $31 Per Hour
Janitorial Services $220 Per Event or
Actual Cost
$220 Per Event or
Actual Cost
Insurance Actual Cost Actual Cost
Deposit ‐ Parkview, Patio, Billiard Rooms n/a $500 Per Event Deposit ‐ Patio, Chestnut Rooms, Gym n/a $250 Per Event Security Guard Fee ‐ Private Rentals Serving Alcohol $220 Per Event or Actual Cost
$220 Per Event or
Actual Cost
San Carlos Library Community Room Rental $72 Per Rental n/a Service
Notes
Category
(R=Resident,
NR=Non‐
Resident,
NP=Non‐Profit)
Proposed Fees
Weekday Hourly
(Mon‐Fri 5PM)
Weekend (Fri 5PM ‐
Sun)
Weekend Hourly
Additional
21 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 419
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Parks and Recreation Department Fees
(Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Picnic Sites Rentals (March ‐ October)
Laureola West Side Picnic Area, Laureola Park [4] 156$ Per Event Playground Picnic Area, Burton Park [4] 156$ Per Event Les Mundell Grove, Burton Park [4] 105$ Per Event Chestnut Picnic Area, Burton Park [4] 105$ Per Event Corn Hole Game Area, Chestnut Picnic Site (add‐on) 25 $ Per Event Tot Lot Picnic Area, Burton Park [4] 81$ Per Event Arguello Park: Sunny Site, Shady Site [4] 81$ Per Event Crestview Park Picnic Area [4] 81$ Per Event Bocce Ball
Court 1, Burton Park 19 $ Per Hour Court 2, Burton Park 19 $ Per Hour Rental Application Fee 25$ Each Special Event Permit
New Request [1] 400$ Per Event Repeat Request [1] 375$ Per Event City Staff On‐Sire Time During Event See Hourly Rate Per Hour Athletics ("Per Season/Per Quarter")
Light Use (Fields) 32$ Per Hour Field Use Fee
R‐NP 28$ Per Hour
NR‐NP 35$ Per Hour
Sports League Field Use Fee:
San Carlos Youth Softball (Girls) 86 $ Per Player Youth Baseball 86$ Per Player Soccer 86$ Per Player
Baseball / Soccer Sports Tournament:
New Request Permit Fee 350 $ Per Event Repeat Request Permit Fee 300 $ Per Event Tennis:
Tennis Club Permitted Use 15 $ Per Hour, Per Court Non‐Resident Tennis Club 22 $ Per Hour, Per Court Snack Shack Use
Fall Season (August 15 ‐ November 30) 300 $ Per Season Spring Season (March 1 ‐ May 31) 300 $ Per Season Snack Shack Use (Outside of Primary Youth Sports Seasons) Rental Fee (Mon ‐ Sun) 50$ Per Week Miscellaneous
Park Fitness Group Rental 27$ Per Hour Administrative fees (apply to class registration only)
Registration 10$ Per Registrant Refund 10$ Per Registrant Neighborhood Block Party Permit (Up to 2 Block Parties Per Year) Fee Waived Community Events ‐ City Sponsored
Including but not limited to: Farmers Market, Hometown Days, Art & Wine Faire, Night of Holiday Lights, Goblin Walk, Concerts, Downtown Block Party, etc.
Fees charged for City‐sponsored Community Events shall be set at the discretion of the Parks and Recreation Director and shall not exceed the estimated and reasonable cost of conducting the event
Service
Notes
Primary Rate Unit
22 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 420
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
COST OF SERVICES (USER FEES) FY 2024‐25 Proposed
Schedule of Parks and Recreation Department Fees
(Effective on July 1st, 2024)
Per City Council authorization on February 28, 2022, Hometown Days booth fees with the exception of San Mateo County Health Department permit County Health Department permit fees and equipment rental fees will be waived for all non‐profit organizations PW Maintenance Staff 266 $
Full‐Time 191$
Part‐Time 32$
Recreational Programs
Fees imposed for recreational programs offered by the City shall be set at the discretion of the Parks and Recreation Director, not to exceed the cost of the individual programs. The City's full cost of implementing an individual program may be calculated as follows:
Program Cost of Service = [ (A x B) + C + D + E + F + G ] A = Estimated time for City staff to implement the individual program.
B = Applicable hourly rates for the staff functions involved in the implementation of the individual program (below).
C = Actual cost incurred by the City for any outside service provider involved in the individual program.
D = Actual Cost incurred by the City for any specific materials acquired for use during the individual program E = Prevailing facility rental and/or field use fees imposed by the City and reflected in its Master Fee Schedule F = Prevailing department / City administrative fee
G = Actual costs incurred by the City to rent and/or use facilities/fields from other entities The calculated cost of service above represents the maximum fee that could be imposed by the City for an individual recreation program. The City may recover between 0% and 100% of the cost of service. Cost recovery targets may vary by individual program, at the discretion of the Parks and Recreation Director as determined during the seasonal development of the City's program offerings. The City may also set differential fee for resident and non‐resident participants as long as neither fee exceeds the cost of service. Any person with a home San Carlos mailing address is considered a resident. A San Carlos PO Box or business address will not be taken as proof of residency. A non‐resident is someone who lives in another City. Non‐resident fees will be charged at 20% of the class fee up to a $20 maximum per class. [Notes]
[1] In addition to Parks and Recreation staff time, time is spent by other City departments. Breakdown of other departments time and hourly rate information involved in approving special event permits is as follows:
20 minutes of Public Works staff time at $206 per hour; 20 minutes of Police staff time at $109 per hour;
10 minutes of Planning staff time at $324 per hour, and; 10 minutes of Building staff time at $222 per hour.
[2] Includes facility staff. Additional charge for janitorial services and insurance as needed. [3] Facility rental available for Youth related events only [4] Additional Charge for Insurance as Needed
For services requested of City staff which have no fee listed in this fee schedule, the City Manager or the City Manager's designee shall determine the appropriate fee based on the established hourly rates for this department/division. Additionally, the City will pass‐through to the applicant any discrete costs incurred from the use of external service providers if required to process the specific application.
Primary Rate Service
Notes
Unit
23 of 23
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 421
Impact Fees - FY24-25 Proposed Changes
PARK FACILITY DEVELOPMENT FEE (Municipal Code Chapter 3.34) E. Annual Increase. The fee set forth in subsection B of this section shall be increased annually by the percentage increase of park construction costs cited in the Engineering News Record, for the San Francisco Bay Area, as determined by City Engineer.
Existing Proposed
Fee per bedroom 2,692 $ 2,709$
ENR City Cost Index Annual Change (March 2023 to March 2024) 0.63% SEWER CAPACITY CHARGES (Municipal Code Chapter 13.04)
E. The sewer capacity charge shall be adjusted annually based on the change in the Engineering News-Record Construction Cost Index (20-Cities Average) from the March 2024 index.
Existing Proposed
RESIDENTIAL (charge per residential dwelling unit)
Single Family 13,895 $ 14,270$
Multi-Family (includes Duplexes,
Apartments, Condos & Co-op 6,427$ 6,601$
NON-RESIDENTIAL (charge per 100 gpd of estimated wastewater discharge) Commercial, Retail, Professional,
Institutional & Industrial Users 100 gpd 7,313$ 7,510$ 1gpd 73$ 75.00$
ENR Construction Cost Index Change (see note below - March 2023 to March 2024) 2.7% Note - the % change for the FY24-25 Sewer Capacity Charge was calculated from the change in the CCI from March 2023 to March 2024 TRAFFIC IMPACT FEE (Municipal Code Chapter 8.50)
E. Annual Increase. Effective October 28, 2020, per Ordinance 1562, the amount of the Traffic Impact Fee shall be $6,196 per p.m. peak hour trip, adjusted annually based on the Construction Cost Index published by the Engineering News Record.
Land Use ITE Trip Rate Unit Existing Existing Calculated Fee Proposed Proposed
Calculated Fee
Office 1.15 1000 sf 7,430 $ 8,545$ 7,477$ 8,599$ Research & Development 0.49 1000 sf 7,430 $ 3,641$ 7,477$ 3,664$ Manufacturing 0.67 1000 sf 7,430 $ 4,978$ 7,477$ 5,010$ Warehousing 0.19 1000 sf 7,430 $ 1,412$ 7,477$ 1,421$ Restaurant 9.77 1000 sf 7,430 $ 72,591$ 7,477$ 73,050$ Retail 3.81 1000 sf 7,430 $ 28,308$ 7,477$ 28,487$ Single-Family 0.99 Unit 7,430 $ 7,356$ 7,477$ 7,402$ Multi-Family (Condos/Apts) 0.56 Unit 7,430 $ 4,161$ 7,477$ 4,187$ Condo/Townhome 0.56 Unit 7,430 $ 4,161$ 7,477$ 4,187$ Hotel 0.6 Rooms 7,430 $ 4,458$ 7,477$ 4,486$ Medical Office 3.46 1000 sf 7,430 $ 25,708$ 7,477$ 25,870$ ENR Construction Cost Index Change (March 2023 to March 2024) 0.63% 0.63% CHILD CARE DEVELOPMENT IMPACT FEE (Municipal Code Chapter 8.52) E. The child care development fee shall be adjusted annually based on the change in the Engineering News-Record Reduced Feees for Nonresidential DevelopmentUnit Existing Proposed Office/Research & Development (R&D) per sq. ft. 5.00 $ 5.03$ Retail per sq. ft. 2.50 $ 2.52$
Hotel per sq. ft. 1.60 $ 1.61$
Industrial per sq. ft. 1.60 $ 1.61$
ENR Construction Cost Index Change (March 2023 to March 2024) 0.63%
10.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 422
2 3
5 8
CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: April 22, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Consideration of Adopting a Resolution Approving the Recommendations of the City Centennial Advisory Committee.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a Resolution approving the recommendations of the City Centennial Advisory Committee.
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
There is no fiscal impact and no additional appropriation is needed. The City Council appropriated $250,000 in Fiscal Year (“FY”) 2023-24 and $750,000 in FY 2024-25 for the Capital Improvement Program Budget for Project #C2309 City of San Carlos Centennial Celebration.
BACKGROUND:
On September 11, 2023, the City Council received a presentation to consider and provide input on the formation of a City Centennial Advisory Committee (“Committee”). The Council directed staff to proceed with a recruitment to bring together a community group of residents and members to share ideas on ways the City can celebrate its one hundredth anniversary of incorporation.
To assist with putting together the program of events to celebrate the centennial, the City Council appointed twenty-two primary and seventeen alternate Committee members consisting of representatives from the City Council, City commissions and committees, community organizations, business owners, and the San Carlos School District. The Committee’s role has been to provide ideas and input throughout the initial planning process.
ANALYSIS:
The Committee held its first meeting on January 17, 2024, where staff introduced the purpose, expectations, and goals of the Committee and each member was sworn into office by the City Clerk. At this meeting, the Committee brainstormed how the community could celebrate the centennial. A range of ideas related to event timeframe, location, event components, historical commemorations, community organization involvement, business involvement ideas, and individual ways to celebrate were discussed.
A second meeting was held on February 21, 2024. Staff facilitated a more thorough brainstorming session with both primary and alternate Committee members to cultivate a list of activities and celebrations for the centennial. Ideas were categorized into five categories: big event celebration; history of San Carlos; branding and merchandising; centennial in the arts; and, the 100s. The Committee reviewed each category and added additional ideas during this meeting (see
11.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 423
2 3
5 8
Attachment 1). After the discussion ended, Committee members placed stickers next to ideas they favored. The second half of the meeting involved discussions about a centennial logo. The City Communications Manager presented information about developing a centennial logo and how to align this significant milestone with the City’s existing seal and logo. He also discussed a variety of design elements to consider in the centennial logo.
At the March 20, 2024 meeting, the Committee members viewed a San Carlos History Museum video and then voted on three items: whether to host a large celebratory event in conjunction with Hometown Days or a separate event in late August to early September; which San Carlos historical projects should be implemented; and whether to make a recommendation to the City Council to name the planned Downtown development area “Centennial Plaza”. All primary Committee members were asked to vote. Two alternate members voted for two absent primary members who were unable to attend the scheduled meeting. In one instance, both the primary and alternate members were missing. Below is a summary of the 21 votes that were cast.
Date of Centennial Community Event
The Committee voted 14-7 in favor of hosting the centennial community event in conjunction with the annual Hometown Days weekend (third weekend in May).
San Carlos Historical Projects
The top three projects voted for include:
Partnership with StoryCorps to produce an audio/visual keepsake for long term display that will commemorate the history of San Carlos with personal stories from community members. StoryCorps will facilitate, record, edit, and design these videos for the City to share during the centennial.
A map of San Carlos historical markers to be shared with the community. An oral update to the book, San Carlos Stories: An Oral History for the City of Good Living, by Linda Garvey.
Naming Downtown
The Committee voted 19-2 to recommend that the City Council consider naming the 700 block of Laurel Street “Centennial Plaza”.
Centennial Logo
The Committee was presented with several design options for the City Seal, Good Living Logo and a new Centennial Logo to use in 2025. The majority voted for the following:
San Carlos Seal: the seal with “100 Years” at the bottom Good Living Logo: the logo with “100 Years” and “1925-2025” at the bottom New Centennial Logo: the U-shaped logo highlighting the train depot Their recommended logos are included as Attachment 2 to this report.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternatives available to the City Council include:
1. Adopt a Resolution approving the City Centennial Advisory Committee recommendations; or
2. Do not adopt the Resolution; or
11.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 424
2 3
5 8
3. Provide staff with alternative direction.
Respectfully submitted by:
Amy Newby, Parks & Recreation Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):
1. Resolution
2. Recommended logos
11.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 425
2 3
6 0
RESOLUTION NO. 2024 –_____
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS
APPROVING THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE
CITY CENTENNIAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE.
WHEREAS, the City Council appropriated $250,000 in Fiscal Year (“FY”) 2023-24 and $750,000 in the FY 2024-25 for the Capital Improvement Program Budget for Project #C2309 City of San Carlos Centennial Celebration; and
WHEREAS, the City Council appointed a City Centennial Committee (“Committee”) to bring a group of residents and community members together to share ideas on ways the City can celebrate its one hundredth anniversary of incorporation; and WHEREAS, the Committee held its first meeting on January 17, 2024 at which City staff introduced the purpose, expectations, and goals of the Committee and each member was sworn into office by the City Clerk; and
WHEREAS, at the second meeting held on February 21, 2024, staff facilitated a more thorough brainstorming session with both primary and alternate Committee members to cultivate a list of activities and celebrations for the centennial; and WHEREAS, the Committee voted 14-7 in favor of hosting the centennial community event in conjunction with the annual Hometown Days weekend (third weekend in May); and WHEREAS, the top three projects voted on include:
•A project with StoryCorps to produce and audio/visual keepsake for long-term display that will commemorate the history of San Carlos with personal stories from community members. StoryCorps will facilitate, record, edit, and design these videos for the City to share during the centennial.
•Development of a map of San Carlos historical markers to be shared with the community.
•Compilation of an oral update to the book, San Carlos Stories: An Oral History for the City of Good Living, by Linda Garvey; and
WHEREAS, the Committee voted 19-2 to recommend that the City Council consider naming the 700 block of Laurel Street “Centennial Plaza”; and WHEREAS, the Committee voted to recommend three updated and new logos to use throughout the Centennial year including the City Seal, Good Living Logo and a Centennial logo.
NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby approves the aforementioned recommendations of the City Centennial Advisory Committee. * * * * *
11.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 426
2 3
6 0
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that this Resolution was passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a regular meeting held on the 22nd day of April, 2024 by the following vote:
AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS: _______________________________________________ NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS: ______________________________________________ ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS: ______________________________________________ _________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
__________________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
11.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 427
19 25-2025
10 0 YE ARS
Good Living Logo – 100 Years – 1925-2025
San Carlos Seal – 100 Years – 1925-2025
New Centennial Logo
San CARLOS
20251925
11.a
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 428
CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: April 22, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Consideration of Adopting a Resolution Approving the Traffic Signal Master Plan and Authorizing the Public Works Director to Update and Approve Amendments to the Master Plan as Needed.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a Resolution approving the Traffic Signal Master Plan (“Master Plan”) and authorizing the Public Works Director to update and approve amendments to the Master Plan as needed.
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
There are no fiscal impacts and no additional funding is needed at this time.
Funding for the development of the Master Plan comes from the Traffic Signal Analysis Project C2007.
BACKGROUND:
The City of San Carlos is home to 33 traffic signals, nine of which are owned by Caltrans. The remaining 24 traffic signals are owned and operated by the City. Each of the traffic signals includes signals on poles and/or mast arms, a controller cabinet, safety lighting, pedestrian heads, push buttons and crosswalks, vehicle and bicycle detection, interconnect communication, and other traffic signal accessories. An efficient traffic signal network is a tool to support and advance many of the transportation goals and policies identified in the City’s General Plan. The purpose of the Master Plan is to present a unified plan for the deployment and integration of traffic signals to serve the city’s needs.
In January 2022, City staff selected Kimley-Horn through a request for proposals process to provide professional services for the Master Plan. The agreement for phase one of development of the Master Plan included a traffic signal hardware infrastructure inventory and needs evaluation.
In June 2023, the City Council approved an amendment with Kimley-Horn for phase two of the Master Plan. The additional services in this phase include inventory and updates to all traffic signal timing plans, review and update of signal coordination plans, development of citywide traffic signal specifications, and development of SMART corridor integration requirements.
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 429
ANALYSIS:
The Master Plan is intended to be used as a tool by City staff to effectively implement transportation network improvements. The plan includes:
•Inventory of existing infrastructure and conditions
•Needs and gap assessment that identifies projects
•Prioritization of projects based on cost and effectiveness •Implementation plan
•Standard specifications for all traffic signals across the city The Master Plan also analyzed City/County Association of Governments (C/CAG) of San Mateo County Smart Corridor project integration requirements on signalized intersections. Before finalization, different equipment options, such as bike detection, and current signal timing were evaluated. Therefore, the Master Plan will serve as the City’s standards for maintaining traffic signal infrastructure and for development projects impacting traffic signal operations. It will be a living document, not used for budget approval, but rather, to support a proactive approach for estimating and forecasting future projects for reducing street congestion. The Master Plan is quite technical, and it is recommended to be updated and amended by the Public Works Director every three to five years to stay current with industry standards and developing technologies.
In March 2024, the Planning and Transportation Commission recommended that the City Council approve the Traffic Signal Master Plan.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternatives available to the City Council include:
1. Adopt a Resolution approving the Traffic Signal Master Plan and authorizing the Public Works Director to update and approve amendments to the Master Plan as needed; or
2. Do not adopt the Resolution; or
3. Provide staff with alternative direction.
Respectfully submitted by:
Steven Machida, Public Works Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):
1. Resolution
2. Traffic Signal Master Plan
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 430
RESOLUTION NO. 2024 – ____
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS
APPROVING THE TRAFFIC SIGNAL MASTER PLAN AND AUTHORIZING THE
PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR TO UPDATE AND APPROVE AMENDMENTS TO THE MASTER PLAN AS NEEDED.
WHEREAS, the City of San Carlos Strategic Plan recognizes identification of initiatives to improve traffic flow and parking as an objective of the mobility, traffic and transportation infrastructure goal; and
WHEREAS, the City of San Carlos is home to 33 traffic signals, nine of which are owned by Caltrans and 24 that are owned and operated by the City; and WHEREAS, in January 2022, staff selected Kimley-Horn through a request for proposals process to provide professional services for the Traffic Signal Master Plan (“Master Plan”), which was for phase one to include traffic signal hardware infrastructure inventory and needs evaluation; and
WHEREAS, in May 2022, an amendment to the agreement was executed to add an additional seven intersections to the scope of the Master Plan; and WHEREAS, the technical memo for phase one existing conditions of the Master Plan was received in fall 2022; and
WHEREAS, in June 2023, the City Council approved an amendment with Kimley-Horn for phase two of the Master Plan, which included inventory and updates to all traffic signal timing plans, review and update of signal coordination plans, development of citywide traffic signal specifications, and development of SMART corridor integration requirements; and WHEREAS, staff has completed the Master Plan, which includes: an inventory of existing infrastructure and conditions, a needs and gap assessment that identifies projects, prioritized projects based on cost and effectiveness, an implementation plan, and standard specifications for all traffic signals across the city; and
WHEREAS, in March 2024, the Planning and Transportation Commission recommended that the City Council approve the Traffic Signal Master Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby approves the Traffic Signal Master Plan and authorizes the Public Works Director to update and approve amendments to the Master Plan as needed.
* * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 22nd day of April 2024, by the following vote:
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 431
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 432
0 March 1, 2024
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 433
1 CONTENTS
Executive Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 2 1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................ 3
1.1 Project Background ....................................................................................................................... 3
1.2 Document Purpose ....................................................................................................................... 4
1.3 Benefits ......................................................................................................................................... 4 2 Existing Conditions ................................................................................................................................ 5 3 Needs and Gap Assessment ................................................................................................................. 7
3.1 Goals and Objectives .................................................................................................................... 7
3.2 Needs and Gap Assessment ........................................................................................................ 8 4 Implementation Strategy ...................................................................................................................... 10
4.1 Implementation Strategies .......................................................................................................... 10
4.2 Implementation Projects .............................................................................................................. 12 5 Planning Level Cost estimate .............................................................................................................. 18
5.1 Assumptions ................................................................................................................................ 18
5.2 Project Cost ................................................................................................................................. 20 6 Standardization and Integration ........................................................................................................... 22
6.1 Traffic Signal Specifications ........................................................................................................ 22
6.2 Communications Standardization ............................................................................................... 23
6.3 Smart Corridor Integration ........................................................................................................... 24 7 Next Steps ........................................................................................................................................... 26 Appendix A – Field Review Summary ......................................................................................................... 27 Appendix B - Traffic Signal Technical Specifications .................................................................................. 28 Appendix C – Detailed Cost Estimate ......................................................................................................... 29
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 434
2 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
BENEFITS: Key benefits of a traffic signal master plan are:
► Define traffic signal requirements for consistent deployments by public and development projects.
► Improve the transportation network for pedestrians, bikes, and transit by planning for emerging traffic signal technology (e.g., video detection of vulnerable road user near-miss incidents and transit signal priority).
► Coordinate short-term improvements and long-term planning decisions with regional agencies (e.g., Caltrans, C/CAG), neighboring jurisdictions (e.g., City of Belmont, Redwood City), and transit agencies (e.g., SamTrans, Caltrain). ► Ensure maintenance of a safe and efficient traffic signal system to meet existing and future demands.
PROPOSED PROJECTS: Based on an existing conditions evaluation, needs and gaps assessment, and survey of smart signal technologies, the following projects are proposed:
Phase 1 ($1.19 M)
► Upgrade all pedestrian heads to countdown timers
► Upgrade all pedestrian pushbuttons to accessible pedestrian signals (APS) ► Upgrade communications at signals
► Update signal timing coordination
► Upgrade controllers to integrate with advanced traffic management system Phase 2 ($5.05 M)
► Pilot video detection and bike detected signal indicator system at one intersection ► Deploy video detection and bike detected signal indicator at 23 intersections. ► Develop a funding strategy document
► Develop a staffing plan
► Formalize maintenance and operations responsibilities and budgets ► Upgrade communications at signals
► Procure and install controller battery back-up systems ► Procure and install additional C/CAG Smart Corridor workstation Phase 3 ($2.33 M)
► Upgrade communications at signals
► Establish a traffic operators center
OBJECTIVE: Present a unified plan for the deployment and integration of traffic signals to serve City needs.
Total Cost = $8.57M
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 435
3 1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND
The City of San Carlos (City), located in San Mateo County of the San Francisco Bay Area, is home to over 30,000 residents. While the majority of land is dedicated to residential use, the City has industrial and commercial areas concentrated on its eastern side. City arterial and local streets are intersected by US 101, Interstate 280, El Camino Real, and the Caltrain railroad tracks. City streets are critical to facilitating circulation to these four, major, San Francisco Peninsula thoroughfares. In an effort to improve people movement throughout the City, the City is conducting a comprehensive review of their existing traffic signal system and communications infrastructure. The goal is to build a robust traffic signal network with tools to effectively manage the transportation network.
In the City of San Carlos General Plan1, several goals are identified relating to transportation within, from, to, and through the City. These include:
► To develop a circulation system that is safe, environmentally friendly and responsive to the needs of various land uses planned within the City of San Carlos. (General Plan Goal CSH-1) ► To provide a safe, efficient, and aesthetically pleasing circulation network for various transportation modes in addition to the automobile. (General Plan Goal CSH-2) ► Maintain a street and highway system which accommodates future growth while maintaining acceptable levels of service. (General Plan Goal CSH-3) ► Provide for safe walking and bicycle riding for transportation and recreation. (General Plan Goal CSH-4)
► Ensure all modes of transportation connect safely and efficiently both within San Carlos and with neighboring jurisdictions. (General Plan Goal CSH-5) ► Integrate transportation and land use. (General Plan Goal CSH-6) ► Contribute to a comprehensive regional trail system for alternative transportation and outdoor recreation purposes. (General Plan Goal CSH-7)
► To develop a system of scenic highways and roads that reflects the aesthetic and visual qualities of the existing and developing San Carlos landscape and the surrounding region. (General Plan Goal CSH-8)
Accompanying each of the goals, the General Plan outlines policies and actions to achieve these goals.
While not explicitly mentioned in the Plan, an efficient traffic signal network is a tool to support and advance many of the identified transportation goals and policies. This Traffic Signal Master Plan aims to advance the City’s goals by analyzing and inspecting the existing traffic signal systems, determining what infrastructure may need upgrading, and identifying new technology for implementation that may benefit the City and its residents.
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 436
4 1.2 DOCUMENT PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to present a unified plan for the deployment and integration of traffic signals to serve City needs. This document is the culmination of previous project deliverables, including an existing equipment and infrastructure inventory, needs analysis, implementation strategy and project prioritization, traffic signal technical specification requirements, and City/County Association of Governments (C/CAG) of San Mateo County Smart Corridor project integration requirements.
This document is intended to be used as a tool by City staff to effectively implement transportation network improvements. This is a dynamic document that will need to be reevaluated and updated every five years to reassess the City’s priorities and adjust them as appropriate.
1.3 BENEFITS
The benefits of having a traffic signal master plan are listed below:
► Accommodate development in the City by clearly defining traffic signal technical specifications.
► Coordinate short-term improvements and long-term planning decisions with regional agencies (e.g., Caltrans, C/CAG), neighboring jurisdictions (e.g., City of Belmont, Redwood City), and transit agencies (e.g., SamTrans, Caltrain).
► Ensure maintenance of a safe and efficient traffic signal system to meet existing and future demands.
► Comply with current federal and state regulations, as well as latest industry guidelines and practices relating to traffic signal systems (e.g., minimum pedestrian walk time, push buttons, detection, advanced traffic controllers).
► Leverage C/CAG’s investment into the Smart Corridor system, by planning to comply with system integration requirements.
► Improve the transportation network for pedestrians, bikes, and transit by planning for emerging technology (e.g., video detection of vulnerable road user near-miss incidents and transit signal priority).
► Prepare for City Capital Improvement Program budgeting efforts.
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 437
5 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS
The City is home to 33 traffic signals, nine of which are owned by Caltrans. The remaining 24 traffic signals are owned and operated by the City, each including signals on poles and/or mast arms, a controller cabinet, safety lighting, pedestrian heads, push buttons and crosswalks, vehicle and bicycle detection, interconnect communication and other traffic signal accessories. Figure 1 shows the traffic signals and communications infrastructure throughout the City of San Carlos.
Figure 1: City of San Carlos Traffic Signals
Appendix A – Field Review Summary reflects a field inventory of each City-owned traffic signal. A summary of the existing elements is listed below:
► Controller Cabinets – A mix of Caltrans and NEMA cabinets are used by the City and the breakdown of cabinet types and quantities are:
Fifteen Caltrans Type 332
Five NEMA Type P44
Two NEMA Type M
Two NEMA Type G
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 438
6 ► Vehicle Signal Heads –The majority of pole mounted and mast arm mounted signal heads are equipped with 12” diameter indications, however there are 8” diameter lenses at 12 intersections. While the use of 8” indications is allowed by the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD), they can only be used under certain conditions (see CA MUTCD Section 4D.07), otherwise 12” indications are required for all new installation. ► Pedestrian Signal Heads - Both countdown type and standard (i.e., Hand/Walking Person) pedestrian heads are in use throughout the City, with countdown types most widely installed.
A potentially defective pedestrian signal head is present at the intersection of San Carlos Avenue and Elm Street because field observations noted that one head displayed a singular red hand pedestrian head (non-blinking).
► Vehicle and Bicycle Detection – All but two intersections have inductive loops for detection.
The other two intersection are recent traffic signal installations on Industrial Road at Commercial Street and E. San Carlos Avenue and video detection was installed. ► Pedestrian Detection - Both standard and Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS) push button assemblies are deployed, but standard push buttons are more prevalent as they are present at 19 of the 24 City intersections. Separate audible pedestrian signals are present at the intersection of Industrial Road and Quarry Road.
► Safety Lighting – All intersections have LED safety lights. ► Battery Backup System - While all intersections have a battery-backup cabinet present, only 7 intersections have batteries though most were expired or not connected to the signal. As such, in the event of a power shutoff, nearly all of the City signals are not equipped with backup power.
A variety of controller models are installed throughout the City. The majority are Model 2070 controllers, manufactured by companies such as Safetran, Naztec, Intelight and McCain and they operate a breadth of firmware versions. Controllers at intersections connected to the San Mateo Smart Corridor utilize D4 software, while the other intersections tend to have software consistent with the controller manufacturer (i.e., Naztec 2070N with Apogee software), However, there are three intersections along Old County Road that are running Caltrans TSCP firmware.
In 14 of the controller cabinets, fiber or copper signal interconnect was observed. All of the existing fiber interconnect within the City was installed by the San Mateo Smart Corridor project. The City has a Smart Corridor workstation at City Hall that is integrated with the countywide system via a fiber optic cable between City Hall and a Caltrans communication trunkline along El Camino Real. This workstation provides access for City staff to monitor and control the City intersections on the Smart Corridor system. It was observed that there are two recently installed intersections, Industrial Road at Commercial Street and Industrial Road at E. San Carlos Avenue, that are on segments of the Smart Corridor fiber network but were not connected to the fiber trunkline. Both intersections were installed after the Smart Corridor project and were installed by development projects. They both have GPS time clocks, but the controller was not connected to the time clock at the E. San Carlos intersection. In addition to the fiber optic cable interconnect, there is copper interconnect along Holly Street, Laurel Street, and San Carlos Avenue.
Lastly, the intersection of Old County Road at Howard Avenue has a wireless cellular modem in addition to copper interconnect.
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 439
7 3 NEEDS AND GAP ASSESSMENT
3.1 GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
The City General Plan outlines a vision and goals for the City’s transportation network in its Circulation & Scenic Highways Element. While these goals are broad, the scope of these goals encapsulates important concepts including:
► Safety.
► Efficiency.
► Aesthetics.
► Accommodating future growth while maintaining acceptable levels of service. ► Ensuring that the network serves all modes of transportation.
Expanding on these broader themes, specific goals and objectives for the traffic signal system have been developed to guide future planning and implementation projects. The goals are tangible categories that compose the City’s overall vision for the system, and objectives are specific and measurable means by which to analyze the City’s progress with regards to achieving the goals. The goals and objectives in Table 1 have been developed based on input from Public Works staff.
Table 1: Goals and Objectives
Goal Objective
[1] Conduct evaluation of the
existing City transportation
network
► Take inventory of existing traffic signal equipment and infrastructure
► Identify and classify gaps in the traffic signal system ► Develop strategies for gap closures and system upgrades ► Create an evaluation structure to prioritize opportunities for addressing gaps
[2] Improve traffic operations on
signalized corridors
► Implement transportation system tools to provide reliable coordination along corridors
► Evaluate individual intersection operations (cycles, splits, lead/lag, ped/bike timing, etc.)
► Consider opportunities for signal operations and coordination across jurisdictional boundaries, particularly to/from Caltrans facilities
[3] Update traffic signals to
current industry standards
► Implement traffic signal controllers based on latest Advanced Transportation Controller (ATC) standards
► Deploy video detection equipment to enhance bicycle and vehicle detection
► Replace outdated traffic signal equipment (e.g., pedestrian push buttons, touchless controller cabinets, 8” signal heads, high pressure sodium lights)
► Develop traffic signal standards to guide capital improvement projects and private development projects
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 440
8 Goal Objective
[4] Establish operations &
maintenance policies and funding
► Identify funding sources for equipment repairs and
replacement
► Develop policies and guidelines for proactive signal system maintenance
[5] Position City for
implementation of future
emerging technologies
► Upgrade interconnect system to allow for ease of
implementation of emerging technologies
► Establish evaluation criteria for evaluating emerging technology
► Engage City staff in gaps assessment to help identify future traffic needs
[6] Establish a Traffic Operations
Center (TOC)
► Identify a space for a TOC at City Hall
► Monitor and control traffic signals from a centralized location ► Coordinate with neighboring cities and Caltrans for
opportunities for regional traffic management
[7] Expand the integration with
San Mateo County Smart
Corridors
► Connect recently installed City traffic signal cabinets to existing San Mateo County Smart Corridors interconnect
routes
► Leverage Smart Corridor traffic management system for City traffic control and operations
3.2 NEEDS AND GAP ASSESSMENT
Due to the varying age of traffic signals throughout San Carlos, there is also variation in the condition of the infrastructure. There are inconsistencies in the traffic signal equipment across the City, leading to more difficult maintenance and a lower level of readiness for potential implementation of new and emerging technologies.
Table 2 lists the traffic signal system gaps and traces them to the goals of this plan. These gaps will inform proposed improvements and serve as a framework for deciding how to prioritize projects.
Table 2: City of San Carlos Traffic Signal System Gaps
Gap City Need Associated
Goals
[A] No Existing
Deployment
Policies and Standards
The City does not have policies and systems in place to initiate ongoing upgrades to traffic signal equipment.
Having policies and standards would assist the efficient and consistent implementation of traffic signal
infrastructure.
2, 3, 4, 5
[B] Intersections are Not
Suited for Active
Transportation Users
City Policy CSH-2.2 aims to “provide for adequate
pedestrian and bicycle facilities as viable transportation alternatives.” Additionally, City Policy CSH-4.3 states that “the safety of bicyclists, pedestrians, as well as motorists shall be considered in street design wherever possible.” Currently, the City lacks widespread implementation of
technologies that improves the access and user
experience of active transportation modes at traffic signals such as reliable bicycle detection and accessible/touchless pedestrian push buttons.
1, 3
[C] Limited Coordinated
Traffic Signals
The City experiences congestion at its signalized
intersections, particularly those adjacent to major arterials such as El Camino Real and US-101.
1, 2, 3
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 441
9 Gap City Need Associated
Goals
[D] Not All Traffic Signals
Have
Interconnect
City Goal CSH-5 aims to ensure that “all modes of
transportation connect safely and efficiently.” Signals with communications could facilitate more cohesive signal
operations.
2, 3, 5, 7
[E] Limited Ongoing
Collaboration with
Adjacent Agencies for
Operations Across
Jurisdictions
City Policy CSH-3.10 states that “The City shall support efforts for a coordinated transportation system (…) with local, regional and Caltrans agencies.” The City currently participates in the San Mateo County Smart Corridor, but the City can further this collaboration to day-to-day traffic operations instead of just major incidents. Of particular interest is improving operations to and from to inter-
jurisdictional roadways that currently experience the most congestion in San Carlos, such as El Camino Real which is Caltrans owned and operated.
2, 6, 7
[F] Inconsistent Funding
for Improvements and
Staffing
While the City does budget for on-going signal
maintenance and operations, there is no long-term budget and funding set aside for comprehensive system upgrades.
Additionally, the City does not have dedicated staff for regular oversight, monitoring, or operations of the network.
As a result, necessary upgrades may not be prioritized. 3, 4
[G] Lack of Traffic
Operations Center (TOC)
Although the City does have some coordinated signals and several traffic detection systems, there is no centralized location or team dedicated to managing and analyzing this information.
2, 4, 6
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 442
10 4 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY
4.1 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
Based on the traffic signal system infrastructure gaps and City needs, a list of implementation strategies was developed to facilitate implementation. Table 3 is comprehensive list of strategies, highlighting the benefit to the City and traceability back to system gaps.
Table 3: Implementation Strategies
Strategy
No. Strategy Description Benefit to City Associated
Gap(s)
1 Standardize
Traffic Signal
Controllers
► Procure and Install
Traffic Signal
Controllers based on
latest industry
standards
► Facilitate the efficient
and consistent
implementation of
traffic signal
infrastructure, that is
compatible with the
C/CAG Smart Corridor
system.
► Facilitate
implementation of
smart traffic signal
technologies (e.g.,
transit signal priority).
A, C
2 Develop Traffic
Signal Standard
Specifications
► Develop Standard
Specifications for
use by City and
Developers
► Facilitate the efficient
and consistent
implementation of
traffic signal
infrastructure, given
recent development.
A
3 Conduct
Comprehensive
Signal Timing
Assessment on
Primary
Corridors and
City-Owned
Signals
► Update Signal
Timing on Primary
Corridors
► Support Caltrans
Signal Timing
Optimization along
El Camino Real
► Update Signal
Timing on
Secondary Corridors
and Isolated
Intersections
► Decrease congestion
and environmental
impacts at City-owned
signalized
intersections and
primary corridors (e.g.,
El Camino Real).
► Facilitate
implementation of
smart traffic signal
technologies (e.g.,
adaptive traffic control
system).
C, E
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 443
11 Strategy
No. Strategy Description Benefit to City Associated
Gap(s)
4 Upgrade
Pedestrian and
Bicycle Traffic
Signal
Components to
Current Industry
Standards
► Upgrade Pedestrian
Heads to
Countdown Timers
► Upgrade Standard
Pedestrian Push
Buttons to
Accessible
Pedestrian Signals
(APS)
► Upgrade Detection
Infrastructure to
Better Detect
Bicycles
► Improve pedestrian
and bicyclist safety
and access, in
alignment with City
policies.
► Support future
detection applications
(e.g., pedestrian and
bike near-miss
detection software).
A, B
5 Develop a
Funding Strategy
Document and
Staffing Plan
► Provide timeline and
key milestones for
project funding
opportunities
► Plan for funding to
train and to
coordinate with
qualified staff
► Identify funding
sources (i.e., grants,
developer fees, etc.)
and staffing availability
will facilitate
implementation of the
improvements
identified in this plan.
E, F
6 Develop
Standard
Operating
Procedures for
Ongoing
Maintenance and
Operations
► Establish
groundwork for
needs and cost of
continued
operations of traffic
elements
► Formalize
Maintenance and
Operations
Responsibilities and
Budgets
► Develop standard
operations and
maintenance practices
ensures capital
investments in
transportation
technology are most
effectively leveraged
over time.
A, E, F
7 Expand
Communications
to Intersections
on Primary
Corridors
► Establish
Communication to
All Signals Along
Existing
Interconnected
Corridors
► Convert Existing
Legacy Copper
Interconnect to
Ethernet over
Copper
► Establish
communications to
signals facilitates
remote management
and control, improving
the City’s ability to
operate its
transportation
network.
► Facilitate
implementation of
smart traffic signal
technologies (e.g.,
vulnerable road user
video detection).
B, C, D
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 444
12 Strategy
No. Strategy Description Benefit to City Associated
Gap(s)
8 Revisit Signal
Timing Every 3-5
Years
► Update Signal
Timing Coordination
► Evaluate Advanced
Traffic Signal
Operation Systems
► Revisit the signal
timing will ensure that
signalized
intersections are
operating most
effectively, given
changing travel
patterns and
populations.
B, C
9 Establish
Communications
to Isolated
Intersections and
Expand Fiber to
All Primary
Corridors
► Install
Cellular/Wireless
Communications to
Isolated
Intersections
► Replace Copper
Interconnect with
Fiber
► Establish
communications to
signals facilitates
remote management
and control, improving
the City’s ability to
operate its
transportation
network.
► Facilitate
implementation of
smart traffic signal
technologies (e.g.,
adaptive signal
control, vulnerable
road user video
detection).
C, D
10 Establish a
Traffic
Operations
Center
► Establish Traffic
Operations Center
► Allow the City to
centrally control and
monitor traffic signals
and other traffic
operations equipment.
► Facilitate coordination
with Caltrans, County
of San Mateo, C/CAG,
transit agencies, and
adjacent jurisdictions
during emergencies or
major events.
G
4.2 IMPLEMENTATION PROJECTS
Due to staff and budget limitations, the proposed projects will need to be prioritized. Implementation of these projects require City staff time. These demands can be supplemented by professional consulting services, facilitated through the existing City on-call contract mechanism. Given City staff size, execution of this plan will require a mixture of both City staff time and consultant support.
The phases are defined as such:
1. Phase 1 - short-term projects that can offer a near-term benefit to the travelling public, one to three years from master plan approval (2024 through 2026).
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 445
13 2. Phase 2 – mid-term projects that require coordination with multiple City departments and/or public outreach, three to eight years from master plan approval (2027 through 2032).
3. Phase 3 – long-term projects that do not fit within City staffing and/or budget limitations within the next eight years, more than eight years from master plan approval (2033 and beyond).
Each implementation strategy listed above is related to one or more specific projects that are practical to implement. Table 4 outlines a list of projects. The project number is structured as associated implementation number dash project number (X-X).
Table 4: Proposed Project List
Project
No. Project Phase Notes
1-1
Procure and install controller with
KITS compatible firmware for
Industrial/Bransten
1 Firmware upgrade will allow re-
integration into KITS, communications
connection to the San Mateo system
hub is already established.
1-2
Procure and install 10 traffic
signal controllers with KITS
compatible firmware
1 San Carlos/Laurel, San Carlos/Walnut,
San Carlos/Elm, San Carlos/Cedar,
Brittan/Laurel, San Carlos/Club,
Brittan/Alameda, Industrial/PAMF, Old
County/E. San Carlos, San
Carlos/Chestnut
1-3
Procure and install GPS clocks at
San Carlos/Phelps and San
Carlos/Alameda
N/A Project in progress with completion
anticipated March 2024.
1-4 Procure and install controller
battery back-up systems 2 -
2-1 Develop standard specifications
for use by City and Developers N/A This project is being accomplished as part of this master plan development.
3-1 Update signal timing plan on
primary corridors N/A This project is being accomplished as part of this master plan development.
3-2 Optimize signal timing along El
Camino Real (ECR) N/A
This project is being complete in parallel
to this master plan development though
an Adaptive Signal Timing deployment
along ECR in partnership with Caltrans.
3-3
Update signal timing on
secondary corridors and isolated
intersections
N/A This project is being accomplished as
part of this master plan development.
4-1 Upgrade 75 pedestrian heads to
countdown timers 1 -
4-2
Upgrade 148 pedestrian
pushbuttons to accessible
pedestrian signals (APS)
1 -
4-3
Pilot video detection and bike
detected signal indicator system
at one intersection
2 -
4-4
Deploy video detection and bike
detected signal indicator at 23
intersections.
2 Dependent on 4-3.
5-1 Develop a funding strategy
document 2 -
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 446
14 Project
No. Project Phase Notes
5-2 Develop a staffing plan 2 -
6-1
Formalize maintenance and
operations responsibilities and
budgets
2 -
7-1
Connect Industrial/Commercial,
Industrial/E. San Carlos, and Old
County/Howard to existing C/CAG
Smart Corridor fiber trunkline
2 This project will influence the Northeast
Area Specific Plan.
7-2
Use existing copper interconnect
for Ethernet connections for near
term implementation at five
intersections
1 San Carlos/Laurel, San Carlos/Walnut,
San Carlos/Elm, San Carlos/Cedar, San
Carlos/Chestnut
7-3 Replace copper interconnect with
fiber at six intersections 2
Laurel/Holly, San Carlos/Laurel, San
Carlos/Walnut, San Carlos/Elm, San
Carlos/Cedar, San Carlos/Chestnut
This project will influence the Downtown
Specific Plan.
8-1 Update signal timing coordination
in 2026 1
Signal timing coordination to be
updated every 3-5 years thereafter to
adjust for current traffic conditions and
maintain effectiveness.
9-1
Install cellular/wireless
communications at three, remote
intersections.
1 San Carlos/Phelps, San
Carlos/Alameda, San
Carlos/Devonshire
9-2
Install cellular/wireless
communications at three, remote
intersections
1 San Carlos/Club, Brittan/Alameda,
Industrial/PAMF. This is the permanent
communications solution at these three
remote intersections.
9-3
Install fiber along San Carlos Ave
between Devonshire Blvd and
Alameda, and connect three
intersections
3 This will replace the temporary wireless
connection from Project 9-1.
9-4 Connect Brittan/Laurel to fiber
trunkline along El Camino Real 3 -
9-5 Connect Old County/E. San
Carlos to fiber along Holly 3 -
9-6
Integrate Industrial/Commercial
and Industrial/E. San Carlos into
KITS
2 These two signals are along the C/CAG
Smart Corridor routes.
Dependent on 7-1.
9-7 Integrate Holly/Laurel into KITS 1 -
9-8 Integrate five intersections into
KITS 1
San Carlos/Laurel, San Carlos/Walnut,
San Carlos/Elm, San Carlos/Cedar, San
Carlos/Chestnut
Dependent on 1-2.
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 447
15 Project
No. Project Phase Notes
9-9 Integrate three intersections into
KITS 1
San Carlos/Alameda, San
Carlos/Phelps, San Carlos/Devonshire
Dependent on 9-1.
9-10 Integrate five intersections into
KITS (as they come online) 3
Brittan/Laurel, San Carlos/Club,
Brittan/Alameda, Industrial/PAMF, Old
County/E. San Carlos
Dependent on 1-2, 9-2, 9-4, and 9-5.
10-1 Establish a traffic operators
center 3
Assumes small scale TOC that utilizes
an existing conference room or other
work space that would be used during
emergencies or major events.
10-2 Procure and install additional
KITS workstation 2 -
Figure 2 through Figure 4 illustrates the proposed communications infrastructure upgrades at City of San Carlos traffic signals, summarized in the table above.
Figure 2: Proposed City of San Carlos Traffic Signal Communications Infrastructure – Phase 1
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 448
16 Figure 3: Proposed City of San Carlos Traffic Signal Communications Infrastructure – Phase 2
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 449
17 Figure 4: Proposed City of San Carlos Traffic Signal Communications Infrastructure – Phase 3
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 450
18 5 PLANNING LEVEL COST ESTIMATE
A planning level cost estimate was developed for each of the projects identified and the costs are shown in Table 4. This is a high-level cost estimate meant to inform City budgeting and planning efforts.
Each project has been identified to address the City’s need and will advance the priorities of the City’s transportation network. These projects are relatively small investments that allow the City to leverage larger, regional investments into emerging technology and private entity’s investments into development.
A coordinated plan is the most efficient way to allocate funding for traffic signal master plan improvements. Disjointed investments on standalone projects and developments lead to mismatched, incompatible technologies which limit the technology’s potential benefits.
5.1 ASSUMPTIONS
The following assumptions were made for the planning level cost estimate:
► Preliminary engineering costs are 30% of capital equipment construction costs for all communications infrastructure and ITS device deployments. ► Each new controller that is procured will require on-call signal technician time to program. ► Each project to upgrade a pedestrian head to countdown timer includes the following items:
remove and salvage existing signal indication, furnish and install pedestrian signal indication (countdown), miscellaneous cabling, and design.
► Each project to upgrade a PPB to APS includes the following items: remove existing pedestrian push button assembly, furnish and install APS assembly with sign, miscellaneous cabling, and design.
► Each video detection and bike detected signal indicator system project includes the following items: furnish and install bicycle detected signal indicator system (two indicators, controller unit), draw and program new video detection zones, procure video detection system, furnish and install video detection system, furnish and install 3” conduit, furnish and install No. 6E pull box (four per intersection), miscellaneous cabling, and design. To be conservative, it is assumed that a third of existing conduits exceed fill and new conduits will be required. ► Developing a funding strategy document, staffing plan, and maintenance and operations plan includes professional services time to research, develop a draft, address comments, and prepare a final document. The development of each document encourages intentional conversations and actionable steps to advance the Traffic Signal Master Plan. ► Any fiber installation includes a cable length contingency for slack and coils, which was assumed to be an additional 20% of the total cable length estimated. At all trunk splice points, slack of about 100ft per direction of slice is provided. At a typical intersection, about a total of 100 feet of slack is provided for pull boxes, connection to signal, and as needed. Coils of about 100 to 300 feet are provided as needed at predetermined access points for future implementation.
► Installing fiber includes the following items: furnish and install 3” conduit, 288 SMFO cable for trunkline, 12 SMFO cable for branch, No. 6E pull box (every 200 feet and four per
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 451
19 intersection), fiber optic splice vault (one per intersection), splice closures, 12-port fiber termination panel and patch cords, Ethernet switch, make and test fiber splicings and terminations (four splices and twelve terminations per intersection), and design. ► Updating signal timing coordination includes the following items: traffic counts, professional services time for signal timing plan updates and controller programming. ► Installing wireless cellular communications includes the following items: wireless modem, antenna, miscellaneous cabling, start-up cost with third-party provider, and design.
Table 5 outlines unit cost assumptions that were used for the planning level cost estimate. The source of these costs is recent construction bid results of similar projects, to reflect current market pricing as of December 2023.
Table 5: Planning Level Unit Costs
Item Unit Cost Unit
Communications Installation
Furnish and Install 12-Strand SFMO Cable $10 LF
Furnish and Install 288-Strand SMFO Cable $18 LF
Furnish and Install 3" Conduit $125 LF
Make and Test Fiber Splices and Terminations $250 EA
Furnish and Install Splice Closure $2,500 EA
Furnish and Install No. 6E Pull Box $3,500 EA
Furnish and Install 12-Port Fiber Termination Panel and Patch Cords $1,200 EA Furnish And Install Fiber Optic Splice Vault $3,200 EA Upgrade Copper Interconnect to Ethernet Connection (per intersection) $10,000 EA Leased Wireless Communications
Antenna For Cellular/Wireless Communication $750 EA
Start-Up Cost For Cellular/Wireless Communication $750 EA Wireless Modem For Cellular/Wireless Communication $2,250 EA Update Pedestrian Heads to Countdown Timers
Remove and Salvage Existing Signal Indication $200 EA
Furnish and Install Pedestrian Signal Indication (Countdown) $1,200 EA Misc. Cabling $750 EA
Update PPB to APS
Remove and Salvage Existing Pedestrian Push Button Assembly $250 EA Furnish And Install Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS) Assembly With Sign $1,500 EA Misc. Cabling $750 EA
Replace Controller
Furnish and Install McCain Controller $7,500 EA
Furnish and Install Firmware $1,000 EA
Controller Battery Back-Up System
Upgrade Existing Battery Back-Up System $2,000 EA
Furnish and Install New Battery Back-Up System $10,000 EA Video Detection and Bike Detected Signal Indicator System Furnish and Install Bicycle Detected Signal Indicator System (2 Indicators, Controller Unit)
$4,000 EA
Furnish and Install Video Detection System (Per Intersection) $40,000 EA Furnish and Install No. 6E Pull Box $3,500 EA
Misc. Cabling $750 EA
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 452
20 Item Unit Cost Unit
Establish Traffic Operation Center (TOC)
Integrate TOC $50,000 LS
Procure additional TOC workstation $20,000 LS
ATMS Integration
Integrate intersection into KITS $1,500 EA
Procure additional KITS workstation $2,000 EA
5.2 PROJECT COST
Table 6 outlines the capital, soft, total, and projected/escalated planning level cost estimate for each project. As defined in Section 4.1 Implementation Strategies, the projects will progress as either Phase 1 (near-term), Phase 2 (mid-term), or Phase 3 (long-term) projects. Each project’s phasing is detailed below. The following assumptions were made when extrapolating the project costs over the three phases:
► 4% cost escalation per year.
► 15% contingency for Phase 1 near-term projects.
► 30% contingency for Phase 2 mid-term projects.
► 45% contingency for Phase 3 long-term projects.
All projected/escalated costs were rounded up to the nearest thousand. A more detailed breakdown of the costs can be found in Appendix C – Detailed Cost Estimate.
Table 6: Project Costs
Project
No. Project Capital Cost
Soft Costs
(Design
and
Oversight)
Total Cost Projected
Year
Projected/
Escalated
Cost
Phase 1
1-1
Procure and install
controller with KITS
compatible firmware for
Industrial/Bransten
$8,500 $500 $9,000 2024 $ 11,000
1-2
Procure and install 10
traffic signal controllers
with KITS compatible
firmware
$85,000 $5,000 $90,000 2025 $ 111,000
4-1
Upgrade 75 pedestrian
heads to countdown
timers
$161,300 $48,400 $209,700 2024 $ 250,000
4-2
Upgrade 148 pedestrian
pushbuttons to
accessible pedestrian
signals (APS)
$370,000 $111,000 $481,000 2024 $ 573,000
7-2
Use existing copper
interconnect for Ethernet
connections for near
term implementation
$50,000 $15,000 $65,000 2025 $ 81,000
8-1 Update signal timing
coordination in 2026 - $80,000 $80,000 2026 $ 102,000
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 453
21 Project
No. Project Capital Cost
Soft Costs
(Design
and
Oversight)
Total Cost Projected
Year
Projected/
Escalated
Cost
9-1
Install cellular/wireless
communications at
three, remote
intersections.
$13,500 $4,100 $17,600 2025 $ 22,000
9-2
Install cellular/wireless
communications at
three, remote
intersections
$13,500 $4,100 $17,600 2026 $ 23,000
9-7 Integrate Holly/Laurel
into KITS - $1,500 $1,500 2024 $ 2,000
9-8 Integrate five
intersections into KITS - $7,500 $7,500 2026 $ 10,000 9-9 Integrate three
intersections into KITS - $4,500 $4,500 2026 $ 6,000 Phase 1 Total $1.19M
Phase 2
1-4
Procure and install
controller battery back-
up systems
$160,000 $48,000 $208,000 2027 $ 306,000
4-3
Pilot video detection and
bike detected signal
indicator system at one
intersection
$68,200 $21,000 $89,200 2027 $ 132,000
4-4
Deploy video detection
and bike detected signal
indicator at 23
intersections.
$1,436,200 $615,500 $2,051,700 2028 $ 3,112,000
5-1 Develop a funding
strategy document - $25,000 $25,000 2027 $ 37,000 5-2 Develop a staffing plan - $17,500 $17,500 2027 $ 26,000 6-1
Formalize maintenance
and operations
responsibilities and
budgets
- $32,500 $32,500 2028 $ 50,000
7-1
Connect
Industrial/Commercial,
Industrial/E. San Carlos,
and Old County/Howard
to existing C/CAG Smart
Corridor fiber trunkline
$118,700 $35,700 $154,400 2028 $ 235,000
7-3
Replace copper
interconnect with fiber at
six intersections
$575,400 $172,700 $748,100 2028 $ 1,135,000
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 454
22 Project
No. Project Capital Cost
Soft Costs
(Design
and
Oversight)
Total Cost Projected
Year
Projected/
Escalated
Cost
9-6
Integrate
Industrial/Commercial
and Industrial/E. San
Carlos into KITS
- $3,000 $3,000 2029 $ 5,000
10-2
Procure and install
additional KITS
workstation
$2,000 $3,000 $5,000 2029 $ 8,000
Phase 2 Total $5.05M
Phase 3
9-3
Install fiber along San
Carlos Ave between
Devonshire Blvd and
Alameda, and connect
three intersections
$439,400 $131,900 $571,300 2033 $ 1,103,000
9-4
Connect Brittan/Laurel to
fiber trunkline along El
Camino Real
$179,700 $54,000 $233,700 2033 $ 452,000
9-5
Connect Old County/E.
San Carlos to fiber along
Holly
$224,300 $67,300 $291,600 2033 $ 563,000
9-10
Integrate five
intersections into KITS
(as they come online)
- $7,500 $7,500 2033 $ 15,000
10-1 Establish a traffic
operators center $70,000 $30,000 $100,000 2033 $ 194,000 Phase 3 Total $2.33M
6 STANDARDIZATION AND INTEGRATION
The City is overseeing a growing traffic signal system, and as the system grows, technology and best practices standardization will allow all new development to be compatible with the existing infrastructure.
San Carlos has a unique opportunity to align with the City/County Association of Governments (C/CAG) of San Mateo County Smart Corridor project, to leverage regional investment into expensive fiber communications infrastructure and advanced traffic management system (ATMS). The goal of the Smart Corridor project is to improve arterials street performance with intelligent transportation system (ITS) elements and interconnected traffic signal system. C/CAG uses Kimley-Horn’s ATMS, KITS, to manage the Smart Corridor traffic signals.
6.1 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SPECIFICATIONS
To support the deployment of consistent traffic signal equipment through the City, standard traffic signal technical specifications have been developed Appendix B - Traffic Signal Technical Specifications.
These specifications should be provided to developers, designers, and City staff that are leading projects to install or modify traffic signals. In addition, it is recommended that maintenance contractors are made
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 455
23 aware of these specifications. Standardizing equipment avoids costly upgrades after incompatible equipment is installed.
6.2 COMMUNICATIONS STANDARDIZATION
There are a variety of communications infrastructure alternatives that can provide communications to traffic signals. The most relevant communications infrastructure alternatives to the City are described below:
► Agency-owned wireline communication is often a preferred method for communications networks due to the reliability, security, and bandwidth capacity. They are primarily installed in underground conduit or installed on overhead lines. Fiber optic and copper twisted pair are the two mediums used in wireline networks.
o Fiber Optic cable is comprised of multiple glass strands encased in tubes within a protective jacket.
o Copper Twisted Pair consists of a series of two insulated copper wires housed in a cable in which the cables of each pair are twisted around each other. ► Leased cellular are wireless communication links offered by network providers (i.e., Verizon, AT&T, Sprint, etc.). This alternative has lower initial capital costs to deploy but require reoccurring service payments per modem.
The most viable options for the City are fiber and leased cellular. Copper is an outdated wireline communications alternative that is being phased out. The advantages and disadvantages of fiber and leased cellular are summarized in Table 7.
Table 7: Fiber and Leased Wireless Comparison
Communications Technology
Alternative Advantages Disadvantages
Fiber ► Fastest data transmission
rates and lowest latency
► Reliable connection
► Low recurring operations
and maintenance costs
► Reduces access points
which increases security
► Capacity only limited by end
equipment -therefore most
useful medium for hub-to-
hub connections
► High installation costs
Leased Cellular ► Low capital costs
► High recurring leasing costs
► Wireless service connection
may be unreliable during
special events or extreme
weather conditions
► Wireless service can be
affected by large call/data
volumes
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 456
24 Communications Technology
Alternative Advantages Disadvantages
► Expensive to scale because
of third party rates
While leased cellular communications technology has drawbacks, it is a cost-effective alternative for traffic signals that are in relatively remote locations. The most appropriate communications technology alternative for remote signals in San Carlos is leased cellular. Meanwhile, fiber is the more appropriate alternative for signals near the existing fiber trunkline and/or other signals.
6.3 SMART CORRIDOR INTEGRATION
The City has eight signalized intersections, along Industrial Road and Old County Road, that are integrated into the C/CAG Smart Corridor system. A Smart Corridor workstation is installed at City Hall, which is integrated with the countywide system via a fiber connection to a Caltrans trunkline along El Camino Real. This workstation allows City staff to remotely monitor and manage the signals integrated with the C/CAG Smart Corridor system. Figure 5 is a high-level system diagram showing the existing connection.
Figure 5: Existing C/CAG Smart Corridor System Diagram
The City has decided to use the C/CAG Smart Corridor system as their ATMS. As such, all signals must be compatible and integrate into the system. There are minimum requirements for integrating the City’s traffic signal network into the existing San Mateo Smart Corridors system. The key factors for integration include a compatible traffic signal controller and a direct communication link between the intersection and the Smart Corridors hub. The standard traffic signal specifications are in alignment with C/CAG Smart Corridor project. Additional workstations and servers are optional items to enhance the remote operation capabilities of the City.
If the new signal is along a C/CAG Smart Corridor designated alternate route, the City will coordinate with a C/CAG representative for the planned signal integration because the new signal will require updates to
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 457
25 Smart Corridor’s incident route plans. At the time of the development of this Master Plan , the C/CAG point of contact for the Smart Corridors is Audrey Shimizu ([email protected]).
6.3.1 CONTROLLER
There are no particular controller hardware requirements, as C/CAG Smart Corridor system integration is more dependent on compatibility with the controller firmware. When upgrading existing controllers and installing new controllers, the City must consider that KITS supports the following controller firmware (as of December 2023): Next Phase, Econolite ASC/3, Econolite Cobalt, Econolite EOS (pending), Fourth Dimension Traffic (D4), Intelight MaxTime, BiTrans 233 and 2033, LACO 4E, Siemens SEPAC, Caltrans TSCP, Peek, and SDC. KITS is not compatible with Apogee or Naztec controller firmware at this time. As specified in the standard specifications (Attachment B), the City desires to utilize controllers based on the latest Advanced Traffic Controller (ATC) standards.
6.3.2 COMMUNCIATION
The C/CAG Smart Corridor system requires a wireless or wireline connection to the City controller.
Typically, the bandwidth requirement is 1 kb/second for second-by-second polling.
Table 8 summarizes the C/CAG Smart Corridor system communication protocol and ports. The default SQL database server port 1433 configuration may vary based on SQL server configuration.
Table 8 - C/CAG Smart Corridor System Communication Protocol and Ports Client to Comm/App
Server TCP/IP – database configurable, typically 2000 – 2040 are used Comm/App Server to
Database Server TCP/IP – default SQL database server port 1433 Client to Field IP Multicast for cameras UDP/IP – ports configurable at signal controller Client to
Database Server TCP/IP – default SQL database server port 1433 Comm/App Server to
Field UDP/IP – ports configurable at signal controller
6.3.3 SERVERS
Table 9 summarizes the C/CAG Smart Corridor system server requirements for systems up to 100 traffic signals. Servers can be on either physical hardware or on virtual machines. A communication server manages communications to agency controllers, while a database server organizes and stores connected signals data.
Table 9 - C/CAG Smart Corridor System Server Guidelines Server Hardware/OS Memory CPU Hard Drive
Database
Server
Windows
Server 2016
16 GB
RAM
4 Core/
4 Threads
10K RPM HDD or SSD
RAID 1 Configuration
C:\ - 100 GB
D:\ - 500 GB (database file .mdf)
E:\ - 500 GB (database
transaction log .ldf)
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 458
26 Server Hardware/OS Memory CPU Hard Drive
Communication
Server
Windows
Server 2016
8 GB
RAM
4 Core/
4 Threads
C:\ - 150 GB Required Software:
MapDotNet (3rd party mapping
engine).
C/CAG hosts a Smart Corridor system server at the San Mateo hub and there is an existing workstation at City Hall. Server requirements noted above are only applicable to the City if it is preferred to have a server installed at City Hall for redundancy to limit system outages. Given the current system configuration where the intersections and field elements connect to the San Mateo Hub, the City will lose C/CAG Smart Corridor system access if there is communication break that interrupts the City Hall to countywide Smart Corridor system connection. Adding a local database server would provide a secondary central control in the event the main connection to the San Mateo hub is lost.
If the City desires additional workstations, the workstations minimum requirements are a Windows 7 or later operating system, 8 GB of RAM memory, 4 core/4 threads of CPU, and 150 GB C:\ hard drive. 7 NEXT STEPS
This Traffic Signal Master Plan outlines specific and practical actions the City can take to improve its transportation network. The City should implement near-term and mid-term projects over the next five years. This Master Plan is intended to be a living document, so ideally at the five-year mark, this document will need to be updated to reflect progress that has been made to date and reassess goals and priorities.
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 459
27 APPENDIX A – FIELD REVIEW SUMMARY
11.b
April 22, 2024
Packet Pg. 460
List Approaches Manufacturer Name
and Model Working?2 List Approaches Manufacturer Name
and Model Working?2
8 Old County/ Howard
Mast Arm (x4) Internally Illuminated 332 NE Safetran 2070E - ATC TSCP v. 2.21 Mast arm 12" (x4, 1 of which
is a programmable signal
head)
Pole Mounted 12" (x4)
Pole Mounted 8" (x5)
Countdown (x3)
Blinking hand (x5) All standard LED Cree (x4) 101W None - - All approaches Cards:
222 (x8)
222b (x2)
Yes
9 Old County/ Brittan
Mast Arm (x4) Internally Illuminated 332 SE Safetran 2070E - ATC TSCP v. 2.23 Mast arm 12" (x4, 1 of which
is a programmable signal
head)
Pole Mounted 12" (x10, 2 of
which are programmable
signal heads)
Blinking hand (x8)
-7 Standard (Older
models)
-1 more modern push
button (larger button)
-1 older push button is
installed upside down
(rain cover is below
LED Leotek (x4) 103W None - - All approaches Cards:
222 (x10) Yes
10 Old County/ E. San
Carlos-Ped
Mast Arm (x2) Internally Illuminated 332 SE Naztec 2070 Naztec 76.70 Build 3195 Local
Mast arm 12" (x2)
Pole Mounted 12" (x8)
Countdown (x4)
Blinking hand (x2) All standard LED Cree (x2) 73W None - - All approaches Cards:
Diablo 222 cards (x3) Yes
11 Old County/ Holly
Mast Arm (3x)
Bridge (1x, "Old
County")
Internally Illuminated 332 NE Safetran 2070E - ATC TSCP v. 2.21 Mast arm 12" (x5)
Bridge Mounted 12" (x2)
Pole Mounted 12" (x10)
Blinking hand (x8) All standard LED Cree (x3) 73W None - - All approaches (May not be active)
Cards:
Diablo 222 cards (x9) Yes
12 Industrial/ G Street
Mast Arm (2x) Internally Illuminated 332 NE Intelight 2070L D4 Mast arm 12" (x4) Pole Mounted 12" (x10)
Countdown (x3)
Blinking hand (x3)
-Crosswalks on San
Carlos side have audio-
enabled push buttons
-Crosswalks on
Redwood City side
have older push
buttons
LED Cree (x4) 73W None - - All approaches Cards: